CHAPTER

SECTION

B
1 KNOWING OUR NUMBERS

WORKSHEET-1
Solutions the greatest 4-digits number = 8851
and the smallest 4-digits number = 1158 3
1.

4. We know that the digits written in descending order
S.No. Greatest Number Smallest Number are
(a) 4892 4370 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0
(b) 15800 15073 (a) According to question, digit 7 is always at ones place
(c) 25286 25210 Greatest Number is 9 8 6 7

(d) 24659 6895
2 Smallest Number is 1 0 2 7

2. (a) 382, 4972, 18, 59785, 750
(b) According to question, digit 4 is always at tens place
Greatest number = 59785; Smallest number = 18
(b) 1473, 89423, 100, 5000, 310 Greatest Number is 9 8 4 7

Greatest number = 89423; Smallest number = 100
(c) 1834, 75284, 111, 2333, 450 Smallest Number is 1 0 4 2

Greatest number =75284; Smallest number = 111
(c) According to question, digit 9 is always at hundred
(d) 2853 7691, 9999, 12002, 124
place
Greatest number = 12002; Smallest number = 124
Greatest Number is 8 9 7 6
It was easy to identify instantly by observing and
following the rules given as below : Smallest Number is 1 9 0 2

(i) A numeral containing more digits is greater.
(d) According to question, digit 1 is always at thousand
(ii) If two numerals contain the same number of place
digits, the numeral having greatest digit at the left Greatest Number is 1 9 8 7
most place will be greater.
(iii) If the left most digits are also the same, then we Smallest Number is 1 0 2 3 3

compare the next digits from left. 3
5. Two given digits are 2 and 3. We want to make
3. (a) Given digits are 3, 8, 7 4-digits number using both the digits equal number
Writing the given digits in descending order : 8, 7, 3 of times. The possible 4-digits numbers are :
By using one-digit twice, we get 2233, 2323, 2332, 3322, 3232 and 3223.
The greatest 4-digits number = 8873 The largest number is 3322
and the smallest 4-digits number = 3378 3 and the smallest number is 2233.
(b) Given digits are 9, 0, 5 We can make 6 different numbers 3
Writing the given digits in descending order : 9, 5, 0 6. (a) Digits are 2, 8, 7, 4
Writing the given digits in descending order : 8, 7, 4, 2
By using one-digit twice, we get
\ The greatest 4-digits number = 8742
the greatest 4-digit number = 9950
Writing the given digits in ascending order : 2, 4, 7, 8
and the smallest 4-digits number = 5009
\ The smallest 4-digits number = 2478 4
(c) Given digits are 0, 4, 9
(b) Digits are 9, 7, 4, 1
Writing the given digits in descending order : 9, 4, 0 \ Arranging the given digits in descending order :
By using one-digit twice, we get 9, 7, 4, 1
the greatest 4-digits number = 9940 \ The greatest 4-digits number = 9741
and the smallest 4-digits number = 4009 Writing the given digits in ascending order : 1, 4, 7, 9
(d) Given digits are 8, 5, 1 \ The smallest 4-digits number = 1479
Writing the given digits in descending order : 8, 5, 1 (c) Digits are 4, 7, 5, 0
Writing the given digits in descending order : 7, 5, 4, 0
By using one-digit twice, we get
\ The greatest 4-digits number = 7540

S OLUT I ONS P-1

 Writing the given digits in ascending order : 0, 4, 5, 7 \ The smallest 4-digits number = 1267
Since, there is a zero, write it in hundred place and (e) Digits are 5, 4, 0, 3
fill places with 4, 5 and 7. Writing the given digits in descending order : 5, 4, 3, 0
\ The smallest 4-digits number = 4057 \ The greatest 4-digits number = 5430
(d) Digits are 1, 7, 6, 2 Writing the given digits in ascending order : 0, 3, 4, 5
Writing the given digits in descending order : 7, 6, 2, 1 Since, there is a zero, write it in hundred place and
\ The greatest 4-digits number = 7621 fill other places with 3, 4, and 5.
Writing the given digits in ascending order : 1, 2, 6, 7 \ The smallest 4-digits number = 3045
qqq

WORKSHEET-2
Solutions Tamil Nadu :130058 and Maharashtra : 307690
(d) The runs scored by player A, B, C and D in an
1. (a) The given numbers in ascending order are as
innings are 34, 49, 89 and 101 respectively.
under :
(e) Marks obtained by 4 students in mathematics out of
571, 847, 8320, 9754
100 are 92, 78, 49 and 95. 3
(b) The given numbers in ascending order are as under :
5. (a) Number arranged in descending order :
9801, 25751, 36501, 38802. 2
85400, 7861, 7500, 5000
2. (a) Yes, prices can be arranged in increasing order
(b) Numbers arranged in descending order :
as under :
` 1788, ` 1897, ` 2635, ` 2854 and ` 3975. 92547, 88715, 45321, 1971
(b) Yes, almirah prices can be arranged in decreasing Ten examples of Ascending Descending order are :
order as under : (i) Arrange the number is ascending order
` 3975, ` 2854, ` 2635, ` 1897 and ` 1788. 2 (a) 4845, 4857, 4861, 4892
3. Ramhari = 160 cm (b) 76328, 76136, 76418, 76216
Dolly = 154 cm (c) 45261, 45562, 45172, 45304
Mohan = 158 cm
(d) 73526, 74556, 74517, 74530
Shashi = 159 cm
(e) 84393, 84394, 84321, 84313
(i) Arrange in descending order :
160 > 159 > 158 > 154 (ii) Arrange the numbers in descending order :
\ Ramhari is the tallest. (f) 8447, 8420, 8442, 8457
(ii) Arrange in ascending order : (g) 16254, 16554, 16725, 16245
154 < 158 < 159 < 160 (h) 63934, 63953, 63967, 63998
\ Dolly is the shortest. (i) 14532, 14546, 14570, 14595
(a) Yes, they can be arranged in the increasing order of (j) 32754, 32954, 32854, 32554
their heights as under : Sol. (i) Number arranged ascending order are as below :
Dolly, Mohan, Shashi & Ramhari. (a) 4845, 4857, 4861, 4892
(b) Yes, they can be arranged in the decreasing order of (b) 76136, 76216, 76328, 76418
their heights as under : (c) 45172, 45261, 45304, 45562
Ramhari, Shashi, Mohan & Dolly. 3
(d) 74517, 74526, 74530, 74556
4. Five more situations may be as follows :
(e) 84313, 84321, 84393, 84394
(a) The weight of 5 students of class 6 are 35 kg, 37 kg, (ii) Number arranged in descending order are as below :
33 kg, 39 kg and 38 kg.
(f) 8457, 8447, 8442, 8420
(b) The tuition fee paid by 5 students of different classes
(g) 16725, 16554, 16254, 16245
are ` 170, ` 185, ` 300, ` 205 and ` 250.
(h) 63998, 63967, 63953, 63934
(c) The area of the following states are given in square
(i) 14595, 14570, 14546, 14532
km.
(j) 32954, 32854, 32754, 32554 6
Karnataka : 191791, Bihar : 173877,

qqq

P-2 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 WORKSHEET-3
Solutions (e) The number of grains in a sack full of wheat. 3
5. The smallest 8-digits number is 1,00,00,000
1. (a) 10 – 1 = 9
Also Smallest 2-digits number – 1 =Greatest single
Next 5 numbers are 1,00,00,001; 1,00,00,002;
digit number. 1,00,00,003; 1,00,00,004 and 1,00,00,005
(b) 100 – 1 = 99
Arranged number in ascending order are :
Also Smallest 3-digits number – 1 = Greatest 2-digits 1,00,00,001; 1,00,00,002; 1,00,00,003; 1,00,00,004;
number. 1,00,00,005
(c) 10,000 – 1= 9,999 They are read as one crore one, one crore two, one
Also Smallest 5-digits number – 1 = Greatest 4-digits crore three, one crore four and one crore five. 3
number. 6. (a) 73,000
(d) 1,00,000 – 1= 99,999 Number name : Seventy three thousand
Also Smallest 6-digits number – 1 = Greatest 5-digits Expanded form : (7 × 10000) + (3 × 1000)
number.
(b) 54,300
(e) 1,00,00,000 – 1 = 99,99,999
Number name : Fifty four thousand three hundred
Also, Smallest 8-digits number – 1 = Greatest 7.
Expanded form : (5 × 10000) + (4 × 1000)
digits number 2
+ (3 × 100)
2. The greatest 6-digits number = 9,99,999
1st previous number = 999999 – 1 = 9,99,998 (c) 53,215
2nd previous number = 999999 – 2 =9,99,997 Number name : Fifty three thousand two hundred
3rd previous number = 999999 – 3 =9,99,996 fifteen
4th previous number = 999999 – 4 =9,99,995 Expanded form : (5 × 10000) + (3 × 1000)
5th previous number = 999999 – 5 =9,99,994 + (2 × 100) + (1 × 10) + (5 × 1)
Now, descending order of these numbers is as
(d) 70,095
follows :
9,99,998 > 9,99,997 > 9,99,996 > 9,99,995 > 9,99,994 Number name : Seventy thousand and ninety five
3 Expanded form : (7 × 10000) + (0 × 1000)
3. (i) 4,57,928 + (0 × 100) + (9 × 10) + (5 × 1)
Number name : Four lakh, fifty seven thousand, (e) 70,005
nine hundred and twenty eight Number name : Seventy thousand and five
Expanded form : (4 × 100000) + (5 × 10000) Expanded form : (7 × 10000) + (0 × 1000)
+ (7 × 1000) + (9 × 100) + (2 × 10) + (8 × 1) + (0 × 100) + (0 × 10) + (5 × 1) 3
(ii) 4,07,928
Number name : Four lakh, seven thousand, nine 7. (i) 50,000
hundred twenty eight Number name : Fifty thousand
Expanded form : (4 × 100000) + (0 × 10000) Expanded form : (5 × 10000)
+ (7 × 1000) + (9 × 100) + (2 × 10) + (8 × 1) (ii) 41,000
(iii) 4,00,829 Number name : Forty one thousand
Number name : Four lakh, eight hundred twenty
Expanded form : (4 × 10000) + (1 × 1000)
nine
(iii) 47,300
Expanded form : (4 × 100000) + (0 × 10000)
+ (0 × 1000) + (8 × 100) + (2 × 10) + (9 × 1) Number name : Forty seven thousand three
(iv) 4,00,029 hundred
Number name : Four lakh, twenty nine Expanded form : (4 × 10000) + (7 ×1000)
Expanded form : (4 × 100000) + (0 × 100000) + (3 × 100)
+ (0 × 1000) + (0 × 100) + (2 × 10) + (9 × 1) 3 (iv) 57,630
4. Five examples where the number of things counted Number name : Fifty seven thousand six hundred
would be more than a 6-digits number are : thirty
(a) The number of People in a big city.
Expanded form : (5 × 10000) + (7 × 1000)
(b) The number of cycles in a big town.
+ (6 × 100) + (3 × 10) + (5 × 1)
(c) The number of children in all schools of Mumbai.
(v) 29, 485
(d) The number of sugarcanes in a big field.
Number name : Twenty nine thousand four

S OLUT I ONS P-3

 hundred and eighty five (vii) 20,085
Expanded form : (2 × 10000) + (9 × 1000) + (4 × Number name : Twenty thousand and eighty five
100) + (8 × 10) + (5 × 1) Expanded form : (2 × 10000) + (0 × 1000)
(vi) 29,085 + (0 × 100) + (8 × 10) + (5 × 1)
Number name : Twenty nine thousand and eighty (viii) 20,005
five
Number name : Twenty thousand and five
Expanded form : (2 × 10000) + (9 × 1000)
Expanded form : (2 × 10000) + (0 × 1000)
+ (0 × 100) + (8 × 10) + (5 × 1)
+ (0 × 100) + (0 × 10) + (5 × 1) 4

qqq

WORKSHEET-4
Solutions 6,56, 78,945; 7,49, 87,654, 6,74, 58,947 2

1. Using the digits : 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9. Three numbers 2. Five number of 6-digits each, using the digits 3, 0
each with 8-digits are : 65678945, 74987654 and and 4 are 330044, 440033, 340043, 430034 and 403043,
67458947. Using commas and writing numbers :
Using commas and writing these numbers : 3,30,044; 4,40,033; 3,40,043; 4,30,034 and 4,03,043 2
3. Let us repeat with the numbers 7,08,653, 6,75,30,030 and 80,57,461
(a) Writing the numbers in using placement boxes

S. No. Numbers Cr Tla La Tth Th H T O Number written as commas

(i) 708653 — — 7 0 8 6 5 3 7,08,653
(ii) 67530030 6 7 5 3 0 0 3 0 6,75,30,030
(iii) 8057461 — 8 0 5 7 4 6 1 80,57,461
(b) Smallest number : 7,08,653 456078; 870654; 540687; 786045 and 607845.
(a) Using commas and writing these numbers :
(c) Greatest number : 6,75,30,030
4,56,078; 8,70,654; 5,40,687; 7,86,045; 6,07,845
(d) Ascending order : 7,08,653; 80,57,461; 6,75,30,030 3
(b) Numbers arranged in ascending order :
Descending order : 6,75,30,030; 80,57,461; 7,08,653 4,56,078; 5,40,687; 6,07,845; 7,86,045; 8,70,654
4. Five numbers of 6-digits each, using the digits 4, 5, Numbers arranged in descending order :
6, 0, 7 and 8 are 8,70,654; 7,86,045; 6,07,845; 5,40,687, 4,56,078 3
5. Writing the given numbers in placement boxes, as under :

S. No. Number Cr Tla La Tth TH H T O Number Name Expansion

(i) 4,75,320 4 7 5 3 2 0 Four lakh, seventy (4 × 100000) + (7 ×
five thousand, three 10000) + (5 × 1000)
hundred twenty + (3 × 100) + (2 ×
10) + (0 × 1)
(ii) 98,47,215 9 8 4 7 2 1 5 Ninety eight lakh, forty (9 × 1000000) + (8
seven thousand, two × 100000) + (4 ×
hundred fifteen 10000) + (7 × 1000)
+ (2 × 100) + (1 ×
10) + (5 × 1)
(iii) 9,76,45,310 9 7 6 4 5 3 1 0 Nine crore, seventy six (9 × 10000000) +
lakh, forty five thousand, (7 × 1000000) + (6
three hundred ten × 1,00,000) + (4 ×
10000) + (5 × 1000)
+ (3 × 100) + (1 ×
10) + (0 × 1)

P-4 M A T H E M A T I C S - VII
 (iv) 3,04,58,094 3 0 4 5 8 0 9 4 Three crore, four lakh, (3 × 10000000) +
fifty eight thousand, (0 × 1000000) + (4
ninety four × 100000) + (5 ×
10000) + (8 × 1000)
+ (0 × 100) + (9 ×
10) + (4 × 1)
(a) Smallest number : 4,75,320
(b) Greatest number : 9,76,45,310
(c) Numbers arranged in ascending order :
4,75,320; 98,47,215; 3,04,58,094; 9,76,45,310
Number arranged in descending order :
9,76,45,310; 3,04,58,094; 98,47,215; 4,75,320 6
6. (i) 527864 : Five lakh twenty seven thousand eight hundred sixty four.
(ii) 95432 : Ninety five thousand four hundred thirty two.
(iii) 18950049 : One crore eighty nine lakh fifty thousand forty nine.
(iv) 70002509 : Seven crore two thousand five hundred nine.

S. No. Number Cr Tla La Tth TH H T O

(i) 527864 — — 5 2 7 8 6 4
(ii) 95432 — — — 9 5 4 3 2
(iii) 18950049 1 8 9 5 0 0 4 9
(iv) 70002509 7 0 0 0 2 5 0 9
(a) By using commas, given numbers can be written as :
Number using commas Number using commas in International
S. No. Number
in Indian System of Numeration System of Numeration
(i) 527864 5,27,864 527,864
(ii) 95432 95,432 95,432
(iii) 18950049 1,89,50,049 18,950,049
(iv) 70002509 7,00,02,509 70,002,509
(b) Ascending order : 95432, 527864, 18950099, 70002509
Descending order : 70002509, 18950049, 527869, 95432 6

qqq

WORKSHEET-5
Solutions 4. The names of five large cities in India are :
Delhi, Bangalore, Kolkata, Hyderabad and Chennai.
1. 1 kilometre = 1,000 metres
1 metre = 1,00 cm City Population (2017)
1 kilometre = (1,000 × 100) cm Delhi 27,197,000
= 1,00,000 cm 2 Bangalore 10,842,959
2. 1 kilogram = 1,000 g
Kolkata 14,595,549
1 gram = 1,000 mg
Hyderabad 9,138,366
\ 1 kilogram = (1,000 × 1,000) mg
1 kg = 10,00,000 mg 2 Chennai 10,435,000
3. (a) 10 (b) 10 Their respective population can be had from a book
of general awareness.
(c) 10 (d) 10
However, the distance in kilometre between each
(e) 10 3
pair of these cities is as below :

S OLUT I ONS P-5

 Distance between (ii) Total distance covered by the bus from D to G
Cities of pair = D → E → F → G
them in km
= 8,140 km + 4,830 km + 2,550 km
Delhi-Bangalore 2,019 = (8,140 + 4,830 + 2,550) km
Delhi-Kolkata 1,442 = 15,520 km
Delhi-Hyderabad 1,453 (iii) Total distance covered by the bus A to A
Delhi-Chennai 2,157 = A → B → C → D → E → F → G → A
Bangalore-Kolkata 1,883 = 4,170 km + 3,410 km + 2,160 km
Bangalore-Hyderabad 566 + 8,140 km + 4,830 km + 2,550 km + 1,290 km
= (4,170 + 3,410 + 2,160 + 8,140 + 4,830
Bangalore-Chennai 334
+ 2,550 + 1,290) km
Kolkata-Hyderabad 1,516
= 26,550 km
Kolkata-Chennai 1,678 (iv) Distance from C to D = 2,160 km
Hyderabad-Chennai 704 Distance from D to E = 8,140 km
5. Weight of one tablet = 20 mg \ Difference of distances from C to D and D to E
Weight of a box of medicine tablets containing = (8140 – 2160) km
2,00,000 tablets = 2,00,000 × 20 mg = 5,980 km
Total weight of all tablets in gram Distance
2, 00, 000 � 20g (v) We know that Time =
= Speed
1000
= 4,000 g \ Time taken by the bus to reach from :
Q 1 kg = 1,000 gm 4,170
(a) A to B = hours
\ Total weight of all tablets in kilograms 60
 4, 000kg 
4,000g = (4, 000g)×   3
= 69 hours
 1000  60
= 4 kg 3 = 69 hours 3 minute
6. Using commas and writing the numerals : = 1 hour = 60 minutes
(a) 73,75,307
3 3
(b) 9,05,00,041 hour =  60
(c) 7,52,21,302 60 60
(d) 58,423,202 = 3 minutes.
(e) 23,30,010 4
7. Using commas and writing the number name 2,160
(b) C to D = hours
according to India System of Numeration : 60
(a) 8,75,95,762 : Eight crore, seventy five lakh ninety
= 36 hours
five thousand, seven hundred sixty two.
(b) 85,46,283 : Eighty five lakh, forty six thousand (c) E to G = E→ F → G
two hundred eighty three. 4830+2550
= hours
(c) 9,99,00,046 : Nine crore, ninety nine lakh forty 60
six.
(d) 9,84,32,701 : Nine crore, eighty four lakh, thirty 7, 380
= hours = 123 hours
two thousand, seven hundred one. 4 60
8. Using commas and also writing the names according 26, 550
to International System of Numeration : (d) Total journey = hours
(a) 78,921,092 : Seventy eight million, nine hundred 60
twenty one thousand, ninety two. (... Total distance = 26,550 km)
(b) 7,452,283 : Seven million, four hundred fifty two 3
thousand, two hundred eighty three. = 442 hours
(c) 99,985,102 : Ninety nine million, nine hundred 6
eighty five thousand, one hundred two. 1
(d) 48,049,831 : Forty eight million, forty nine = 442 hours
2
thousand, eight hundred thirty one. 4
1 hour = 60 min
9. Clearly, we have
(i) Total distance covered by the bus from A to D 1 1
hours = × 60 min = 30 minutes
= A → B → C → D 2 2
= 4,170 km + 3,410 km + 2,160 km = 442 hours 30 minutes 5
= (4,170 + 3,410 + 2,160) km qqq
= 9,740 km

P-6 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 WORKSHEET-6
Solutions = 52,965
Thus, 52,965 is the difference between the greatest
1. Number of tickets sold on the first day = 1,094 and least number. 3
Number of tickets sold on the second day = 1,812 7. Number of radio sets = 40
Number of tickets sold on the third day = 2,050 Total money with merchant = ` 78,592
Number of tickets sold on the fourth day = 2,751 Cost of 1 radio set = ` 1200
\ Cost of 40 radio sets = ` (1200 × 40)
Total number of tickets sold on the four day
= ` 48,000
= 1094 + 1812 + 2050 + 2751 \ Money left with the merchant after purchase of
= 7,707 radio sets
\ Total number of tickets sold on the four days are = ` 78592 – ` 48000
7,707. 2 = ` 30,592
2. Shekhar has scored runs so far = 6,980 \ Money left after the purchase = ` 30592 3
Shekhar wishes to complete runs = 10,000
Runs needed to score 10,000 runs 8. (a) Weight of apples = 2,457 kg
= 10,000 – 6,980 = 3,020 Weight of oranges = 3,004 kg
\ 3020 runs are needed to complete 10,000 runs. 2 Total weight = 2,457 kg + 3004 kg
3. Votes registered by the successful candidate = 5,461 kg
= 5,77,500 Total weight of oranges and apples = 5,461 kg
Votes registered by the nearest rival = 3,48,700 (b) Weight of apples = 2,457 kg
Margin by which the successful candidate won S.P. of apples per kg= ` 40
= 5,77,500 – 3,48,700 \ Total money Raman got by selling apples
= 2,28,800 = ` (2457 × 40)
\ Margin by which the successful candidate won is
= ` 98,280
2,28,800. 2
(c) Weight of apples sold out = 2,457 kg
4. Numbers of screws manufactured by the machine
Their sales price @ ` 40 = ` (2457 × 40)
in a day = 2,825
Number of screws manufactured by the machine in = ` 98,280
the January 2006 = 2825 × 31 Weight of oranges sold out = 3004 kg
Now, 2825 Their sales price @ ` 30 = ` (3004 × 30)
× 31 = ` 90,120
2825 \ Total money got by selling apples and oranges
+ 8475× = ` (98,280 + 90,120)
87,575 = ` 1,88,400
\ Number of screws manufactured in the month of (d) Table showing the money received by Raman from
January 2006 = 87,575 2 selling each item as below :
5. Price of books sold in the first week = ` 2,85,891
Price of books sold in the second week = ` 4,00,768 Items Rate Quantity Amount
Price of books sold in two weeks (in `)
= ` 2,85,891 + ` 4,00,768 Apples ` 40 kg 2457 kg 98,280
= ` 6,86,659
\ Sale in two weeks is of ` 6,86,659 Oranges ` 30 kg 3004 kg 90,120
Since 4,00,768 > 2,85,891 Combs ` 3 for me 22760 68,280
\ Sale in the second week is greater Toothbrushes ` 10 for one 25367 2,53,670
Difference in the sales amount
= ` 4,00,768 – ` 2,85,891 Pencil ` 1 for one 38530 38,530
= 1,14,877 Note books ` 6 for one 40002 2,40,012
\ Sale in the second week is more by ` 1,14,877. 3
Soap Cakes ` 8 for one 20005 1,60,040
6. Given digits are 6, 2, 7, 4, 3
Using these digits and we get greatest number Arranged the entries of amount (in `) descending
76,432. order : 253670, 240012, 160040, 98280, 90120, 68280,
Smallest number is 23,467. 38530
According to question, Clearly, the item named tooth brushes brought by
Difference between the greatest and least number Raman is of highest amount i.e., ` 253670. 4
= 76,432 – 23,467

qqq

S OLUT I ONS P-7

 WORKSHEET-7
Solutions Correct rounding off are as below :
Rounding off the Nearest thousands :
1. Required difference = 7,236 × 65 – 7,236 × 56 7805 → 8000, 53552 → 54000, 3499 → 3000 2
= 7,236 (65 – 56) 7. Given Numbers Approximated Rounded
= 7,236 × 9 Forms
= 65,124 2 75847 Tens 75850
2. Van can carry a maximum weight of 800 kg 75847 Hundreds 75800
= (800 × 1,000) g = 8,00,000 g 75847 Thousands 76000
Weight of 1 packet = 4 kg 500 g 75847 Ten Thousands 80000 2
= 4 kg + 500 g 8. Total cloth = 40 m
1kg = 1,000g = (40 × 100) cm, as 1 m = 100 cm
= (4 × 1,000) g + 500 g = 4000 cm
Cloth needed for 1 shirt = 2 m 15 cm
= 4,500 g
= 2 m + 15 cm
Number of packets that can be loaded in the van = (2 × 100) cm + 15 cm
= 8,00,000 ÷ 4,500 = (200 + 15) cm
Now, 4500)800000(177 = 215 cm
–4500 Number of shirts stitched out of total cloth
35000 = 4000 ÷ 215
–31500 Now, 215)4000(18
35000 –215
–31500 1850
3500 –1720
\ 130
177 packets can be loaded in the van. 2
3. Distance between school and house = 1 km 875 m \ 18 shirts can be stitched and cloth left over is 130
Now, 1 km = 1000 m cm i.e., 1 m 30 cm. 3
1 km 875 m = 1,000 + 875 = 1875 m
9. Rounding off the given numbers to the nearest
Distance covered each day = 1875 × 2 = 3,750 m tens, we get
Distance covered in 6 days = 3750 × 6= 22,500 28 → 30 32 → 30 52 → 50
Therefore, distance covered in 6 days = 22,500 m 41 → 40 39 → 40 48 → 50
= 22.5 km or 22 km 500 m 2 64 → 60 59 → 60 99 → 100
4. Card in vessel = 4 l and 500 ml
215 → 220 1453 → 1450 2936 → 2940 3
= 4 l + 500 ml
10. (a) 87 × 313
= (4 × 1000) + 500 ml
Q 87 → 90 [Rounding off to nearest tens]
= 4500 ml
313 → 300 [Rounding off to nearest hundred]
Capacity of glass = 25 ml
\ Estimated product = 90 × 300 = 27,000
Total curd
No. of glasses = (b) 9 × 795
capacity of glass
Q 9 → 10 [Rounding off to nearest tens]
4500 795 → 800 [Rounding off to nearest hundred]
= = 180 glasses 2
25 \ Estimated product = 10 × 800 = 8,000
5. On checking the rounding off in respect of given (c) 898 × 789
numbers, we find that the rounding off of 286 and Q 898 → 900 [Rounding off to nearest tens]
9870 is incorrect. Correct results are as below : 785 → 800 [Rounding off to nearest hundred]
286 → 300 \ Estimated product = 900 × 800 = 7,20,000
9870 → 9900 (d) 958 × 387
Number 1 to 499 are nearer to 0 than 1000, so are Q 958 → 1000 [Rounding off to nearest thousand]
rounded off to 0. Numbers 500 to 999 are nearer to 387 → 400 [Rounding off to nearest hundred]
1000 and so are rounded off to 1000. 2 \ Estimated product = 1000 × 400 = 4,00,000
6. On checking the rounding off in respect of given
number, We find that rounding off of 7805, 53552 qqq
and 3499 are incorrect.

P-8 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 WORKSHEET-8
Solutions 7. Round off to Tens
14919 → 14920
1. (a) Round off to Tens
2675 → +2680
730 → 730
Estimated sum = 17600
998 → 1000
8. Round off to Tens
Estimated sum = 1730 28288 → 28290
(b) Round off to tens 21537 → – 21540
796 → 800 Estimated difference = 6750
314 → 310 9. Round of the tens
Estimated difference = 490 25682 → 25680
(c) Round off to tens 4208 → + 4210
12904 → 12900 Estimated sum = 29890
2888 → 2890 10. Round off to Tens
Estimated sum = 15790 48467 → 48470
23634 → – 23630
(d) Round off to tens
Estimated difference = 24840 10
28292 → 28290
2. (a) Round off to hundreds :
21496 → – 21500
439 → 400
Estimated difference = 6790
334 → 300
More of such examples :
1. 850 + 888 2. 698 – 214 4,317 → + 4,300
3. 742 + 786 4. 975 – 686 Estimated sum = 5,000
5. 13806 + 2865 6. 38,385 – 31,498 To get, another estimate, let us try rounding each
7. 14919 + 2675 8. 28,288 – 21,537 number to tens
9. 25682 + 4208 10. 48,467 – 23,634
439 → 440
1. Round off to Tens
334 → 330
850 → 850 4,317 → + 4,320
888 → + 890 Estimated sum = 5,090
Estimated sum = 1740 Now, 439
2. Round off to Tens 334
698 → 700 +4,317
214 → – 210 Actual sum = 5,090
Estimated difference = 490 Thus, we see second is a better estimate.
3. Round off to Tens (b) Round off to hundreds :
742 → 740 108734 → 1,08,700
786 → + 790 47599 → – 47600
Estimated sum = 1530 Estimated difference = 61,100
4. Round off to Tens To get closer estimate, let us try rounding each
975 → 980 number to tens.
686 → – 690 1,08,734 → 1,08,730
Estimated difference = 290 47,599 → – 47,600
5. Round off to Tens Estimated difference = 61,130
13806 → 13810 Now, 1,08,734
2865 → + 2870 – 47,599
Estimated sum = 16680 Actual difference = 61,135
6. Round off to Tens \ 2nd is a better estimated difference,

38385 → 38390 (c) Round off to hundreds :
31498 → – 31500
8325 → 8300
Estimated difference = 6890

S OLUT I ONS P-9

 491 → – 500 489348 → 4,89,300
Estimated difference = 7800 48365 → – 48,400
To get closer estimate, let us try rounding each Estimated difference = 4,40,900
number to tens.
To get closer estimate, let us try rounding each
8325 → 8330 number to tens
491 → – 490
489348 → 489350
Estimate difference = 7,840
48365 → – 48370
Now, 8325
Estimated difference = 440980
– 491
Now, 4,89,348
Actual difference = 7834
– 48,365
\ 2nd is a better estimated difference.

Actual difference = 4,40,983
(d) Round off to hundreds : nd
\ 2 is a better estimated difference.

qqq

WORKSHEET-9
Solutions \ Estimate product = 5000 × 3500 = 1,75,00,000
(c) We have, 1291 × 592
1. (a) Four multiplied by the sum of nine and two. 1291 → 1300
that means ⇒ 4 × (9 + 2) (rounding off to nearest hundreds)
(b) The difference between eighteen and six 592 → 600
divided by four means ⇒ (18 – 6) ÷ 4 (rounding off to nearest hundreds)
(c) Forty five divided by three times the sum of \ Estimate product = 1300 × 600 = 7,80,000
three and two means ⇒ 45 ÷ [3 × (3 + 2)] 3 (d) We have, 9250 × 29
2. (One situation is Sohani and Reeta work for 6 days. 9250 → 9000
Sohani works 5 hours a day and Reeta 8 hours a (rounding off to nearest thousands)
day. How many hours do both of them work in a 29 → 30
week ?) (rounding off to nearest tens)
Situation 1 : Sohan and Mohan visited a temple for \ Estimated product = 900 × 30 = 2,70,000 4
6 years; Sohan visited 5 times in a year and Mohan 8 4. (a) Situation 1 : Many is a maid (servant). She
times a year. How many times both of them visited charges ` 8 per day to clean a house but gives back `
in 6 years ? 3 to the house owner for saving. What amount does
Situation 2 : Sachin and Kapil went to play for 6 she carry in her hand from 7 houses.
days; Sachin played for 5 hours a day and Kapil Situation 2 : Jyoti gets ` 8 as pocket money per day
played for 8 hours a day. How many hours both and spends ` 3 daily. Find her total savings in 7
played in 6 days ? days.
Situation 3 : Prabha read 5 pages of a novel in the Situation 3 : There are 7 tins having 8 litre of oil in
evening and 8 pages in the morning. How many each of them. Due to some defect 3 litre oil leaked
pages did Prabha read in 6 days. 3 out of each one. Find the total oil now contained in
3. (a) We have, 578 × 161 all of them.
578 → 600 Situation 3 : A servant is supposed to work 8 hours
(rounding off to nearest hundreds) a day but he remains absent 3 hours daily. find the
161 → 200 number of hours he worked in a week.
(rounding off to nearest hundreds) Situation 5 : Prashant has total 8 hours for study
\ Estimated product = 600 × 200 = 1,20,000 and playing daily. He plays 3 hours daily, find the
(b) We have, the number of hours for study in a week.
5281 → 500
(b) Situation 1 : There are 7 students of maths and 2
(rounding off to nearest thousands)
students of Bio. They participate in a group discus-
3491 → 3500
sion of 10 hours in this discussion there are 3 hours
(rounding off to nearest thousands)
for interval, find no. of hours of discussion.

P-10 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 Situation 2 : There are 7 adults and 2 children in = (100 – 10) + 2
each 10 houses in a streets. On sunday 3 houses = XC + II = XCII
were locked. How many persons were there on that
sunday ? 1 = I 10 = X

Situation 3 : Rahul gets ` 10 per day as pocket mon- 2 = II 20 = XX

ey. He spends ` 3 per day. In December, he got a 3 = III 30 = XXX
bonus pocket money for 2 days. What is his saving
4 = IV 40 = XL
for the month of December.
5 = V 50 = L
Situation 4 : Sohan and Mohan are two brothers.
Both take ` 10 each from their father and make an 6 = VI 60 = LX
expenditure of ` 3 each. Find the total saving of 7 = VII 70 = LXX
Sohan for 7 days and Mohan for 2 days.
8 = VIII 80 = LXXX
Situation 5 : A team of 7 sales girls and 2 managers
work 10 hours daily in a mobile shop. On Saturday, 9 = IX 90 = XC
the shop was closed 3 hours early. How many total 100 = C
number of hours the team worked in the shop ? 6 (b) XXXX : A symbol X should not be repeated more
5 (a). (i) 73
= 70 + 3 than three times.
VX : The symbol V is never subtracted
= 50 + 20 + 3
IC : The symbol I can be subtracted from V and X
= L + XX + III = LXXIII
only.
(ii) 92 = 90 + 2 XVV : The symbol V is never repeated. 6

qqq

WORKSHEET-10
Solutions Now,
Total illiterate persons
1. Descending order is :
= Total population of town/14
25843 > 13584 > 8435 > 5348 > 4835. 1
2. We have, 38051425, 30040700 and 67205602. = 450772/14 = 32,198 2
On comparing the given numbers, we get the Hence, the number of illiterate persons in the town
greatest number = 67205602 and the smallest is 32,198.
number = 30040700. 1
6. We have 758 × 6784
3. We know that,
Rounded off 758 to nearest hundreds = 800 and
1 crore = 10 million
rounded off 6784 nearest hundreds = 7000.
3 crore = 3 × 10 million
So, estimated product = 800 × 7000 = 5600000. 2
= 30 million 1
7. Expanded form of given numbers are
4. Given, Chinmay’s total money = ` 6,10,000
(a) 74836 = 7 × 10000 + 4 × 1000 + 8 × 100 + 3
Money given to Jyoti by Chinmay = ` 87,500 × 10 + 6 × 1
Money given to Javed by Chinmay = ` 1,26,380 (b) 574021 = 5 × 100000 + 7 × 10000 + 4
and money given to John by Chinmay = ` 3,50,000
× 1000 + 0 × 100 + 2 × 10 + 1 × 1
Money left with Chinmay
(c) 8907010 = 8 × 1000000 + 9 × 100000 + 0
= Total money – Distributed money
× 10000 + 7 × 1000 + 0 × 100 + 1 × 10 + 0 × 1 2
= 610000 – (87,500 + 1,26,380 + 3,50,000)
8. (a) We have, 87 × 32
= 610000 – 5,63,880 = ` 46,120
Rounded off 87 to nearest tens = 90
Hence, ` 46,120 was left with him. 2
and rounded off 32 to nearest tens = 30
5. Given, Total population of town = 4,50,772
One out of every 14 persons, is illiterate. So, estimated product = 90 × 30 = 2,700.
(b) We have, 311 × 113

S OLUT I ONS P-11

 Rounded of 311 to nearest tens = 310 and rounded off 28 to nearest tens = 30
and rounded off 113 of nearest tens = 110 So, estimated product = 3240 × 30 = 97,200,
So, estimated product = 310 × 110 = 34,100. (d) We have, 1385 × 789
Rounded off 1385 to nearest tens = 1390
(c) We have, 3,239 × 28
and rounded off 789 to nearest tens = 790.
Rounded off 3,239 to nearest tens = 3,240
So, estimated product = 1390 × 790 = 1,098,100. 4

qqq

WORKSHEET-11
Solutions 11. We know that,
10 lakh = 1 million
1. (d) 1
100 lakh = 10 million
2. (c) 1
100 lakh = 1 crore
3. (b) 1
1000 million = 100 crore
4. (d) 1
1 billion = 100 crore = 100 × 100
5. (c) 1 lakh
6. Given, polio drops given in March 2008 = 2,12,583 = 1000 lakh
and polio drops given in April 2008 = 2,16,813 So, 5 billion = 5 × 10000 = 50,000 lakh. 2
Now, difference of the numbers of children 12. Here, population of a town in 1991 = 78,787
= 2,16,813 – 2,12,583 Rounded off 78,787 of nearest hundreds = 78,800
= 4,230 1 and population of a town in 2001 = 95,833.
7. We have, Rounded off 95,833 to nearest hundreds = 95,800.
Total tablets of vitamin A = 180000 Increase in population = 95,800 – 78,800 = 17000. 2
Tablets distributed among children = 18734 13. Given, first four numbers = 9, 9, 8 and 7
Now, remaining vitamin A tablets = 180000 – 18734 and last three numbers = 3, 5 and 5
= 1,61,266. \ Greatest possible mobile number = 9987642355
Hence, the Number of the remaining vitamin A (Q a mobile no. consists of 10-digits.)
tablets is 1,61,266. 2 Hence, the remaining digits are 6, 4 and 2. 2
8. Given, total money = ` 10,00,000 14. Cloth required for 16 shirts = 44 m
Money spent on a colour TV = ` 16,580 Cloth required for each shirts = (44 m) ÷ 16
Money spent on a motor cycle = ` 45,890 12
= 2 m
and money spent on a flat = ` 8,70000 Total amount 16
spent = 16580 + 45890 + 870000 = ` 9,32,470. 16) 44 (2
Money left with him – 32
= 1000000 – 932470 12 m
1 m = 100 cm
= ` 67,530
12 12
Hence, ` 67,530 was left with him. 2 = m = × 100 cm
16 16
9. Population of Tripura = 3,199,203
1200
In words, three million, one hundred ninety-nine = cm
16
thousand, two hundred three, and population of
Meghalaya = 2,318,822. = 2 m 75 cm
In words, two million, three hundred eighteen 15. (a) We have, 874 + 478
thousand, eight hundred twenty-two. 2 Rounded off 874 to nearest hundreds = 900
10. Given, diameter of Jupiter = 14,28,00,000 m and rounded off 478 to nearest hundreds = 500.
\ The diameter of the Jupiter is 1,42,800,000 metre So, estimated sum = 900 + 500 = 1400.
142870000 in ISN : One hundred forty two million (b) We have, 793 + 397
and eight hundred thousand. Rounded off 793 to nearest hundreds = 800

P-12 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 and rounded off 397 to nearest hundreds = 400. So, estimated sum = 11200 + 3500 = 14700
So, estimated sum = 800 + 400 = 1200 (d) We have, 117677 + 13589
(c) We have, 11244 + 3507 Rounded off 17677 to nearest hundred = 17700
Rounded off 11244 to nearest hundred = 11200 rounded off 13589 to nearest hundreds = 13600.
and rounded off 3507 to nearest hundred = 3500. So, estimated sum = 17700 + 13600 + 31300. 4

qqq

WORKSHEET-12
Solutions The greatest six-digit number = 765420.
The smallest six-digit number = 204567.
1. (b) 1
Now, the sum of these numbers
2. Given, radius of the Earth = 6,400 km = 765420 + 204567 = 969987. 2
= 6400000 m [1 km = 1000 m] 7. Given, total cold drink in the container = 35874 L
and radius of Mars = 43,00,000 m = 3587400 mL [1 L = 1000 mL]
Capacity of a bottle = 200 mL
On comparing both the radii, we get
Capacity of bottle = 200 mL
Radius of Earth > Radius of Mars Capacity of a container
\ Number of bottles =
Difference between the two radii Capacity of a bottle
= 6400000 – 4300000 = 21,00,000 m. 3,58,74,000
=
Hence, the radius of Earth is bigger and by 21,00,000 200
m. 2 = 1,79,370. 2
3. Given, population of India in 1961 = 439 million 8. According to the question, 5 must appear at ten’s
place.
= 439 × 1000000 = 439000000 [1 million = 1000000] Now, for the greatest number, digit (0-9) should be
and population of India in 2001 = 1028 million arranged in descending order, i.e., 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2,
= 1028 × 1000000 = 1028000000 [1 million = 1, 0.
1000000] total increase in population from 1961 to and for the smallest number, digit (0-9) should be
2001 arranged in ascending order, i.e., 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,
= Population in 2001 – Population in 1961 8, 9.
The smallest number of 5 digit = 10253. 2
= 1028000000 – 439000000 = 589000000
9. (i) 475 × 64
= 589 × 1000000 = 589 million
⇒ 475
So, the increase population in Indian System of
× 64
Numeration = 5,89,00,00,000. 2
1900
4. On arranging the population of four states in
ascending order we get + 2850 ×
76210007 < 82998509 < 96878627 < 1661197921. 30400
(Andhra Pradesh) (Bihar) (Maharashtra) (Uttar Thus, 475 × 64 = 30,400 3
Pradesh) (ii) For finding : 3 × 3
Again, rearranging the population of four states in
descending order, we get
166197921 > 96878627 > 82998509 > 76210007.
(Uttar Pradesh) (Maharashtra) (Bihar) (Andhra
Pradesh). 2
Start from 0, move 3 unit at a time to the right, make
5. The largest 7-digits number = 9999999. such 3 moves, we reach at 9.
The smallest 8-digits number = 10000000.
\ 3 × 3 = 9.
Now, difference between the smallest 8-digits
number and the largest 7-digits number 10. (i) Since, the cost colour television set = ` 19820
= 10000000 – 9999999 = 1. 2 Therefore, the cost of 125 sets = ` 19820 × 125
6. Given digit are 2, 0, 4, 7, 6 and 5. = ` 24,77,500
Using each digit only once, (ii) Since, 1 million = 1,00,0000

S OLUT I ONS P-13

 Then successor of 1 million = 1000000 + 1 12. According to the question,
= 10,00,001 Digit at ten’s place = 4
and predecessor of 1 million= 10,00,000 – 1 Digit at unit’s place = 1/4 of ten’s place digit = 1/4 ×
= 9,99,999 3 =1
Digit at hundred’s place = 0.
11. Given, total number of digits = 10
Digit at thousand’s place = 5 × Digit at unit’s place
and first four digits of the mobile number = 9, 9, 7,
=5×1=5
9. Also, given digits = 8, 3, 5, 6, 0.
Digit at ten thousand’s place = 2 × Digit at ten’s
Now, to make the smallest mobile number, we will place = 2 × 4 = 8.
use the smallest digit twice, i.e., 0.
Required number = 85,041. 4
Required mobile number = 9979003568. 3

qqq

P-14 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
CHAPTER
SECTION

B
2 WHOLE NUMBERS

WORKSHEET-13
Solutions actual last real number. 2
6. (i) Predecessor of the number 19 = 19 – 1 = 18
1. Yes, the natural number 1 has no predecessor.
Successor of the number 19 = 19 + 1 = 20
Though 1 – 1 = 0 but 0 is not a natural number. 1
(ii) Predecessor of the number 1,997
2. Yes, every natural number is also a whole number.
= 1,997 – 1 = 1,996
1
Successor of the number 1997
3. No, 0 is a whole number but not a natural number,
= 1,997 + 1 = 1,998
except 0 every whole number is a natural number.
(iii) Predecessor of the number 12,000
1
= 12,000 – 1 = 11999
4. There is no greatest whole number. 1
Successor of the number 12,000
5. No, It is not possible that a natural number has no
= 12,000 + 1 = 12,001
successor. It means every natural number has a
(iv) Predecessor of the number 49 = 49 – 1 = 48
successor.
Successor of the number 49 = 49 + 1 = 50
No, there is no last or greatest number. If we (v) Predecessor of the number 1,00,000
suppose that R is the last natural number. But when = 1,00,000 – 1 = 99,999
do we add 1 in R, we find R + 1, a new last natural Successor of the number 100000
number. So that our suppose is wrong. R is not
= 1,00,000 + 1 = 1,00,001 3

7. (i) To find 4 + 5

At the tip of the arrow, the point is 4. Start with 4 and add 5 more numbers to this number, therefore we make 5
jumps to the right from
4 to 5
5 to 6
6 to 7
7 to 8
8 to 9 as shown above
The tip of the last arrow in the fifth jump is at 9, therefore 4 + 5 = 9.
(ii) To find 2 + 6

At the tip of the arrow, the point is 2. Start with 2 and add 6 number to this number, therefore we make 6 jumps
to the right from
2 to 3
3 to 4
4 to 5
5 to 6
6 to 7
7 to 8 as given above.
In the sixth jump the tip of the last arrow is at 8, therefore
2 + 6 = 8

S OLUT I ONS P-15

 (iii) To find 3 + 5

At the tip of the arrow, the point is 3. Start with 3 and add 5 number to this number, therefore we make 5 jumps
to the right from
3 to 4
4 to 5
5 to 6
6 to 7
7 to 8 as given above.
In the fifth jump, the tip of the last arrow is at 8, therefore
3 + 5 = 8
(iv) To find 1 + 6

At the tip of the arrow, the point is 1. Start with 1 and 6 number to this number, therefore we make 6 jumps to the
right from
1 to 2
2 to 3
3 to 4
4 to 5
5 to 6
6 to 7 as given above.
In the sixth jump, the tip of the last arrows is at 7, therefore
1 + 6 = 7. 8
qqq

WORKSHEET-14
Solutions (d) The successor of 23,45,670 = 23,45,670 + 1 =
23,45,671. 2
1. 0 is the smallest whole number. 1
6. Number Predecessor
2. There are (53 – 32) – 1 = 21 – 1 = 20 whole numbers
between 32 and 53. 1 (a) 94 94 – 1 = 93
3. The next three natural numbers after 10,999 are as (b) 10,000 10000 – 1 = 9,999
under : (c) 2,08,090 208090 – 1= 2,08,089
First successor of 10,999 = 10,999 + 1= 11,000
(d) 76,54,321 7654321 – 1 = 76,54,320 2
Second successor of 10,999 = 10,999 + 2 = 11,001
7. (a) Here 503 lies on the left of 530 on the number
Third successor of 10,999 = 10,999 + 3 = 11,002 2 line. The number lies on the left of other number on
4. The three whole numbers occurring just before the number line is less than the other number. So
10,001 are as under :
530 > 503
First predecessor of 10,001 = 10,001 – 1 = 10,000
(b) In this case 307 lies on the left to 370 on the number
Second predecessor of 10,001 = 10,001 – 2 = 9,999 line. So
Third predecessor of 10,001 = 10,001 – 3 = 9,998 2
370 > 307
5. (a) The successor of 24,40,701 = 24,40,701 + 1 =
(c) In this case 56789 lies on the left of 98765 on the
24,40,702
number line. So
(b) The successor of 1,00,199 = 10,0199 + 1 =
1,00,200. 98,765 > 56,789
(c) The successor of 10,99999 = 10,99,999 + 1 = (d) In this case 9830415 lies on the left of 10023001. So
11,00,000 98,30,415 < 10,02,3001 2

P-16 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 8. (i) To find 8 – 3

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
At the top of the arrow, the point is 8. Start with 8 and 3 is being subtracted from the number. So more towards
left with 1 jump of 1 unit make 3 such jumps. We reach the point 5, therefore
8 – 3 = 5
(ii) To find 6 – 2

At the top of the arrow, the point is 6. Start with 6 and 2 is being subtracted from the number. So move towards
left with 1 jump of 1 unit make 2 such jumps. We reach the point 4, therefore
6 – 4 = 2
(iii) To find 9 – 6

At the top of the arrow, the point is 9. Start with 9 and 6 is being subtracted from the number. So move towards
left with 1 jump of 1 unit make 6 such jumps. We reach the point 3, therefore
9 – 6 = 3. 6
9. For finding 2 × 6

Starts from 0, move 2 units at a distance to the right, make 6 moves, we reach at 12.
⇒ 2 × 6 = 12.
For finding 3 × 3

Starts from 0, move 3 units at a time to the right, make such 3 moves, we reach at 9.
⇒ 3 × 3 = 9.
For finding 4 × 2

Starts from 0, move 4 units at a time to the right, make such 2 moves, we reach at 8.
⇒ 4 × 2 = 8. 6

qqq

S OLUT I ONS P-17

 WORKSHEET-15
Solutions = 168000 + 840
= 1,68,840 4
1. (a) 837 + 208 + 363 = (837 + 363) + 208
4. (a) 2 × 1768 × 50 = (2 × 50) × 1768
= 1200 + 208
= 100 × 1768
= 1,408
= 1,76,800
(b) 1962 + 453 + 1538 + 647
(b) 4 × 166 × 25 = (4 × 25) × 166
= (1962 + 1538) + (453 + 647)
= 100 × 166
= 3500 + 1100
= 16,600
= 4,600 2
(c) 8 × 291 × 125 = (8 × 125) × 291
2. (a) 297 × 17 + 297 × 3
= 1000 × 291
= 297 × (17 + 3)
= 2,91,000
= 297 × 20
(d) 625 × 279 × 16 = (625 × 16) × 279
= 5,940
= 10000 × 279
(b) 54,279 × 92 + 8 × 54,279
= 27,90,000
= 54,279 × (92 + 8)
(e) 285 × 5 × 60 = 285 × (5 × 60)
= 54,279 × 100
= 285 × 300
= 54,27,900
= 85,300
(c) 81,265 × 169 – 81,265 × 69
(f) 125 × 40 × 8 × 25 = (125 × 8) × (40 × 25)
= 81,265 × (169 – 69)
= 1000 × 1000
= 81,265 × 100
= 10,00,000 6
= 81,26,500
5. (a) False, because zero is not a natural number.
(d) 3,845 × 5 × 782 + 769 × 25 × 218
It is a whole number.
= 3,845 × 5 × 782 + (769 × 5)× 5 × 218
(b) False, because predecessor of 399 is 399 – 1 =
= 3,845 × 5 × 782 + 3,845 × 5 × 218 398.
= (3,845 × 5) × (782 + 218) (c) True, because whole numbers start with zero
= 19,225 × 1,000 (0).
= 19,22,5000. 4 (d) True because successor of 599 is 599 + 1 = 600.
3. (a) 738 × 103 = 738 × (100 + 3) (e) True
= (738 × 100) + (738 × 3)
(f) False, because 0 is not a natural number.
= 73800 + 2214
(g) False, because predecessor of 10 is 10 – 1 = 9,
= 76,014 which is a single digit number.
(b) 854 × 102 = 854 × (100 + 2)
(h) False, because 0 is the smallest whole number.
= (854 × 100) + (854 × 2)
(i) True, because if we subtract 1 from 1, we get
= 85400 + 1708 0 (1 – 1 = 0), which is not a natural number.
= 87,108
(j) False, because predecessor 1 is 1 – 1 = 0 and 0 is a
(c) 258 × 1008 = 258 × (1000 + 8) whole number.
= (258 × 1000) + (258 × 8) (k) False because 13 is greater than 12.
= 258000 + 2064)
(l) True.
= 2,60,064
(m)
False, because successor of two digit number
(d) 1005 × 168 = (1000 + 5) × 168 99 is 99 + 1 = 100, which is a three digit number. 6
= (1000 × 168) + (5 × 168)

qqq

P-18 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 cost of milk ` 15 per litre

WORKSHEET-16
Solutions (i) → (c), (ii) → (a), (iii) → (b) 3
9. These are many examples of such type, five of them
1.
Petrol filled on Monday and Tuesday are as follows :
= 40 litres + 50 litres
= 90 litres
Cost of petrol = ` 44 per litre
So cost of 90 litres petrol = 90 × ` 44
= ` 3960. 2
(i) or
2.
Milk supplied to a hotel in the morning and evening
= 32 litres + 68 litres
= 100 litres
cost of milk ` 15 per litre
(ii) or
Money due to vendor per day = ` 15 × 100
= ` 1500 2
3. Number 2, 5, 7, 11, 13, … can be shown only as a
line. e.g. 5 can be shown as ..... 2
4. Numbers 9, 16, 25, … can be shown as squares e.g. 9
can be shown as

[Q (3)2 = 9] 2
(iii) or

5. 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, … can be shown as rectangles e.g. 8 can

be shown as 2

6. 3, 6, 10, 15, 21, 28 and 36 are the first seven triangular
numbers e.g., 3 and 6 can be shows as (iv)
or

2
7. (a) 1 + 0 = 1 ≠ 0
(b) 0 × 0 = 0
0 (v)
(c) =0
2
10 − 10 0
(d) = =0 or
2 2
Thus, only (a) does not represent zero. 2
8. Matching is as under : 5

qqq

WORKSHEET-17
1. (c) 1 6. Yes, for example let the numbers be A and B and
2. (b) 1 by putting values we find that only 1 brings the
3. (a) 1 product 1 of them. 2
4. (c) 1 7. No, for example let numbers be 0 and 2 the product
5. (c) 1 is 0 × 2 = 0 while 2 is not zero. Hence proved 3

S OLUT I ONS P-19

 8. The total weight carried by loading tempo = 20,600
= No. of boxes × weight of biscuits in each box (d) 4275 × 125 = 4275 × (100 + 20 + 5)
= 482 × 15 = 7,230 kg = 4275 × 100 + 4275 × 20 + 4275 × 5
The total weight carried by van = 427500 + 85500 + 21375
= no. of boxes in van × weight of biscuits in = 5,34,375
each box (e) 504 × 35 = (500 + 4) × 35
= 518 × 15 = 7,770 kg = 500 × 35 + 4 × 35
Hence total weight of both the vehicles = 17500 + 140
= Total weight carried by loading tempo = 17640 5
+ Total weight carried by van 10. The next two steps :
= 7,230 + 7,770 123456 × 8 + 6 = 987654
= 15,000 kg 3 1234567 × 8 + 7 = 9876543
9. (a) 728 × 101 = 728 × (100 + 1) The pattern works as :
= 728 × 100 + 728 × 1 1 × 8 + 1 = 9
= 72800 + 728 (11 + 1) × 8 + 2 = 12 × 8 + 2 = 98
= 73,528 (111 + 11 + 1) × 8 + 3 = 123 × 8 + 3 = 987
(b) 5437 × 1001 = 5437 × (1000 + 1) (1111 + 111 + 11 + 1) × 8 + 4 = 1234 × 8 + 4 = 9876
= 5437 × 1000 + 5437 × 1 (11111 + 1111 + 11 + 1) × 8 + 5 = 12345 × 8 + 3 =
= 54,37,000 + 5,437 98765
= 54,42,437 (111111 + 11111 + 1111 + 111 + 11 + 1) × 8 + 6
(c) 824 × 25 = (800 + 24) × 25 = 123456 × 8 + 6 = 987654
= 800 × 25 + 24 × 25 (1111111 + 111111 + 11111 + 1111 + 111 + 11 + 1)
= 20000 + 600 × 8 + 7 = 1234567 × 8 + 7 = 9876543 5
qqq

WORKSHEET-18
1. (d) 1 (d) = 69
2. (b) 1 sum = 33 + 48 + 54 + 69 = 204 4
3. (d) 1 9. (i) 475 × 64
4. (b) 1 ⇒ 475
5. (b) 1
× 64
6. Since, divisor = 46
1900
quotient = 11
+ 2850×
and remainder = 18
30400
We know that, Thus, 475 × 64 = 30,400.
Dividend = Divisor × Quotient + Remainder (ii) For finding : 3 × 3
Then, dividend = 46 × 11 + 18
= 506 + 18 = 524
Hence, the required number is = 524.
7. Let r is the remainder, then the required number =
45 – r Start from 0, move 3 units at a time to the right,
45)1000 (22 make such 3 moves, we reach at 9.
- 90 ∴ 3 × 3 = 9.
10. (i) Since the cost of each colour television set
100 = ` 19,820
- 90 No of television set = 125
10 Therefore, the cost of 125 sets = ` 19820 × 125
∴
= ` 24,77,500
r = 10 (ii) Since, 1 million = 1,000,000
Hence, the required number = 45 – 10 = 35. Then successor of 1 million = 10,00,000 + 1
8. (a) = 33
(b) = 48 = 1,000,001
(c) = 54 and predecessor of 1 million = 10,00,000 – 1
= 999,999
qqq

P-20 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
CHAPTER
SECTION

B
3 PLAYING WITH NUMBERS

WORKSHEET-19
Solutions 5 × 2 = 10
5 × 3 = 15
1. Factors of 45, 36, and 30 are as under 5 × 4 = 20
45 = 1, 3, 5, 9, 15, 45 5 × 5 = 25
30 = 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30 Hence, the first five multiples of 5 are 5, 10, 15, 20
36 = 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 9, 12, 18, 36 2 and 25.
2. All the multiples of 9 upto 100 are (b) 8 (c) 9
9 × 1 = 9 8 × 1 = 8 9×1=9
9 × 2 = 18 8 × 2 = 16 9 × 2 = 18
9 × 3 = 27 8 × 3 = 24 9 × 3 = 27
9 × 4 = 36 8 × 4 = 32 9 × 4 = 36
9 × 5 = 45 8 × 5 = 40 9 × 5 = 45
9 × 6 = 54 Hence the first five Hence the first five
9 × 7 = 63 multiples of 8 = 8, 16, multiples of 9 = 9, 18, 27,
9 × 8 = 72 24, 32 and 40 36 and 45 3
9 × 9 = 81
4. Matching is as under :
9 × 10 = 90
(i) → (b) ∴ 7 × 5 = 35
9 × 11 = 99 2
(ii) → (d) ∴ 30 ÷ 15 = 2
3. (a) 5
(iii) → (a) ∴ 8 × 2 = 16
Multiply 5 by 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 respectively. So, we find
(iv) → (f) ∴ 20 ÷ 20 = 1
the first five multiples of 5.
(v) → (e) ∴ 50 ÷ 25 = 2 3
5 × 1 = 5
5.
(a) 24 (b) 15 (c) 21 (d) 27
24 × 1 = 24 15 × 1 = 15 21 × 1 = 21 27 × 1 = 27
12 × 2 = 24 3 × 5 = 15 7 × 3 = 21 9 × 3 = 27
8 × 3 = 24 5 × 3 = 15 3 × 7 = 21 3 × 9 = 27
4 × 6 = 24 Now stop here because Now stop here because 3 Now stop here because
6 × 4 = 24 3 and 5 have occurred and 7 have occurred ear- 3 and 9 have occurred
Stop here because 4 and earlier. Thus all the factors lier. Thus all the factors of earlier. Thus all the factors
6 have occurred earlier. of 15 = 1, 3, 5, 15 21 = 1, 3, 7, 21 of 27 = 1, 3, 9, 27
Thus all the factors of
24 = 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12 and
24

(e) 12 (f) 20 (g) 18 (h) 23 (i) 36

12 × 1 = 12 20 × 1 = 20 18 × 1 = 18 23 × 1 = 23 36 × 1 = 36
6 × 2 = 12 10 × 2 = 20 9 × 2 = 18 1 × 23 = 23 18 × 2 = 36
4 × 3 = 12 5 × 4 = 20 6 × 3 = 18 Thus factors of 12 × 3 = 36
3 × 4 = 12 4 × 5 = 20 3 × 6 = 18 23 are 1, 23 9 × 4 = 36
Thus factors of Thus factors of Thus factors of 6 × 6 = 36
12 are 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12 20 are 1, 2, 4, 5, 10, 20 18 are 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 18 Thus factors of
36 are 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 9,
12, 18, 36
6
qqq

S OLUT I ONS P-21

 WORKSHEET-20
Solutions 8. (a) We know that 23 is not exactly divisible by any
of the prime numbers 2, 3, 5, 7 and 11 (i.e., upto the
1. 2, 5, and 7 are prime numbers between 1 and 10. half of 23). So, it is a prime number.
Clearly, 7 is the greatest prime number between 1 (b) We find that 51 is divisible by 3. So, it is not a prime
and 10.  1 number.
2. Some more numbers of the types 2 × 3 + 1 = 7 are
(c) We find that 37 is not exactly divisible by any of the
as follows :
prime numbers 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13 and 17 (i.e., upto the
2 × 1 + 1 = 3, a prime number. half of 37) So, it is a prime number.
2 × 2 + 1 = 5, a prime number.
(d) We find that 26 is exactly divisible by 2 and 13. So, it
2 × 5 + 1 = 11, a prime number.
is not a prime number. 2
2 × 6 + 1 = 13, a prime number.
9. All the seven consecutive composite numbers less
2 × 8 + 1 = 17, a prime number.
than 100 so that there is no prime number between
2 × 9 + 1 = 19, a prime number. them are
2 × 11 + 1 = 23, a prime number. 2
90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95 and 96.  2
3. (a) Sum of two odd numbers is even. (for e.g → 3 + 5
= 8 ) which is even 10. Numbers Sum of three odd primes
(b) Sum of two even numbers is even. (for e.g → 2 + 4 = (a) 21 3 + 5 + 13
6 ) which is even (b) 31 3 + 5 + 23
Note : Sum of an odd number and an even number (c) 53 3 + 19 + 31
is an odd number. 2
(d) 61 3 + 11 + 47 2
4. By the Sieve of Eratosthenes method obtain the
prime numbers between 1 and 100. We find that 11. Prime numbers below 20 are :
these are 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19, 23, 29, 31, 37, 41, 43, 2, 3, 5, 7, 13, 17 and 19.
47, 53, 59, 61, 67, 71, 73, 79, 83, 89 and 97.
Clearly, following sums are divisible by 5
Out of these numbers, a pair of prime numbers
having same digits are 13, 31, 17, 71, 73, 37, 79, 97. 2 2 + 3 = 5, 2 + 13 = 15, 3 + 7 = 10, 3 + 17 = 20, 7 +
13 = 20, 13 + 17 = 30.
5. Prime numbers less than 20 are
Out of which five pairs of prime numbers whose
2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17 and 19
sum is divisible by 5 are :
Composite numbers less than 20 are
2, 3; 2, 13; 3, 7; 3, 17 and 7, 13. 3
4, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16 and 18. 2
12. (a) Prime number
6. Number Sum of odd primes
(a) 44 = 3 + 41 (b) composite number
(b) 36 = 5 + 31 (c) a prime number, a composite number
(c) 24 = 5 + 19 (d) 2
(d) 18 = 5 + 13 2 (e) 4
7. Three pairs of prime number whose difference is 2 (f) 2 3
are 3, 5; 5, 7 and 11, 13
13. (a) False, (b) True, (c) True, (d) False, (e) False,
Note : The prime numbers whose difference is 2 are (f) True, (g) False, (h) True, (i) True, (j) True 5
called twin-primes. 2

qqq

P-22 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 WORKSHEET-21
Solutions 12 × 3 = 36 12 × 8 = 96
12 × 4 = 48 12 × 9 = 108 (which is more
1. Common multiples of 3 and 4 are multiples of 3 × 4
than 100)
i.e., 12
12 × 1 = 12 12 × 6 = 72 12 × 5 = 60
12 × 2 = 24 12 × 7 = 84 Common multiples of 3 and 4 less than 100 are 12,
24, 36, 48, 60, 72, 84 and 96. 2
2.
Divisible by
Number
2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11

128 Yes No Yes No No Yes No No No

990 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes
1586 Yes No No No No No No No No
275 No No No Yes No No No No Yes
6686 Yes No No No No No No No No
639210 Yes Yes No Yes No No No Yes Yes
429714 Yes Yes No No No No Yes No No
2856 Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes No No No
3060 Yes Yes Yes Yes No No yes Yes No
406839 No Yes No No No No No No No
3
3. Divisibility by 4 : We know that a number is divisible by 4, if number’s last two digits divisible by 4.

Number last two digits divisible by 4 or not number divisible by 4 or not

(a) 572 72 is divisible by 4 divisible by 4
(b) 726352 52 is divisible by 4 divisible by 4
(c) 5500 If two zeros are given at the end of divisible by 4
(d) 6000 number, the number is divisible by 4 divisible by 4
(e) 12159 59 is not divisible by 4 not divisible by 4
(f) 14560 60 is divisible by 4 divisible by 4
(g) 21084 84 is divisible by 4 divisible by 4
(h) 31795072 72 is divisible by 4 divisible by 4
(i) 1700 00 is divisible by 4 divisible by 4
(j) 2150 50 is not divisible by 4 not divisible by 4
Divisiblity by 8 : A number is divisible by 8, if number’s last three digits divisible by 8.

Number last three digits divisible by 8 or not number divisible by 8 or not

(a) 572 572 is not divisible by 8 not divisible by 8

(b) 726352 352 is divisible by 8 divisible by 8
(c) 5500 500 is not divisible by 8 not divisible by 8
(d) 6000 If three zeros are given at the end divisible by 8
of number, so it is divisible by 8
(e) 12159 159 is not divisible by 8 not divisible by 8
(f) 14560 560 is divisible by 8 divisible by 8
(g) 21084 084 is not divisible by 8 not divisible by 8
(h) 31795072 072 is divisible by 8 divisible by 8
(i) 1700 700 is not divisible by 8 not divisible by 8
(j) 2150 150 is not divisible by 8 not divisible by 8
3

S OLUT I ONS P-23

 4. Test of divisibility by 6 : A number is divisible by 6, if the number is divisible by 2 and 3 both.
Number Divisible by 2 or not divisible by 3 or not divisible by 6

297144 Last digit is 4 divisible by 2 2 + 9 + 7 + 1 + 4 + 4 = 27 Number is divisible by 6

which is divisible by 3

1258 Last digit 8 is divisible by 2 1 + 2 + 5 + 8 = 16 which is Number is not divisible by 6

not divisible by 3

4335 Last digit 5 is not divisible by 2 Number is not divisible by 6

61233 Last digit 3 is not divisible by 2 Number is not divisible by 6

901352 Last digit 2 is divisible by 2 9+0+1+3+5+2 Number is not divisible by 6

= 20 which is not divisible
by 3
438750 Last digit 0 is divisible by 2 4 + 3 + 8 + 7 + 5 + 0 = 27 Number is divisible by 6
which is divisible by 3

1790184 Last digit 4 is divisible by 2 1+7+9+0+1+8+4= Number is divisible by 6

30 which is divisible by 3

12583 Last digit 3 is not divisible by 2 Number is not divisible by 6

639210 Last digit 0 is divisible by 2 6 + 3 + 9 + 2 + 1 + 0 = 21 Number is divisible by 6

which is divisible by 3

17852 Last digit 2 is divisible by 2 1 + 7 + 8 + 5 + 2 = 23 which Number is not divisible by 6

is not divisible by 3
3
5.
Sum of its digit at odd Sum of its digit at even
Number places places Difference

5445 5+4=9 4+5=9 9 – 9 = 0, divisible by 11

10824 4 + 8 + 1 = 13 2+0=2 13 – 2 = 11, divisible by 11
7138965 5 + 9 + 3 + 7 = 24 6 + 8 + 1 = 15 24 – 15 = 9, so that number
is not divisible by 11

70169308 8 + 3 + 6 + 0 = 17 0 + 9 + 1 + 7 = 17 17 – 17 = 0, so that number

is divisible by 11

10000001 1+0+0+0=1 0+0+0+1=1 1 – 1 = 0, so that number is

divisible by 11

901153 3+1+0=4 5 + 1 + 9 = 15 15 – 4 = 11, so that number

is divisible by 11
3
6. (a) 6 and 8 6 × 6 = 36 8 × 6 = 48
The multiples of 6 The multiples of 8 6 × 7 = 42 8 × 7 = 56
6 × 1 = 6 8×1=8 6 × 8 = 48 8 × 8 = 64
6 × 2 = 12 8 × 2 = 16 6 × 9 = 54 8 × 9 = 72
6 × 3 = 18 8 × 3 = 24 6 × 10 = 60
6 × 4 = 24 8 × 4 = 32 6 × 11 = 66
6 × 5 = 30 8 × 5 = 40 6 × 12 = 72

P-24 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 The first three (common multiples of 6 and 8 are 24, 7. A number is divisible by 3, if the sum of the digits is
48 and 72. divisible by 3.
(b) 12 and 18 (a) ....6724

The multiples of 12 The multiples of 18 6 + 7 + 2 + 4 = 19
12 × 1= 12 18 × 1 = 18 Sum is divisible by 3 so that, we added 2 in 19, then
12 × 2= 24 18 × 2 = 36 we find 21, which is divisible by 3. Therefore, the
12 × 3= 36 18 × 3 = 54 required smallest digit is 2.

12 × 4= 48 18 × 4 = 72 Again, we add 8 in 19, then we find 27, which is

divisible by 3, so that the required greatest digit is 8.
12 × 5= 60 18 × 5 = 90
(b) 4765 .... 2
12 × 6= 72 18 × 6 = 108
4 + 7 + 6 + 5 + 2 = 24 it is divisible by 3. So, we
12 × 7= 84
have to add 0 to 24.
12 × 8= 96
Then 0 is the required smallest digit.
12 × 9= 108
Again, if we odd 9 to 24, we get 24 + 9 = 33, which
12 × 10= 120 is divisible by 3
The first three common multiples of 12 and 18 are
So, the required greatest digit is 9. 3
36, 72 and 108. 3
qqq

WORKSHEET-22
Solutions = 9 + 3 + 2 = 14
and the sum of the digits at even places
1. (a) The possible factors of 8 are 1, 2, 4, 8
= 8 + x + 9 = 17 + x
The possible factors of 20 are 1, 2, 4, 5, 10 and 20.
\ the common factors are 1, 2 and 4. Now, difference between these sums
(b) The possible factors of 9 are 1, 3 and 9. = (17 + x) – 14
= x + 17 – 14
The possible factors of 15 are 1, 3, 5 and 15.
=x+3
\ the common factors are 1 and 3. 2 For (x + 3) to become 11, we must have x = 8,
2. (a) The factors of 4, 8 and 12 are. (\ 8 + 3 = 11)
4 = 1, 2 and 4, 8 = 1, 2, 4 and 8; 12 = 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 and Hence, the required digit = 8.
12
(b) Let the number be 8x 9484.
the common factor are 1, 2, 4
\ sum of the digits at odd places
(b) The factors of 5, 15 and 25 are
5 = 1 and 5; 15 = 1, 3 and 5; 25 = 1, 5 and 25 so the = 4 + 4 + x = 8 + x
common factors of 5; 15 and 25 are 1 and 5. 3 and the sum of digits at even place
3. Common multiples of 3 and 4 are multiples of 3 × 4 = 8 + 9 + 8 = 25
i.e., 12 Now, difference between these sums
12 × 1 = 12 12 × 6 = 72 = 25 – (8 + x)
12 × 2 = 24 12 × 7 = 84 = 25 – 8 – x
12 × 3 = 36 12 × 8 = 96 = 17 – x
12 × 4 = 48 12 × 9 = 108 For (17 – x) to become 11, we must have
12 × 5 = 60
x = 6, (\ 17 – 6 = 11)
Common multiples of 3 and 4 less than 100 are 12,
24, 36, 48, 60, 72, 84 and 96. 3 Hence, the required digit = 6. 4
4. We know that a number is divisible by 11, if the 5. (a) Factors of 20 = 1, 2, 4, 5, 10, 20.
difference of the sum of its digits at odd places and Factors of 28 = 1, 2, 4, 7, 14, and 28
the sum of its digits at even places is either 0 or \ The common factors of 20 and 28 are 1, 2 and 4.
divisible by 11. (b) The factors of 15 = 1, 3, 5 and 15
(a) Let the number be 92x 389 Factors of 25 = 1, 5 and 25
\ sum of the digits at odd places \ The common factors of 15 and 25 are 1 and 5.

S OLUT I ONS P-25

 (c) The factors of 35 and 50 6 × 9 = 54 8 × 9 = 72
35 = 1, 5, 7 and 35 6 × 10 = 60
50 = 1, 2, 5, 10, 25 and 50 6 × 11 = 66
\ The common factors of 35 and 50 are 1 and 5. 6 × 12 = 72
(d) The factors of The first three common multiples of 6 and 8 are 24,
56 = 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 14, 28 and 56 48 and 72.
120 = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 15, 20, 24, 30, 40, 60 and (b) 12 and 18
120 The multiples of 12 The multiples of 18
\ The common factors of 56 and 120 = 1, 2, 4 and 8.
12 × 1 = 12 18 × 1 = 18
 4
12 × 2 = 24 18 × 2 = 36
6. (a) 6 and 8
The multiples of 6 The multiples of 8 12 × 3 = 36 18 × 3 = 54
6 × 1 = 6 8×1=8 12 × 4 = 48 18 × 4 = 72
6 × 2 = 12 8 × 2 = 16 12 × 5 = 60 18 × 5 = 90
6 × 3 = 18 8 × 3 = 24 12 × 6 = 72 18 × 6 = 108
6 × 4 = 24 8 × 4 = 32 12 × 7 = 84
6 × 5 = 30 8 × 5 = 40 12 × 8 = 96
6 × 6 = 36 8 × 6 = 48 12 × 9 = 108
6 × 7 = 42 8 × 7 = 56 12 × 10 = 120
6 × 8 = 48 8 × 8 = 64 The first three common multiples of 12 and 18 are
36, 72 and 108. 4

qqq

WORKSHEET-23
Solutions 10000 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 5 × 5 × 5 × 5 2
8. We get
1. If a number is divisible by 5 and 12 then it is also
divisible by its product i.e., 5 × 12 = 60. 1 1729 = 7 × 247 = 7 × 13 × 19
1729 = 7 × 13 × 19
2. If a number is divisible by 12. So, it is also divisible
by the factors of 12. Factors of 12 are 1, 2., 3, 4, 6 and Relation between two consecutive prime factors
states that the ”Difference between two consecutive
12. 1
prime factors is 6”. 2
3. 1 and the number itself are not included in the
9. We take the product of three consecutive numbers
prime factorisation of a composite number. 1 as given below.
4. The prime factorisation of 16, 28 and 38 1 × 2 × 3 = 6
16 = 2 × 8 = 2 × 2 × 4 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 3 × 4 × 5 = 60
28 = 2 × 14 = 2 × 2 × 7 8 × 9 × 10 = 720
38 = 2 × 19 2 17 × 18 × 19 = 5814
5. (a) 10 = 5 × 2 and 6 = 2 × 3 In all the products, we have 6 or 4 or 0 in the unit
place, so, each product is divisible by 2.
\ Missing numbers are 3 and 2 respectively.

Also, sum of these all digits is divisible by 3. So every
(b) 60 = 30 × 2 and 30 = 10 × 3 product is divisible by 3.
10 = 2 × 5 Since 2 and 3 are co-prime. So the product 2 × 3 = 6
\ Missing numbers are 2, 3, 5 and 2 respectively. 2 divides every product.
6. 9999 is the greatest 4 digit number. Thus, the product of three consecutive numbers is
always divisible by 6. 3
9999 = 3 × 3333 = 3 × 3 × 1111 = 3 × 3 × 11 × 101
10. (a) False, because there are many numbers, which
9999 = 3 × 3 × 11 × 101 2
are divisible by 3 but not divisible by 9. e.g. 30 is
7. 10000 is the smallest five digit number. divisible by 3 but not divisible by 9.
10,000 = 2 × 5000 = 2 × 5 × 1000 = 2 × 5 × 2 × (b) True, because of a number is divisible by any
500 = 2 × 2 × 5 × 5 × 100 number, then it is divisible by each factor of that
= 2 × 2 × 5 × 5 × 2 × 50 number. There, 3 is a factor of 9.
= 2 × 2 × 2 × 5 × 5 × 5 × 10 27
27
=2×2×2×5×5×5×2×5 e.g. = 3 and =9
9 3

P-26 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 (c) False, e.g. 30 is divisible by 3 and 6 both but not consecutive odd number will be 2n + 3. So, sum of
divisible, by 18. two consecutive odd numbers will be (2n + 1) +
(d) True, because if a number is divisible by two co- (2n + 3) which is 4n + 4.
prime numbers, then it is divisible by their product And 4n + 4 = 4(n + 1) which is divisible by 4.
also. (9 and 10 are coprime) (h) True, if two given numbers are divisible by a
(e) False, we know that, two numbers having only 1 as number, then their sum is also divisible by that
a common factor are called co-prime numbers, so, it number e.g. 13 is exactly divides number 52 and 65
is not necessary that one of them must be prime. also divide their sum 117.
(f) False, e.g., 36 is divisible by 4 but not divisible by 8. (i) False, e.g. 5 exactly divides the sum of number 2 and
(g) True, because if one odd number is 2n + 1 then other 3 but not exactly divides these two numbers. 5
11.

Number Factors Common factor Co-prime

18 and 35 18 = 1, 2, 3, 6, 9 and 18 1 Thus 18 and 35 are co-prime.
35 = 1, 5, 7 and 35
15 and 37 15 = 1, 3, 5 and 15 1 Thus 15 and 37 are co-prime
37 = 1 and 37
30 and 415 30 = 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 15, 30 1, 5 Thus 30 and 415 are not co-prime
415 = 1, 5......
17 and 68 17 = 1 and 17 1, 17 Thus 17 and 68 are not co-prime
68 = 1, 2, 4, 17,.........
216 and 215 216 = 1, 2, 3, 4, 6,...... 1 Thus 216 and 215 are co-prime
215 = 1, 5,..........
81 and 16 81 = 1, 3, 9,......... 1 Thus 81 and 16 are co-prime
16 = 1, 2, 4, 8, 16
6

qqq

WORKSHEET-24
Solutions Number formed 20, which is di- 08, which is di-
from the last two visible by 4 visible by 4
1. In (c) 70 = 2 × 5 × 7 and (b) 56 = 7 × 2 × 2 × 2 digits of sum
Prime factorisation has been done. 2 3
2. 45 = 5 × 9 where 5 and 9 are co-prime.
6.
(i) The prime factors of 24 and 36 are
In 25110 its unit digit is 0. So it is divisible by 5 sum of
its digits = 2 + 5 + 1 + 1 + 0 = 9, which is divisible 24 = 2 × 12 = 2 × 2 × 6 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3
by 9.
\ This number is divisible by 5 and 9, so that it must 36 = 3 × 12 = 3 × 2 × 6 = 3 × 2 × 2 × 3
be divisible by that’s product 45. 2
The common factors are 1, 2, 4, 6, 12
3. Not necessarily, as the number 12, 36, 60 etc. are
each divisible by both 4 and 6. But these numbers Required HCF = 2 × 2 × 3 = 12
are not divisible by 4 × 6 = 24. 2 (ii) The prime factors of 15, 25 and 30 are
4. The different four smallest prime numbers are 2, 3,
15 = 3 × 5
5 and 7.
Required number = 2 × 3 × 5 × 7 = 210. 2 25 = 5 × 5
5. Let us consider the following examples. 30 = 2 × 3 × 5
Required HCF = 5
Consecutive odd 9 and 11 103 and 105
number (iii) The prime factors of 8 and 12 are
Sum 9 + 11 = 20 103 + 105 = 208 8 = 2 × 2 × 2
12 = 2 × 2 × 3
Required HCF = 2 × 2 = 4

S OLUT I ONS P-27

 (iv) The prime factors of 12, 16, 28 are 34 = 2 × 17
12 = 2 × 2 × 3 102 = 2 × 3 × 17
16 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 Required HCF = 2 × 17 = 34
28 = 2 × 2 × 7 (g) The prime factors of 70, 105 and 175
Required HCF = 2 × 2 = 4 4 70 = 2 × 5 × 7
7. (a) The prime factors of 18, 48 105 = 3 × 5 × 7
18 = 3 × 2 × 3 175 = 5 × 5 × 7
48 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 Required HCF = 5 × 7 = 35
Required HCF = 2 × 3 = 6 (h) The prime factors of 91, 112, 49
(b) The prime factors of 30, 42 91 = 7 × 13
30 = 2 × 3 × 5 112 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 7
42 = 2 × 3 × 7 49 = 7 × 7
Required HCF = 2 × 3 = 6 Common factor is 7
(c) The prime factors of 18, 60 Required HCF = 7
18 = 2 × 3 × 3 (i) The prime factors of 18, 54, 81
60 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 5 18 = 2 × 3 × 3
Required HCF = 2 × 3 = 6 54 = 2 × 3 × 3 × 3
(d) The prime factors of 27, 63 81 = 3 × 3 × 3 × 3
27 = 3 × 3 × 3 Required HCF = 3 × 3 = 9
63 = 3 × 3 × 7 (j) The prime factors of 12, 45, 75
Required HCF = 3 × 3 = 9 12 = 2 × 2 × 3
(e) The prime factors of 36, 84 45 = 3 × 3 × 5
36 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 75 = 3 × 5 × 5
84 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 7 Common factors 3
Required HCF = 2 × 2 × 3 = 12 Required HCF = 3 10
(f) The prime factors of 34, 102

qqq

WORKSHEET-25
Solutions 5. The smallest number which is exactly divisible by
6, 8 and 12 is their LCM. But we have to get the
1. (a) HCF of two consecutive numbers = 1
smallest 3-digits number which is exactly divisible
(b) HCF of two consecutive even numbers = 2 by the given numbers. Clearly, such a number is a
(c) HCF of two consecutive odd numbers = 1 2 multiple of the LCM of the given number.
2. Both the bags containing 75 kg and 69 kg of fertiliser To find the L.C.M. of 6, 8 and 12.
respectively which is required weight must be an
2 6, 8, 12
exact divisor of capacities of both the bags. This
capacity should be maximum. Thus maximum 2 3, 4, 6
weight will be the HCF of 75 and 69.
2 3, 2, 3
We get 69 = 3 × 23 and 75 = 3 × 5 × 5
Thus, HCF of 69 and 75 is 3 3 3, 1 , 3
Maximum capacity of weight = 3 kg 2 1, 1, 1
3. Three boys step off together after those distance LCM = 2 × 2 × 3 × 2 = 24
intervals which are common multiple of 63 cm, 70 The smallest 3-digits number is 100, now 100 divided
cm and 77 cm. by 24
therefore, first find H.C.F. of 63, 70 and 77. 24 ) 100 ( 4
7 63 70 77 – 96
4
9 10 11
Number just greater than 100 and exactly divisible
\ Required length of the largest tape = 7 cm. 2
by 24
4. Answer is wrong. The right HCF of two co-prime
numbers 4 and 15 = 1. 2 = 100 + (24 – 4) = 100 + 20 = 120
Hence, the required number = 120 3

P-28 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 6. Find the LCM of 8, 10, 12 Now, the largest 3-digits number = 999
2 8, 10, 12 We find that when 999 is divided by 120, the
remainder is 39 as given below
2 4, 5, 6
120 ) 999 ( 8
2 2, 5, 3 960
5 1, 5, 3 39
3 1, 3, 1 \ largest 3-digits number which is exactly divisible
by 120 i.e., the LCM of 8, 10 and 12 = 999 – 39 = 960
1, 1, 1  3
LCM = 2 × 2 × 2 × 5 × 3 = 120
qqq

WORKSHEET-26
Solutions 2 6, 15, 18
1. It is clear that the maximum capacity of the container
3 2, 5, 6
is the HCF of 403, 434 and 465 in litres.
Now HCF of 403, 434 and 465 3 1, 5, 3
403 = 13 × 31 5 1, 5, 1
434 = 2 × 217 = 2 × 7 × 31 1, 1, 1
465 = 3 × 155 = 3 × 5 × 31 LCM = 2 × 3 × 3 × 5 = 90
Common factor is 31 Thus, the required number = 90 + 5 = 95  3
The HCF of 403, 434 and 465 is 31 4. For it we have to find the LCM of 18, 24 and 32.
Thus, the capacity of the container = 31 litres 2
2. The LCM of 48, 72 and 108 is the required time. 2 18, 24, 32
2 9, 12, 16
2 9, 6, 8
2 9, 3, 4
2 9, 3, 2
3 9, 3, 1
3 3, 1, 1
2 48, 72, 108 1, 1, 1
2 24, 36, 54 LCM = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 2 × 3 × 3 = 288
Now, the smallest 4-digits number = 1000
2 12, 18, 27 1000 divided by 288, then
2 6, 9, 27 288 ) 1000 ( 3
3 3, 9, 27 – 864
136
3 1, 3, 9
Then we find 136 as remainder smallest 4-digits
3 1, 1, 3 number, which is exactly divisible by 288 i.e., LCM
1, 1, 1 of 18, 24, 32
LCM = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 3 = 432 = 1000 + (288 – 136) = 1000 + 152 = 1152 3
Thus, the required smallest 4-digits number = 1152
They will change together after 432 seconds i.e.,

1 432 5. (a) (c)
1 sec = min , 432 sec = 7 min 12 seconds.
60 60
3 9, 4 2 6, 5
Hence, they will change simultaneously at 7 : 07 : 12
3 3, 4 3 3, 5
am.  3
3. It is clear that the least number divisible by 6, 15 and 2 1, 4 5 1, 5
18 is their LCM. 2 1, 2 1, 1
Therefore, the required number must be 5 more
1, 1
than their LCM.
LCM = 3 × 3 × 2 × 2 LCM = 2 × 3 × 5
Now the LCM of 6, 15, 18
= 36 = 30

S OLUT I ONS P-29

 (b)
(d) 6. (a) 5 = 5
5 12, 5 2 15, 4 20 = 2 × 2 × 5
2 15, 2 LCM = 5 × 2 × 2 = 20
3 12, 1
(b) 6 = 2 ×3
2 4, 1 3 15, 1
18 = 2 × 3 × 3
2 2, 1 5 5, 1
LCM = 2 × 3 × 3 = 18
1, 1 1, 1 (c) 12 = 3 × 2 × 2
LCM = 5 × 3 × 2 × 2 LCM = 2 × 2 × 3 × 5 48 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 3
= 60 = 60 LCM = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 = 48
Here, in each case LCM is a multiple of 3. (d) 9 = 3 × 3
Yes, in each case LCM = The product of two 45 = 3 × 3 × 5
numbers. LCM = 3 × 3 × 5 = 45
LCM of any pair of numbers is not always multiple From the above results, we observed that the
of 3. LCM of two numbers is the greatest number if one
For Example, LCM of 4 and 14 is 28, which is not a number is a factor of the other. 4
multiple of 3. 4

qqq
WORKSHEET-27
Solutions 2 780 2 364
1. (a) 1 2 390 2 182
2. (c) 1 3 195 7 91
3. (d) 1 5 65 13 13
4. (b) 1 13 13 1
5. (a) 1 1
6. (c) 1 780 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 5 × 13
7. (b) 1 364 = 2 × 2 × 7 × 13
8. (d) 1 Common factors of 780 and 364 = 2 × 2 × 13 = 52
9. (d) 1  3
13. Given, in each strip their are 12 capsules.
10. (b) 1
Also, given weight of one capsule is 500 mg
11. LCM of 3, 4 and 5 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 5 = 60 \ Weight of 12 capsule = 12 × 500 = 6000 mg
Since, 60 is the least number exactly divisible by 3, 4 \ Weight of 1 strip = weight of 12 capsules
and 5 = 6000 mg
2 3, 4, 5 \ Weight of 5 strips = 5 × weight of one strip

= 5 × 6000
2 3, 2, 5
= 30,000 mg
3 3, 1, 5 \ Weight of 1 box = weight of 5 strips = 30,000 mg

5 1, 1, 5 \ Weight of 32 boxes = 32 × weight of 1 box = 32 ×

1, 1, 1 30,000 mg
= 96,0000 mg
To get the remainder 2,
960000 gm
The least number = 60 + 2 = 62  2 =
100
12. Given, no. of English books = 780 = 960 gm
Given, No. of Science books = 364 1
For getting the minimum no. of books in each shelf, [\ 1 gm = 1000 mg and 1 mg = g]
1000
we have to find the HCF of 780 and 364
Hence, the total weight of 32 medicine box is 960
Prime factorisation of 780 and 364 gm. 4

P-30 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 14. We know that 4-digits number is said to be an odd Also, we know that any four digit number be
number if the place digit is an odd number i.e., 1 or 5) divisible by 4, if the last two digits number is
Total such odd number are divisible by 4, consider a number 4521, if.
4125, 4215, 1425, 2145, 2415, 4251, 4521, 5241, 5421, First and last digit are interchanged then no.
2451, 2541 becomes 1524 which is divisible by 4 as 24 is divisible
by 4. 4

qqq

WORKSHEET-28
Solutions = (800 + 96) cm
= 896 cm
1. (a) 1 and breadth of the floor
2. (a) 1 = 6m 72cm
3. (c) 1 = 6 × 100 cm + 72 cm
4. (b) 1 [\ 1m = 100 cm]
5. (c) 1 = 672 cm
6. Now, size of the square tile = HCF of 896 and 672
Prime factorization of 896 and 672
2 896 2 672

2 448 2 336
Factors of 15 are 1, 3, 5, 15.
2 224 2 168
So, 1 × 15 = 15, 3 × 5 = 15 1
7. HCF of 156 and 208 2 112 2 84
156 ) 208 ( 1 2 562 2 42
–156 3 21
2 28
52) 156 ( 3
156 2 14 7 7
0 7 7 1
\ HCF = 52. 2 1
8. 216 = 2 × 2 × 2 ×
3×3×3 896 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 7
2 216 2 1176 672 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 7
2 108 2 588 Common factors of 896 and 672
2 54 2 294 =2×2×2×2×2×7
3 27 3 147 = 224
3 9 7 49 \ Minimum no. of square tiles
3 3 7 7 Area of floor
=
1 1 Area of a square file

and 896 × 672
Thus, 216 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 3 =
224 × 224
1176 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 7 × 7
HCF = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 = 24 [\ area of square = (side)2] and
Hence, HCF of 216 and 1176 = 24 3 [area of rectangle = l × b]
9. Given, length of the floor = 8m 96cm 896 × 3
=
= 8 × 100 cm + 96 cm 224
[\ 1m = 100 cm] = 4 × 3 = 12 tiles 4

qqq

S OLUT I ONS P-31

 WORKSHEET-29
Solutions 2 240
1. (c) 1 2 120
2. (b) 1 2 60
3. (b) 1 2 30
4. (b) 1 3 15
5. (c) 1 5 5
6. LCM of 60 and 40
1
2 60, 40 120 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 5
2 30, 20 180 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 5
2 15, 10 240 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 5
Common factors of 120, 180 and 240 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 5
5 15, 5
= 60
3 3, 1 Hence, greatest capacity of tin = 60 L 4
1, 1 10. Given, No. of packets of biscuits of brand A = 12
Given, No. of packets of biscuits of brand B = 15
LCM = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 5 = 120 1
7. HCF = 18, LCM = 162 Given, No. of packets of biscuits of brand C = 21
Since 162 is a multiple of 18, as 162 = 9 × 18 Minimum no. of packets of all brands = LCM of 12,
\ Yes two numbers can have 18 as HCF and 162 as 15 and 21
LCM. 1 2 12 3 15
8.
2 6 5 5
17 289 17 391
3 3 1
17 17 23 23
1
1 1

Thus, 289 = 1 × 17 × 17 3 21
and 391 = 1 × 17 × 23
HCF = 1 × 17 = 17 7 7
Since the HCF of 289 and 319 = 17 1
Therefore,
12 = 2 × 2 × 3
289 17 × 17 17
= = 2 15 = 3 × 5
391 17 × 23 23 
21 = 3 × 7
9. The greatest capacity of the required measure will \ LCM = 2 × 2 × 3 × 5 × 7 = 420
be equal to the HCF of 120, 180 and 240 L.
420
Prime factorisation of 120, 180 and 240 Now, no. of packets of biscuits of brand A =
12
2 120 2 180
420
2 60 2 90 Now, no. of packets of biscuits of brand B =
15
2 30 3 45
= 28
3 15 3 15 420
5 5 Now, no. of packets of biscuits of brand C =
5 5 21
1 1 = 20 [4]

qqq

WORKSHEET-30
Solutions 4. (b) 1
5.
(c) 1
1. (c) 1
2. (c) 1 6. We know that, a no. is divisible by 4, if the last two
digits of the number is divisible by 4 hence, the
3.
(b) 1
required no. is 1324. 1

P-32 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 7. Prime factorization are : LCM of 21, 28, 36, 45 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 5 × 7
40 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 5 = 23 × 5 = 1260
36 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 = 22 × 32 Hence required number
126 = 2 × 3 × 3 × 7 = 2 × 32 × 7 = (1260 + 3) = 1263
\ LCM of 40, 36 and 126 = 23 × 32 × 5 × 7 (ii) Since, one number = 8
= 8 × 9 × 5 × 7 = 2520.2 and other number = 12, then
8. For greatest number, we must find the HCF of LHS = Product of two numbers
(285 – 9) and (1249 – 7) = 8 × 12
i.e., HCF of 276 and 1242 = 96
276 ) 1242 ( 4 RHS = LCM × HCF
–1104 = 24 × 4
138 ) 276 ( 2 = 96
– 276 Hence, LHS = RHS
× = 96 4
Hence the required number = 138 2 11. (i) Since dividend = 783
9. The greatest denomination of stamps she must buy and divisor = 513
to mail the three parcels is the HCF of 20, 28 and 36.
Then
Prime factorization of 20, 28 and 36.
513 ) 783 ( 1
2 20 2 28 –513
2 10 2 14 270 ) 513 (1
5 5 7 7 – 270
1 1 243 ) 270 ( 1
–243
27 ) 243 ( 9
2 36
–243
2 18 ×
2 9 Hence HCF of 783 and 513 = 27
3 3 (ii) Since a number is divisible by 9, if the sum of its
5 5 digits is divisible by 9.
1 Therefore, sum of its digits of given no.
20 = 2 × 2 × 5
= 8 + 3 + 7 + 4 + 5
28 = 2 × 2 × 7
36 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 = 27, which is divisible by 9. 4
\ HCF = 2 × 2 = 4 4 12. (i) Required time = LCM of 15, 20, 30, minute
10. (i) For smallest number, we must find the LCM of 2 15, 20, 30
21, 28, 36 and 45 2 15, 10, 15
3 21, 28, 36, 45 3 15, 5, 15
3 7, 28, 12, 15 5 5, 5, 5
2 7, 28, 4, 5 1, 1, 1
2 7, 14, 2, 5
LCM or 15, 20, 30, = 2 × 2 × 3 × 5 × = 60
5 7, 7, 1, 5
Therefore, all the clocks will chime together again
7 7, 7, 1, 1 after 60 minutes, i.e., 1 hour, i.e., at 11 a.m.
1 1, 1, 1, 1 (ii) Smallest prime number = 2
1 and smallest composite number = 4 4

qqq

S OLUT I ONS P-33

CHAPTER
SECTION

B
4 BASIC GEOMETRICAL IDEAS

WORKSHEET-31
Solutions 6. Five situations in daily life which give us an idea of
a point are :
1. In this given figure, AB and AC are the line segments
with a common end point A. 1 (i) Tip of an ice cone,
  (ii) Corners of a geometry box,
2. The rays in the given picture are TA and TB 1
(iii) Corners of a book,
3. Yes, T is their starting point.
(iv) Tiny prick made by a fine pin,
(v) Tip of needle. 3

7. Here, PQ is a ray, then
(a) Its starting point is P.

(b) Q lies on the path of the ray PQ .

(c) No, Because Q is the starting point of QP , not of

Ray PQ . 3
1
8. Since a ray does not have a definite length as it is
4. (a) No, two lines can intersect each other exactly extended indefinitely in one direction. Clearly, A
only at one point.   
lies on direction of ray OB . So, OA and OB are
(b) Yes, more than two lines interest on one point.  
Because Infinite number of lines can be made to same rays. Thus OA may be named as OB .
pass through one point.


OA is a ray with starting point A and extending

indefinitely in the direction from O to A. AO is a
ray with starting point A and extending indefinitely.
In the direction of A to O. We can also draw the five
rays having the same starting point as :
2
5. Let’s mark any four points on a paper and these
points are :
(i) (ii)

(iii) (iv) (v)

    

Here, the rays are OA , OB , OC , OD , OE , with
3 the same starting point A. 4

qqq

WORKSHEET-32
    
Solutions (d) Five line segments are ED , OD , TB , OB and BE
 2
1. From the figure
2. All the possible ways of naming the line given by
(a) Five points are O, C, B, D and E. choosing only two letters at a time out of 4 letters
 are :
(b) A line is BD        
    AB, AC, AD,BC,BD,CD,DC,DB

(c) 4 rays are OC , OB , OD and ED .

P-34 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
     (2) Four matchsticks :
DA,CB,CA and BA 
2

3. (a) Line containing point E. AE

(b) Line passing through A is AE
 
(c) O lies on the line CO or OC

(d) There are two point of intersecting lines are CO ,
  
AE and AE , EF  2
4. (a) Infinite number of lines can pass through a given (3) Three matchsticks :
point.
(b) Only one line can be pass through the two given
points. 2
5. A rough fig. and labelled suitably for the given cases
are as under :

(a) Point P lies on AB

  (4) Two matchsticks :

(b) XY and PQ intersect at M.

Which is not a polygon (As figure is not closed) 4


7. (a) True, because point M, O and N lie on line MN
and points Q and P lie on the extended portion of

MN on both sides.
(b) True, because points M, O, N lie on the line segment

(c) Line l contains E and F but not D. MN
(c) True, because M to N is the shortest route of the line

  segment MN
(d) OP and OQ meet at O.
(d) False because it is clear from the figure that point N
is between O and P
(e) False, because it is clear from figure that point M is
between Q and O.

(f) False, because M is outside of ray OP
4 (g) True, because all the rays have their own existence
 
6. Polygon formed it any with the given number of (h) False, because rays OP and OM are in opposite
matchsticks are as shown : directions
(1) Five matchsticks : 
(i) False, because it is clear from figure that rays OM

and OP are opposite
(j) False, because it is clear from figure that point O is

the initial point of OP .
(k) True, because it is clear from figure that line segment
 
NP and NM start from point N. 5

qqq

S OLUT I ONS P-35

 WORKSHEET-33
Solutions No, the point A is not in the interior or in the exterior
of ∆ ABC. Because it lies on the ∆ ABC. 3

1. (i) Curves (a) and (c) are open (ii) Curves (b), (d) 9. (a) Three triangles are ∆ ABC, ∆ ABD and ∆ ADC.
and (e) are closed. 2 (b) The names of seven angles are ∠ B, ∠ C, ∠ BAD,
2. Rough diagram to illustrate ∠ BAC, ∠ ADC, ∠ ADB, and ∠ CAD.
(a) Open curve is : (b) Closed curve is :   
(c) The names of six line segments are AB , BC , CD ,
 
DA and AC 3
10. (a) The diagram of two angles such that they have
one point in common is as shown. In the diagram,
2 ∠ AOB and ∠ BOC have O in common.
3.

2
4. (a) Yes, the given fig, represents a curve 2
(b) Yes, the given curve is closed.
5. The angles in the given figure are named as ∠ ABC,
(b) The diagram is shown as below. Here, ∠ MON and
∠ BCD, ∠ CDA, and ∠ DAB. 2
∠ ONR have two points O and N in common
6. From the given figure, it is clear that
(a) The point A lies in the interior of ∠ DOE
(b) The points D, A and C lie in the exterior of ∠ EOF. R N
(c) The points E, B, O and F lie on ∠ EOF. 2

7. (a) yes, it may be as

O M

(b) Yes, it may be as (c) Such diagram is not possible.

(d) Such diagram is not possible.
(c) Not possible, as a polygon of two sides can not be (e) The diagram of two angles such that they have one
drawn. 3 ray in common is as shown below in the diagram,

8. Rough sketch of triangle ABC as shown. ray OB is common to ∠ AOB and ∠ BOC.
A point P marked in the Interior and a point Q
marked in the exterior of ∆ ABC.

qqq

WORKSHEET-34
Solutions 2. (a) True, because each diameter passes through the
centre of the circle. 2
1. (a) Yes, a diameter is also a chord. (b) True.
(b) Not always. 2

P-36 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 3.
Rough sketch of a quadrilateral is PQRS. Its (d) ∠ K, ∠ L and ∠ L, ∠ M are two pairs of adjacent
diagonals are PR and QS intersecting at the point angles.
O, which is the interior of the quadrilateral. PQRS. 6. (a) O is the centre of the circle.
(b) OA, OB and OC are the three radii of circle.
(c) AC is the diameter of circle.
(d) ED is the chord of circle.
(e) O and P are the two points in the interior of circle.
(f) Q is the point in the exterior of circle.
(g) Shaded region OAB is a sector of circle.
(h) Shaded region in the interior of circle enclosed by
3 chord ED. is a segment of circle. 4
4. When we push inward at any one vertex of triangle, 7. (a) its centre is O.
we find that the triangle is not distorted. Whereas (b) Its radii are OA, OB and OC.
doing so with the quadrilateral we find that it is
distorted. Triangle is rigid. Thus, we make use of
triangular shapes in structures like electric towers
as triangular shapes are more rigid. 3
5. Rough sketch of quadrilateral is KLMN.
(a) KL, NM and LM, KN are two pairs of opposite sides.
(b) ∠ K, ∠ M and ∠ L, ∠ N are two pairs of opposite
angles. 4
(c) KL, LM and LM, MN are two pairs of adjacent sides.

(c) Its diameter is AOC.

(d) Its sector is OAB.
(e) Shaded region in the interior of a circle enclosed by
a chord DE.
(f) M is a point in its interior.
(g) N is a point in its exterior.
(h) BC is an arc. 4

qqq

WORKSHEET-35
Solutions 11. (i) Points : A, B, C
Line Segments : AB, BC, AC
1. (a) 1
(ii) Points : A, B, C, D
2. (d) 1
Line Segments : AB, BC, CD, DA
3. (b) 1
(iii) Points : A, B, C, D, E
4. (b) 1
Line Segments : AB, BC, CD, DE, EA
5. (b) 1
(iv) Points : A, B, C, D, E, F
6. (d) 1
Line Segments : AB, CD, EF 4
7. The line segments are
AB, AC, AD, AE, BC, BD, BE, CD, CE, DE, 1 12. (i) Sides: AB, BC, CD, DE and EA
8. The line segments are Adjacent sides : (AB, BC), (BC, CD), (CD, DE),
AB, BC, CD, DE, EA, 1 (DE, EA), (EA, AB)
9. It is clear from the figure that mid points of al the Adjacent vertices : (A, B), (B, C), (C, D), (D, E),
sides of a triangle are X, Y and Z. 1 (E, A)
10. (i) There are no mid-points for the line segments in (ii) In ∆PQR, P| QR
the given Fig. (i) So, PM is altitude
(ii) O is the mid-point of line segment AB. Also, S is mid point of PR
(iii) D is the mid-point of line segment BC. Two equal So, QS is median
line segments are BD and DC. 2

S OLUT I ONS P-37

4
 4
qqq

WORKSHEET-36
Solutions ∆CPA.
∆APQ.
1.
(c) 1
2.
(d) 1 ∆QPB,
3.
(d) 1 and ∆PBA
4.
(b) 1 (ii) P lies on BC.
5.
(c) 1 Q lies on AB.
6.
(b) 1 (iii) AP and QP are two line segments inside the
7.
Infinite 1 ∆ABC. 3
8. ∠ AOB. vertex O, arms OA, OB 1 14. (i)
9. ∠ A, ∠ B, ∠ C, ∠ D, ∠ E and ∠ F 1
10. Circumference = pd (where d = diameter)
= 3.14 × 2
= 6.28 cm 1
11. (a) (ii)

(b) (ii) and (iii)
Sides : AB, BC, CD, DE, EF, FG, GH, HA
(c) (iii)
Adjacent sides : (AB, BC), BC, CD), (CD, DE), (DE,
(d) (i) 2
EF), (EF, FG), (FG, GH), (GH, HA), (HA, AB)
12. (a) Vertices : A, B, C, D, E and F
Vertices : A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H
(b) Edges : AB, AC, BC, BD, DF, FC, EF, ED and AE Diagonals : AC, AD, AE, AF, AG, BD, BE, BF, BG,
(c) Faces : ABC, DEF, AEFC, AEDB and BDFC 3 CH, BH, CE, CF, CG, DF, DH, EG, EH, FH, DG
13. (i) There are 5 triangles (ii) Circle is the path of a point moving at the same
distance from a fixed point, the fixed point is the
∆ABC, centre O. 4

qqq

P-38 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
SECTION
CHAPTER

UNDERSTANDING ELEMENTARY
B
5 SHAPES

WORKSHEET-37
Solutions To measure AB, open the divider so much that the
end point of the one arm is at A and second point
1. It is better to use a divider than a ruler because of other arm is at B. Then without disturbing this
it gives an accurate measurement of the line opening. We lift the divider and place it on the rul-
segment. 1 er. So the end point of one arm is at O mark then we
2. The disadvantage in comparing line segments by read the mark of second arm of the silver divider
mere observation is the inaccuracy in judgement. 1 against the end point, we find, it is 8 small divisions
3. Our eye should be correctly positioned for correct to the right of the big division mark 14. Thus its side
measure, just vertically above the mark of the rul- AB is 14.8 cm.
er otherwise the error can happen due to angular Similarly, using the above technique to measure BC,
viewing. 2 we find that BC = 9.5 cm. 3
4. On measuring the lengths by ruler. We find 10. Draw any five triangles T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5. Each
one as ∆ABC. On measuring; the 3 sides a = BC,
b = CA and c = AB.
AB = 5 cm
BC = 3 cm
and CA = 8 cm
Now AB + BC = AC
= 5 cm + 3 cm
= 8 cm
So, AC = AB + BC. (Yes) 2
5. Since AB + BC = 5 cm + 3 cm = 8 cm = AC
\ ABC are collinear and B lies between A and C. 2
6. Since, AD = AB + BC + CD
= 3 units (Q 4 – 1 = 3)
Again, DG = DE + EF + FG 3
4
= 3 units (Q 7 – 4 = 3)
So, AD = DG
Thus, D is the mid point of AG. 2
7. Since B is mid point of
\ AB = BC
Again C is the mid point of
then BC = CD 5

Thus AB = BC = CD
So, AB = CD. 2
8. In comparison by observation : It is not sure that
our judgement always be right.
For T1 : a = 3 cm, b = 4 cm, c = 6
In comparison by tracing : It is depend upon the
accuracy in tracing of the line segment. We have to ∴ (a + b) – c = (3 + 4) – 6 = 7 – 6 = 1 cm
trace the lengths every time we want to compare. (b + c) – a = (4 + 6) – 3 = 10 – 3 = 7
In comparison using ruler : Generally, the marks (c + a) – b = (6 + 3) – 4 = 9 – 4 = 5 cm
on the ruler are not at the same level as segment For T2 : a = 3 cm, b = 5 cm, c = 4 cm
because of the thickness of the ruler. This may cause ∴ (a + b) – c = (3 + 5) – 4 = 8 – 4 = 4 cm
some error in placing zero mark against one end of
(b + c) – a = (5 + 4) – 3 = 9 – 3 = 6 cm
the line segment.
(c + a) – b = (4 + 3) – 5 = 7 – 5 = 2 cm
In comparison using divider : The above men-
tioned difficulties are avoided with the help of di- For T3 : a = 5 cm, b = 5 cm, c = 5 cm
vider. 3 ∴ (a + b – c = (5 + 5) – 5 = 10 – 5 = 5 cm
9. Take any post card and mark its corners as A, B, C Similarly, (b + c) – a = 5 cm
and D. So, AB and BC are its adjacent sides. and (c + a) – b = 5 cm

S OLUT I ONS P-39

 For T4 : a = 3 cm, b = 4 cm, c = 4 cm (c + a) – b = (2 + 3) – 4 = 5 – 4 = 1 cm
∴ (a + b) – c = (3 + 4) – 4 = 7 – 4 = 3 cm Each value of (a + b) – c, (b + c) – a and (c + a) – b are
(b + a) – a = (4 + 4) – 3 = 8 – 3 = 5 cm positive.
(c + a) – b = (4 + 3) – 4 = 7 – 4 = 3 cm Thus, it is verified that the sum of any two sides of a
For T5 : a = 3 cm, b = 4 cm, c = 2 cm triangle is greater than the third side.
∴ (a + b) – c = (3 + 4) – 2 = 7 – 2 = 5 cm ∴ The statement ‘‘The sum of any two sides is always
(b + c) – a = (4 + 2) – 3 = 6 – 3 = 3 cm
 less than the third side’’ is never true. 5

qqq

WORKSHEET-38
Solutions
1. The angle name for half a revolution is 2 right
angles or a straight angle. 1
2. The angle name for one fourth revolution is one
right angle. 1 3
3. (a) It reaches at 6. 1
5. (a) of a revolution
(b) It reaches at 8. 2
(c) It reaches at 8. 1
(b) of a revolution
(d) It reaches at 2. 2 4
4. One-fourth revolution : 1
(c) of a revolution
4
3
(d) of a revolution
4
3
(e) of a revolution
4
3
(f) of a revolution.  3
4
3
6. (a) of a revolution
4

One-half revolution :

3
(b) of a revolution
4

Three-fourth revolution :

1
(c) of a revolution
2

P-40 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
3
 1
(b) On facing east and making 1 revolution clock-
2
wise, we will face west.

3
1
7. (a) Amount of turn from 3 to 6 = of a revolution
4
= 1 right angle.
1 3
(b) Amount of turn from 2 to 8 = of a revolution (c) On facing west and making revolution anti-
2 4
= 2 right angle. clockwise, we will face north.
1
(c) Amount of turn from 5 to 11 = of a revolution
2
= 2 right angle.
1
(d) Amount of turn from 10 to 1 = of a revolution
4
= 1 right angle.
3
(e) Amount of turn from 12 to 9 = of a revolution
4
(d) On facing south and making 1 full revolution we will
= 3 right angle. face south again, there is no need of specify clockwise
1 or anti-clockwise in the last part (d) as by one full revo-
(f) Amount of turn from 12 to 6 = of a revolution
2 lution will bring us back to the original position.
= 2 right angle. 3
1
8. (a) On facing east and making revolution clock-
2
wise, we will face west.

qqq

WORKSHEET-39
Solutions 3. On matching,
1. It is clear that the revolution of the hour hand is (i) → (c), (ii) → (d), (iii) → (a), (iv) → (e), (v) → (b) 3
more than 1 right angle. 1 4. (a) Acute angle
(b) Obtuse angle
2. The angle is less than 1 right angle.
(c) Right angle
(d) Reflex angle
(e) Straight angle
(f) Acute 3
5. (a) On facing north and turn clockwise to west = 1
right angle.
No, the angle moved by hour hand is less than 1
right angle. 2

S OLUT I ONS P-41

 (b) On checking the angle by RA tester, we find that it
is less than 1 right angle.
(b) On facing north and turn anti-clockwise to east = 3
right angles.

(c) On checking the angle by RA tester, we find that it

is more than 1 right angle.

(c) On facing West and turn to west = 4 right angles.

(d) On checking the angle by RA tester, we find that it

is equal to 1 right angle.

4
8. Number of degrees in one complete revolution
(d) On facing south and turn to north = 2 right angles. = 360°
∴ Number of degrees in half revolution
1
= × 360° = 180°
2
1
Number of degree in one right angle or of a
4
revolution
1
4 = × 360° = 90°
4
6. We all know that in 12 hours hour-hand turns Number of degree in a straight angle
through 4 right angles. In a turn of 1 right angle, the 1
hour hand moves 3 hours. = × 360° = 180°
2
(a) Its hour hand stops at (6 + 3) i.e., 9  180° 
180° =   right angles
(b) Its hour hand stops at (8 + 2 × 3) i.e., 14 i.e., 2  90° 
(c) It hour hand stops at (10 + 3 × 3) i.e., 19 i.e., 7 = 2 right angles
360°
(d) It hour hand stops at (7 + 4 × 3) i.e., 19 i.e., 7 4 360° = ÷ right angles
90°
7. (a) On checking the angle by RA tester, we find that
it is less than 1 right angle. = 4 right angles 4
qqq
WORKSHEET-40
Solutions 2. Since PQ ⊥ XY, so the measure of ∠PAY = 90° 2
1. (a) and (c) are models for the perpendicular lines. 1

P-42 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 Again, BE = EH, [∴ each = 3 unit]
So, PE is perpendicular bisector of BH]
(d) (i) AC = AB + BC = 2 units
and FG = 1 unit
∴ AC > FG is true.
(ii) CD = 1 unit, GH = 1 unit
So, CD = GH is true.
(iii) BC = 1 unit
3. In one the angles are of 30°, 60°, 90° and in the other EH = EF + FG + GH = 3 units
the angle are of 90°, 45°, 45°. 2 So, BC < EH is true. 3
The common angle = 90°. 5. On measuring the angle of the triangle using
4. (a) CE = CD + DE = 2 units protector and recording the data in the table we
have :
EG = EF + FG = 2 units
On observing the data, the blank are filled as under:
∴ CE = EG
(i) equal
(b) Since, CE = EG, so E is the mid-point of CG thus PE
bisects CG. (ii) equal
(c) Since, DE = EF [··· each = 1 unit] (iii) two
So, PE is the perpendicular bisector of DF. (iv) unequal  4

qqq

WORKSHEET-41
Solutions (i) → (e) (ii) → (g)
(iii) → (a) (iv) → (f)
1. (a) It is not possible as its each angle = 60°. So it
(v) → (d) (vi) → (c)
cannot be obtuse.
(vii) → (b) 3
(b) No, In equilateral triangle, each angle = 60°. So it 4.
can not be right angled. (a) Isosceles triangle; Acute angled triangle
(c) No, A triangle with two right angle is not possible (b) Scalene triangle; Right angled triangle
because a triangle at the most can have one right (c) Isosceles triangle; Obtuse angled triangle
angle. 2 (d) Isosceles triangle; Right angled triangle
2. (a) Since all the sides are of different lengths. (e) Equilateral triangle; Acute angled triangle
∴ It is scalene triangle. (f) Scalene triangle; Obtuse angled triangle 3
(b) Since all the sides are unequal in ∆ABC. 5.
∴ ∆ABC is scalene triangle. (a) Yes, an equilateral triangle.
(c) In ∆PQR, PQ = QR = RP (b) No
∴ ∆PQR is an equilateral triangle. (c) Yes, an isosceles triangle
(d) In ∆DEF, m∠D = 90° (d) Yes, an equilateral triangle.
∴ It is a right angled triangle.
(e) In ∆XYZ, m∠Y = 90° and XY = YZ
∴ It is isosceles right angled triangle.
(f) Since each angle of ∆LMN is less than 90°
∴ It is acute angled triangle. 3
3. The matching is as given below :
(a) (b) (c) 3

qqq

WORKSHEET-42
Solutions (b) Yes, it is a polygon of six dies.
(c) No, because it is not drawn by using line segments.
1. A square is a regular quadrilateral. 1
(d) No, because it is not closed by using line segments.
2. (a) No, because it is not closed. 2

S OLUT I ONS P-43

 3. Placing two pairs of sticks as directed, we obtain a ÐA = 95º, ÐB = 110º
figure as shown ÐC = 85º, ÐD = 70º 3
The figure enclosed is the quadrilateral ABCD. 4. (a) No, (b) Yes, (c) Yes, (d) Yes, (e) Yes,
Its sides are AB , BC, CA and DA . (f) Yes. 3
Its four angles are ÐBAD, ÐADC, ÐDCB and 5. (a) True, (b) True, (c) True, (d) True, (e) False,
ÐABC. (f) False 3
AC and BD are the two diagonals. 6. (a) A rectangle with all sides equal becomes a
square.
On measuring :
(b) Parallelogram with each angle a right angle
AB = 2.6 cm. becomes a rectangle.
BC = 1.9 cm. (c) A rhombus with each angle a right angle becomes a
CD = 3.5 cm. square.
DA = 3.7 cm. (d) All these are four-sided polygons made of line
segments.
AC = 3.6 cm.
(e) The opposite sides of a square are parallel, so it is a
BD = 4.5 cm. parallelogram. 3

qqq

WORKSHEET-43
Solutions Then AC, AD, BD, BE and CE are its diagonals.

1. (a) Quadrilateral
(b) Triangle
(c) Pentagon (5-sided)
(d) Octagon (8-sided)  2
2. Let ABCEF be a rough sketch of a regular hexagon. 2
Join AE and AD. Clearly, ∠AED = 90°. Thus ∆AED
is an right-angled triangle. 5. (a) Cuboid, (b) Cuboid, (c) Cuboid, (d) Cylinder,
(e) Sphere 3
6.
(1) It has six faces.
Each face has four edges
Each face has four corners
(2) Faces : 4, Edges : 6, Corners : 4
2 (3) Faces : 6, Edges : 12, Corners : 8
(4) Faces : 5, Edges : 9, Corners : 6 4
3. Let ABCDEGH be the rough sketch of regular 7. (a) → (ii) (b)
→ (iv)
octagon. Join AF and BE to obtain a rectangle ABEF.
(c) → (v) (d) → (iii)
(e) → (i)
Two new examples of :
(a) A cone : Birthday Cap, Conical tent
(b) Sphere : Round marble, Tennis ball
(c) Cylinder : Measuring jar, Test tube
2
4. Let ABCDE is a rough sketch of a pentagon. To (d) Cuboid : Match box, Brick
draw its diagonals, joins AC, AD, BD, BE and CE. (e) Pyramid : Pyramid of egypt, prism 4

qqq

P-44 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 WORKSHEET-44
Solutions 8. (a) ∠1 = ∠CBD
(b) ∠2 = ∠DBE
1.
(b) 1
(c) ∠3 = ∠EBA
2.
(b) 1 (d) ∠1 + ∠2 = ∠CBE
3. (d)  1 (e) ∠1 + ∠2 + ∠3 = ∠CBA
4.
(d) 1 (f) ∠CBA – ∠1 = ∠DBA 3

5. (c)  1 9. (a) ∠ABD
6. (a) No, it is not possible that same line segments (b) ∠RTS
have two different lengths. (c) ∠ACD and ∠ACB
(b) No, it is not possible that same angles have (d) ∠RTW and ∠RTS
two different measures. 2
(e) ∠AED, ∠AEB, ∠BEC and ∠DEC
7. (i) Both figures have 3 line segments, which is the (f) ∠AEC
common in both figures. (g) ∠ACD
(ii) No, fig. (i) is not a triangle as it is not a closed figure. (h) ∠AKO, ∠AKP, ∠BKO, ∠BKP 4
 2 qqq

WORKSHEET-45
Solutions (ii) Faces = 6, Vertices = 8. 3
9. (a) Yes, the sum of two acute angles may be equal
1. (c) 1 to a right angle.

2. (b) 1 (b) Yes, the sum of two acute angles may be more than
3. (c) 1 a right angle.
4. (c) 1 (c) No, the sum of two acute angles is always less than
5. (a) 1 180°.
6. Yes, the measure of ∠ABC and of ∠CBD take the (d) No, the sum of two acute angles is always less than
measure of ∠ABD, because 180°. 4
∠ABD = ∠ABC + ∠CBD. 1 10. Steps of construction :
7. (a) Yes, the sum of two obtuse angles is always
greater than 180°.
(b) No, the sum of two obtuse angles is always greater
than 180° but less than 360°. 2
8. (i) Since, ∠A = 30°, ∠B = 60°
We know that the sum of all angles of a triangle is
180°, then
ÐA + ÐB + ∠C = 180° 1. Draw a line segment BC.
30° + 60° + ∠C = 180° 2. Make an angle of 90° with centre B with the help of
protractor.
90° + ∠C = 180°
3. Hence ∠ABC = 90°. 4
or ∠C = 180° – 90°
∠C = 90° qqq

WORKSHEET-46
Solutions (b) AC – EC = AE
(c) BD – BE = ED
1. (b) and (c). 1
2. No, it is not possible. 1 (d) BD – DE = BE 2
6. (a) Four acute angles are :
3.
Three, AB, BC and AC. 1
∠AEB, ∠ADE, ∠BAE and ∠BCE
4. Sphere has no edges, no faces and no vertices. 1
(b) Two obtuse angles are :
5. (a) AE + EC = AC 1
∠BCD and ∠BAD. 3

S OLUT I ONS P-45

 7. (a) Yes, DB is the bisector of ∠ADC i.e., ∠ADB 8. Fifteen angles (less than 180°) are :
= ∠CDB. ∠EAD, ∠AFF, ∠EFD, ∠ADF, ∠DFC

(b) Yes, BD bisects ∠ABC i.e., ∠ABD = ∠CBD. ∠DCF, ∠CDF, ∠BEF, ∠BFE, ∠EBF

(c) Yes, DC is the bisector of ∠ADB i.e., ∠ADC = ∠BDC ∠FBC, ∠FCB, ∠BFC, ∠ABC, ∠ACB
4
and ∠CAD = 90°, ∠CBD = 90°. 3

qqq

P-46 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
CHAPTER
SECTION

B
6 INTEGERS

WORKSHEET-47
Solutions (d) Gain of ` 700
(e) 100 m below sea level. 2
1. We know that, on the number line, all the numbers
to the right of 0 are positive (+ve) integers and all 6. (a) + 2000
numbers to the left of 0 are negative (–ve) integers. (b) – 800
Thus, representation of numbers on number line is (c) + 200
as follows :
(d) – 700 2
7. The integers represented on the number line are as
(a) 8 steps to the left of zero is represented as – 8. under :
(b) 7 steps to the right of zero is represented as + 7.
(c) 11 steps to the right of zero is represented as + 11.
(d) 6 steps to left of zero is represented as – 6. 2 (a) On the number line +5 is denoted by the point A.
2. Successor : Successor of a particular numeral comes (b) – 10 is denoted by B.
just after the given numeral. (c) + 8 is denoted by C.
The successor of 10 = 10 + 1 = 11. (d) – 1 is denoted by D
The successor of 8 = 8 + 1 = 9. (e) – 6 is denoted by E. 2
The successor of – 5 = – 5 + 1 = – 4. 8. (1) 0 – 8; because – 8 is on the left side of 0.
The successor of – 3 = – 3 + 1 = – 2. (2) 5 –5; because – 5 is on the left side of 5.
The successor of 0 = 0 + 1 = 1 (3) 0 –6; because is on the right side of – 6.
So, we can say that, we can find the successor of a (4) – 1 –15; because – 15 is on the left side of – 1.
numeral by adding 1 to the given numeral. (5) 11 15; because 11 is on the left side of 15.
Predecessor : Predecessor of a particular numeral (6) –20 2; because – 20 is on the left side of 2.
comes just before the given numeral. 2
From the above exercise, Rohini arrived at the
3. (a) – 100 m following conclusions :
(b) + 25°C (a) Every positive integer is larger than every negative
(c) – 15°C integer.
(d) – 5, – 4, – 3, – 2, – 1 2 (b) Zero is less than every positive integer.
4. To denote integers on the number line, we draw (c) Zero is largest than every negative integer.
a line and mark a point in the middle of the line (d) Zero is neither a negative integer nor a positive
which is known as O. Now, we set equal distance integer.
on the right sides as well as left side of 0. On the
(e) Farther a number from zero on the right, larger is its
right sides of 0, we write the points of sub divisions
value.
as 1, 2, 3, 4, etc., and denote 0 (zero) by the point O.
(f) Farther a number from zero on the left, smaller is its
Since negative integers are opposite of positive
value.
integers, so we represent the negative integers in
the opposite direction. Do you agree with her ? Give examples.
(a) Every positive integer is larger than every negative
integer, e.g., 5 > – 2
Clearly, –3, 7, – 4, – 8, – 1 and 3 are denoted by the (b) Zero is less than every positive integer, e.g. 0 < 3
points A, B, C, D, E & F respectively on the number (c) Zero is larger than every negative integer, e.g., 0 >
line. 2 – 4.
5. (a) Decrease in weight (d) Zero is neither a negative integer nor a positive
(b) 30 km south integer because 0 has neither ‘+‘ sign nor ‘–‘ sign.
(c) 326 AD (e) Farther a number from zero, on the right side, larger

S OLUT I ONS P-47

 is its value because on number line, every integer on on the left from zero is smaller than zero,
the right from zero is greater than zero, e.g. 5 > 0. e.g., – 8 < 0. 3
(f) Farther a number from zero, on the left side, smaller
is its value because on number line, every integer

qqq

WORKSHEET-48
Solutions 5. Number line is :

1. The required integers in the increasing order are :

(a) – 6, – 5, – 4, – 3, – 2, – 1 From the number line, it is clear that
(b) – 3, – 2, – 1, – 0, – 1, 2, 3 (a) 9 is on the right of 2.
(c) – 14, – 13, – 12, – 11, – 10, – 9 (b) – 3 is on the right of – 8.
(d) – 29, – 28, – 27, – 26, – 25, – 24 2 (c)
0 is on the right of – 1.
2. (a) The required four negative integers greater than (d) 10 is on the right of – 11
– 20 are : (e) 6 is on the right of – 6.
– 20 + 1, – 20 + 2, – 20 + 3, – 20 + 4 (f) 1 is on the right of – 100. 3
i.e., – 19, – 18, – 17, – 16. 6. (a) True
(b) The required four negative integers less than – 10 (b) False
are :
Correct Statement : “–50 is to the right of – 100 on a
– 10 – 1, – 10 – 2, – 10 – 3, – 10 – 4 number line.”
i.e., – 11, – 12, – 13, – 14. 2 (c) False
3. From the given vertical number line, it is clear that : Correct Statement : “ Greatest negative integer is –
(a) F point is – 8. 1.”
(b) G is a negative integer because G lies below 0. (d) False.
(c) Point B express + 4, and E express – 10. Correct Statement : “– 25 is greater than – 26.” 4
(d) Point which has least value is E. 7. (a) We start from – 2 and proceed 4 units to the right
(e) Points in decreasing order : D, C, B, A, O, H, G, F, E of – 2 to reach 2 as shown in the figure.
 3
4. (a) Siachen : – 10°C
Shimla : – 2°C Hence, we will reach the number 2.
Ahmedabad : + 30°C (b) We start from 1 and proceed 5 units to left of 1 to
Delhi : + 20°C reach – 4 as shown in the figure.
Srinagar : – 5°C
(b) Plotting the name city against its temperature on
the number line, we have. Hence, we will reach the number – 6.
(c) If we are at – 8 on the number line and we want to
reach – 13 then we should move to the left of – 8,
\ – 13 < –8.
(c) Siachen (–10°C) is the coolest place. (d) If we are at – 6 on the number line and we want to
(d) Name of the places whose temperatures are above reach – 1 then we should move to the right of – 6.
10°C is Ahmedabad and Delhi 3 \ – 1 > – 6)
4

qqq

P-48 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 WORKSHEET-49
Solutions (6) Go 3 steps left from the number 0 and then go 4
steps left further from there.
1.
The Complete table is as under : Solution of these Questions :
1. + 7 2. – 5
3. (+ 2) + (+ 5) = + 7 4. (– 3) + (+ 9) = + 6
5. (+ 6) + (– 10) = – 4 6. (– 3) + (– 4) = – 7 4
5. (a) (+ 7) + (– 11)
= (+7) + (– 7) + (– 4)
= 0 + (– 4)
= – 4
(b) (– 13) + (+ 10)
2
2. (a) (– 11) + (– 12) = – 23 = (– 3) + (– 10) + (+10)
(b) (+ 10) + (+ 4) = + 14 = (– 3) + 0
=–3
(c) (–32) + (– 25) = – 57
(c) (– 7) + (+ 9)
(d) (+ 23) + (+ 40) = + 63 2
= (– 7) + (+7) + (+2)
3. (a) (– 7) + (+ 8) = 0 + (+2)
= ( – 7) + (+ 7) + (+1) = + 2
= 0 + ( + 1) (d) (+ 10) + (– 5)
= + 1 = (+ 5) + (+5) + (–5)
= (+5) + 0
(b) (– 9) + (+ 13)
= + 5
= (–9) + (+ 9) + (4)
The others :
= 0 + ( + 4)
(a) (+7) + (– 15)
= + 4
= (+7) + (– 7) + (– 8)
(c) (+ 7) + (– 10)
= 0 + (– 8) = – 8
= (+ 7) + (– 7) + (– 3)
(b) (– 9) + (+ 8)
= – 3
= (– 1) + (– 8) + (+ 8)
(d) (+ 12) + (– 7)
= (– 1) + 0 = – 1
= (+ 5) + (+ 7) + (–7)
(c) (– 9) + (+ 10)
= + 5 2
4. Questions framed are : = (– 9) + (+ 9) + (+ 1)
(1) Go 7 steps right from the number 0. = 0 + (+ 1) = + 1
(2) Go 5 steps left from the number 0. (d) (+ 15) + (– 9)
(3) Go 2 steps right from the number 0 and then go 5 = (+ 6) + (+ 9) + (– 9)
step, right further from them. = (+ 6) + 0 = + 6
(4) Go 3 steps left from the number 0 and the then (e) (+ 8) + (– 15)
move right from here. = (+ 8) + (– 8) + (– 7)
(5) Go 6 steps right from number 0 and then 10 steps = 0 + (– 7) = – 7 4
left from there.

qqq

WORKSHEET-50
Solutions = (– 10) + (+ 10) + (+ 9)
= 0 + (+ 9)
1. (a) 11 + (– 7)
= 9
= 4 + 7 + ( – 7)
(c) (– 13) + ( + 18)
= 4 + 0 = (– 13) + (+ 13) + (+ 5)
= 4 = 0 + (+ 5)
(b) (– 10) + (+ 10) + (+9) = 5

S OLUT I ONS P-49

 (d) (– 250) + ( + 150)
= (– 100) + (– 150) + ( + 150)
= (– 100) + 0
= – 100
(e) (– 380) + (– 270) So, we get 9 + (– 6) = 3
= – (380 + 270) (b) On the number line, first we move to the right of
zero by 5 units obtaining 5. Then we move 11 steps
= – 650 to the left of 5 reaching – 6 as shown in the figure.
(f) (– 217) + (– 100)
= – (217 + 100)
= – 317 3
2. (a) 3 more than 5
⇒ 5 + 3 So, we get 5 + (– 11) = – 6
= 8 (c) On number line, first we move to the left of zero by
So, we start from + 5 and proceed 3 steps to the 1 unit obtaining – 1.
right to the right to reach 8 as shown in the figure. Then we move 7 unit to the left of – 1 reaching – 8 as
shown in the figure.

Hence, 3 more than 5 is 8.

(b) 5 more than – 5
⇒ – 5 + (+ 5) So, we get (– 1) + (– 7) = – 8
= 0 (d) On the number line, first we move to left of 0 by 5
So, we start from – 5 and proceed 5 steps to the right units reaching – 5. Then again we move 10 units to
to reach 0 as shown in the figure. the right of – 5 obtaining 5 as shown in figure.

Hence, 5 more than – 5 is 0.

(c) 6 less than 2
⇒ 2 – 6
So, we get (– 5) + 10 = 5
= – 4
(e) On the number line, first we move to the left of zero
So, we start from 2 and proceed 6 steps to the left of by 1 step obtaining – 1. Then we move 2 units to the
it to obtain – 4 as shown in the figure. left of – 1 obtaining – 3. Again, we move 3 units to
the left of – 3 obtaining – 6 as shown in the figure.

Hence, 6 less than 2 is – 4.

(d) 3 less than – 2
So, we get (– 1) + (– 2) + (– 3) = – 6
⇒ – 2 – 3
(f) On the number line, first we move to left of zero by
= – 5
2 steps obtaining – 2.
So, we start from – 2 and proceed 3 steps to the left Then again we move 8 units to the right of – 2
of it to reach – 5 as shown in the figure. obtaining 6. Then, we move 4 units to the left of 6
obtaining 2 as shown in the figure.

Hence, 3 less than – 2 is – 5. 4

3. (a) On the number line, first we move to the right of
zero by 9 units obtaining 9. Then we move 6 units to
the left of 9 reaching 3 as shown in the figure. So, we get (– 2) + 8 + (– 4) = 2 6

qqq

P-50 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 WORKSHEET-51
Solutions (b) 13 + (+13) = 0
(c) 12 + (–12) = 12 – 12 = 0
1. (a) (+ 137) + (– 354)
(d) (–4) + (– 8) = – 12
= (+ 137) + (– 137) + (– 217)
because – 4 + = – 12 – 12 + 4 = – 8
= – 217 (e) + 5 – 15 = – 10, because – 10 + 15 = 5 2
(b) – 52 + (+ 52) 5. (a) (– 7) – 8 – (– 25)
= 52 – 52 = – 7 – 8 + 25 = – 15 + 25
= 0 = 25 – 15 = 10
(c) (– 312) + (+ 39) + (+ 192) (b) (– 13) + 32 – 8 – 1
= (– 312) +(231) = – 13 + 32 – 8 – 1
= 32 – (13 + 8 + 1)
= – 81
= 32 – 22 = 10
(d) (– 50) + (– 200) + (+ 300)
(c) (– 7) + (– 8) + (– 90)
= (– 250) +(+ 300)
= – 7 – 8 – 90
= 50 2 = – (7 + 8 + 90)
2. (a) (– 7) + (– 9) + 4 + 16 = – 105
= (– 16) + 4 + 16 (d) 50 – (– 40) – (– 2) = 50 + 40 + 2
= 92 2
= 4
6. (a) 35 – (20)
(b) (37) + (–2) + (– 65) + (– 8) = 35 + (additive inverse of 20)
= (37) + (– 67) + (– 8) = 35 + (– 20)
= (37) + (– 37) + (– 30) + (– 8) = 15
= 0 + (– 38) (b) 72 – (90)
= 72 + (additive inverse of 90)
= – 38 2
= 72 + (– 90) = – 18
3. (a) We have, (– 3) + (– 6) = – 9
(c) (– 15) – (– 18)
and (– 3) – (– 6) = – 3 + 6 = 3 \ –9<3
= (– 15) + (additive inverse of – 18)
\ (– 3) + (– 6) < (– 3) – (– 6)
= (– 15) + (+ 18)
(b) We have, (– 21) – (– 10) = – 21 + 10 = – 11
= 3
and ( – 31) + (– 11) = – 42
(d) (– 20) – (13)
Q – 11 > – 42
= (– 20) + (additive inverse of – 13)
\ (–21) – (– 10) (– 31) + (– 11) = (– 20) + (– 13)
(c) (45) – (– 11) .............(57) + (– 4) = – 33
and 45 + 11.............57 – 4 (e) 23 – (– 12)
As 56 53 = + 23 + (additive inverse of – 12)
\ (45) – (– 11) (57) + (– 4) = 23 + 12
(d) (– 25) – (– 42) ...........(– 42) – (– 25) = 35
(f) (– 32) – (– 40)
– 25 + 42...........– 42 + 25
= (– 32) + (additive inverse of – 40)
17 – 17
= (– 32 + 40)
\ (– 25) – (– 42) (– 42) – (– 25) 2
= 8 3
4. (a) (–8) + (+8) = 0

qqq

WORKSHEET-52
Solutions 4. (a) 1
5. (d)  1
1. (b) 1 6. (b)  1
2. (a) 1 7. (d) 1
3. (c)  1 8. (b) 1

S OLUT I ONS P-51

 9. Arranging the given digits in the given order, we (c)
have
0–1–2–3–4–5–6 +7+8+9 = –21 + 24 = 3 1
–9 –8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10. Ascending (increasing) order of the given integers

If we are at 8 on the number line, then we have to
is :
move 8 steps to the left of 8 to reach ‘O‘ , as shown
– 8 < – 6 < – 2 < 4 < 12 1 above. 3
11. Descending order of the given integers is
14. First pair : (1, 3)
14 > 2 > – 6 > – 8 > – 9 1
12. Given, 1 + 2 – 3 + 4 + 5 – 6 – 7 + 8 – 9 = – 5
Now, add 14 both sides, because we have to get the
As shown in above figure, we see that (1, 3) is the
sum of 9.
pair of integers, which is at the same distance (i.e.,1
Now we can arrange the integer so that the +ve unit) from 2 on the number line.
integers and –ve integers are grouped together.
\ 1 + 2 + 4 + 5 + 8 + 14 + (–3) + (–6) + (–7) + (–9)

= 1 + 2 + 4 5 + 8 + 14 – 3 – 6 – 7 – 9
= 34 – 25 As shown in the above figure, we see that (0, 4) is
the pair of integers, which is at the same distance
=9
(i.e., 2 units) from 2 on the number line.
As, we add 14 one left hand side, we see that ( –7 +
14) = + 7, it means that we have to change the sign Third Pair (–1, 5)
of 7. 2
13. (a)

As shown in the above figure, we see that (–1, 5) is

the pair of integers, which is at the same distance
If we are at 8 on the number line, we have to move (i.e. 3 units) from 2 on the number line.
13 steps to the left of 8 to reach –5, as shown above. Fourth Pair : (–2, 6)
(b)

If we are at 8 on the number line. then we have to As shown in the above figure, we see that (–2, 6) is
move 3 steps to the right of 8 to reach II, as shown the pair of integers, which is at the same distance
above. (i.e., 4 units) from 2 on the number line. 4

qqq

WORKSHEET-53
Solutions According to the question, x = – x – 2, where –’x’ is
the additive inverse of ‘x‘
1. (b) 1 Hence, x = – x – 2 ⇒ 2x = – 2 ⇒ x = – 1 2
2. (a) 1 11. For this, we can take any two negative integers
3. (a) 1 Hence, –2 and –3 are the required integers whose
4. (c) 1 sum (–2 + – 3 = – 5) which is less than both the
5. (b) 1 integers. 2
6. (a) 1
12. Let the six integers be 1, 2, – 2, 3, – 3 and 6 Now, sum
7. (d) 1
of the above integers = 1 + 2 + (–2) + 3 + (–3)+ 6
8. (c) 1 we can arrange the numbers so that +ve integers
9. Any two integers with one of them as 0. and –ve integers are grouped together we have,
Hence, we can take 2 and 0, so that i.e., = 1 + 2 + 3 + 6 + (–2) + (–3)
2 + 0 = 2, which is equal to the one of the considered
= 12 – 2 – 3
integers. 1
10. Let the integer be x = 12 – 5 = 7

P-52 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 Hence, required integers are 1, 2, –2, –3, 3 and 6.
[Note : These are infinite combination exist] 2
13. (a) To get the integer 4 more than – 5, we start from Hence, 2 less than – 2 is – 4 3
– 5 and move 4 steps to the of right of –5 and reach 14. (i) Let the other Integer = x
at 0, as shown in the given figure. and one integer = – 24
According to problem,
x + (– 24) = 48
Hence, 4 more than – 5 is – 1. or x – 24 = 48
(b) To get integer 3 less than 2, we start from 2 and or x = 48 + 24 = 72
move 3 steps to the left of 2 and reach at –1, as Hence, required integer = 72
shown in the figure given below (ii) Putting the value of a = – 7, b – 5 and c = – 8, then
LHS = (a × b) × c
= – 7 × (–5) × (– 8)
Hence, 3 less than 2 is –1 = 35 × (– 8) = – 280
(c) To get the integer 2 less than – 2, we start from –2 and RHS = a × (b × c)
and move 2 steps to the left of –2 and reach at – 4, as = – 7 × (– 5) × (– 8)
shown in the figure given below = – 7 × 40 = – 280
Hence, LHS = RHS = – 280. 4

qqq

WORKSHEET-54
Solutions (a) If we compare two negative integers on the number
line, than the number which is on right of the other
1. (b) 1 number will be greater
2. (c) 1 e.g.,
3. (d) 1
4. Required Integers are 6 and 0, as
Here, we see that –2 is on the right of –3, so –2 is
6 + 0 = 6 greater and –3 is smaller.
and 6 – 0 = 6 1
(b) If we compare two positive integers on the number
5. Required five integers are
line, than the number which is on right of the other
–140, – 130, – 120, –110, – 101
number will be greater
(Note : There can be many such five integers which e.g.,
are less than – 100 but greater than –150) 1
6. Required integer is ‘0‘, which is its own additive
Here, we see that 3 is on right of the 1, so 3 is greater
inverse as 0 + (– 0) = 0 1 and 1 is smaller.
7. Sum of 2 integers = – 80
(c) If we compare one positive and one negative
one of them = – 90 integers on the number line, than the number which
other Integer = sum – (1st integers) is on right of the other number will be greater
e.g. :
= – 80 – (– 90)
= – 80 + 90 = 10. 1 Here, we see that 2 is on right of the –1, so 2 is
8. [(–2100 + (–2001)] – (–5308) greater and –1 is smaller. 3
= – (2100 + 2001) + 5308 10. Given, initial temperature at 12 : 00 noon was +5°C.
= – 4101 + 5308 Since, the temperature increased by 3°C in first
= 1207 1 hour.
9. We know that on the number line points to the right \ Temp. at 1 : 00 p.m. = 5°C + 3°C = 8°C
of zero are positive integer and points to the left of
Also, the temperature decreased by 1°C in the
zero one negative integers. Also, if we move from
second hour
left to the right on the number line, then number
increases and if we move from right to the left on \ Temp. at 2:00 p.m. = 8°C – 1°C = 7°C
the number line, the number decreases. Hence, the temperature at 2:00 p.m. 7 °C. 3

S OLUT I ONS P-53

 11. (i) Let the other integer be x x × 32 = 256
According to problem 256
x – 64 = 36 or x = =8
32
or x = 36 + 64 = 100
Hence, other integer = 100. Hence, required number = 8.
(ii) | 8 – 5 | = | 8| + | – 5| (ii) Putting the value of a, b and c, then
or | 3 | = 8 + 5 (a + b) + c = a + (b + c)
or 3 = 13 [– 5 + (– 7)] + 3 = – 5 + (– 7 + 3)
Then, LHS ≠ RHS. 3 or – 12 + 3 = – 5 – 4
12. (i) Let the other integer be x or – 9 = – 9
According to problem Hence, LHS = RHS = 9. 4

qqq

P-54 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
CHAPTER
SECTION

B
7 FRACTIONS

WORKSHEET-55
Solutions 7. Total no. of dresses to be dyed = 30
No. of dresses finished = 20
1. In all the given figures, the shaded parts do not \ Required fraction of finished dresses
represent the given fractions. 1
= No. of dresses finished
4 Total No. of dresses
2. Required fraction = 1
8
20 2
= =
3. The figures are coloured according to the fraction 30 3

given against them.
Number of frocks dyed by her mother = 2
2
So, the required fraction = 2
3
8. Natural numbers (from 2 to 12) are : 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,
9, 10, 11, 12.
The prime numbers out of the above numbers are :
2, 3, 5, 7, 11. They are 5 in number.
1 2 1
(i) (ii) (iii) 5
6 4 3 \ Required ratio = 2
11
9. Natural numbers (from 102 to 113) are : 102, 103,
104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113 (They
are 12 in number).
The prime number out of the above numbers are
103, 107, 109, 113. They are 4 in number.
4 1
\ Required ratio = = 2
3 4 12 3
(iv) (v) 2
4 9 10. The required fraction representing the shaded
4. 1 day = 24 hours. portion on is as below :
8 1 2 8
So, the required fraction = = 2
24 3 (i) (ii)
4 9
5. 1 hour = 60 minutes 4 1
40 (iii) (iv)
So, the fraction = 2 8 4

60
3 9
6. (a) Arya will divide each sandwich into three equal (v) (vi)
7
12
parts and give one part of sandwich to each one of
them. 10 4
(vii) (viii)
1 10 9
(b) of a sandwich will be received by each boy but in
3 (ix)
4
(x)
1
5
total each will get
2
· 2 8 2
3
qqq

WORKSHEET-56
Solutions Hence, fraction of CD’s bought by Kristin = 3/8
and fraction of CD’s She received as gifts = 5/8 2
1. No. of CD’s bought by Kristin = 3 3
No. of CD’s received as gift = 5 2. should lie between 0 and 1 because it is greater
\ Total No. of CD’s = 3 + 5 = 8 5
than zero and less than 1. So, we divide the gap

S OLUT I ONS P-55

 between 0 and 1 into five equal parts. Take 3 parts 0 1 2 3 4
to reach point P. us proper fractions : , , , , These are 5 in
10 9 8 7 6
2 number.
(d) 5 proper fractions in which denominator is 4 more
0 1 2 3 5
3. Yes, we can show any other fraction between 0 and than the numerator are , , , ,
1. 4 5 6 7 9
1 2 3 4 5 We can make an infinite number of proper fractions
, , , , are the fraction. according to the given conditions. 4
7 7 7 7 7 9.
We can show and depict them on the number line
1 1 3 4 1 1× 2 2
by the points P, Q, R, S and T respectively as shown (a) Here, fractions are , , , Also = =
under : 2 4 4 4 2 2×2 4

Now, draw a number line, mark two points 0 and 1

2 on it Divide the gap between 0 and 1 into four equal
parts because denominator is 4, then each part will
4. Clearly, there are infinite number of points between 2 3
show 1 . Also, 2 parts show , 3 parts show and
0 and 1 on the number line. So infinite number of 4 4 4
fractions lie between 0 and 1. 2
4
5. (a) In a fraction, if numerator < denominator than 4 parts show
fraction < 1. 4.
(b) In a fraction, if numerator = denominator, then
fraction = 1. 2
1 3 7
6. (a) < 1 (b) < 1 (c) 1 >
2 5 8 1 2 3 4
Here, A, B, C and D represent , , and
4 0 2005 4 4 4 4
(d)= 1 (e) < 1 (f) = 1
4 6 2005 respectively.
3 1 2 3 7
(b) Here, fractions are , , and
1 0 5 10 8 8 8 8
7. Here, , , and are fractions such that
10 10 10 10 Now, draw a number line, mark two points 0 and
0 1 5 10 1 on it. Divide the gap between 0 and 1 into eight
0< , , and <1 equal parts because denominator is 8, then each
10 10 10 10
part will show 1 . Also, 2 parts show 2 , 3 parts
To represent these points on the number line, we 8 8
divide the gap between 0 & 1 into 10 equal parts. 3
Now, take 1 part to obtain P and 5 parts to obtain Q. show and 7 parts show 7 .
8 8

So, the points P and Q respectively represent the

1 5 Hence, A, B, C and D represent 1 , 2 , 3 and 7
fraction and 8 8 8 8
10 10
. respectively.
0
By similar method is the point zero denoted by 8 3 3
10 (c) Here, = 1 = 1+
5 5 5
10
O and is 1 denoted by A. 3 First draw a line. Take a point O on it. Let it be 0
10
(zero)
8.
(a) Numerator = 5, Denominator = 7
From O, set off unit distances to the right. Let the
5 segments be OA and AB.
So, the fraction =
7 Then the points A and B represent 1 and 2
(b) Numerator = 5, Denominator = 9 respectively. Now, divide the unit OA into 5 equal
parts, then the points P, Q and K respectively
5
So, the fraction = 2 3 4
9 represent the fraction , and .
5 5 5
(c) Possible pairs of numerator and denominator which
add up to 10 are 0, 10; 1, 9; 2, 8; 3, 7; 4, 6 which give

P-56 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 8 2 3 8
Again, the represent on a number line, we divide fraction , and .
5 5 5 5
the 2nd unit AB into 5 equal parts. Take 3 parts
out of there 5 parts to reach S. Then, S represents

qqq

WORKSHEET-57
35 8 8
Solutions (f) = 3 {3 whole and more} 9) 35 ( 3
9 9 9
1. (i) − 27
1 8
= 3
5
3 (7 × 4 ) + 3 28 + 3
2 4. (a) 7 = =
(ii) = 4 4 4
10
3 31
(iii) = =
15 4

(iv) 6 (5 × 7) + 6 35 + 6 41
(b) 5 = = =
4 7 7 7 7
=
20 5 (2 × 6) + 5 12 + 5
Clearly, these figures have the same size and also all (c) 2 = =
6 6 6
the shaded parts express the same size of the figure,
1 2 3 4 17
so that , , and are equivalent fractions. 2 =
5 10 15 20 6
2. On identifying the fractions in the given figures, we 3 (10 × 5) + 3 50 + 3
(d) 10 = =
find these : 5 5 5
6 9 12 15 53
, , and
8 12 16 20 =
5
Clearly, given figures have the same size and all the 3 (9 × 7 ) + 3 63 + 3
shaded parts represent the same size of figure, so (e) 9 = =
7 7 7
6 9 12 15
that , , and are equivalent fractions. 2 66
8 12 16 20 =
2 7
3. (a) 20 = 6 2 {6 whole number more} 3) 20 ( 6
3 3 3 4 (8 × 9) + 4 72 + 4
− 18 (f) 8 = =
2 9 9 9
11 1 1
(b) = 2 {2 whole and more} 5) 11 ( 2 76
5 5 5 =
− 10 9 3
1 1 2
17 3 3 5. (i) First method : and
(c) = 2 {2 whole and more} 7) 17 (2 3 7
7 7 7
− 14 1
=
3 3
28 3 3
(d) = 5 {5 whole and more} 5) 28 ( 5 Clearly, these figures have the same size but shaded
5 5 5 parts do not express the same size of the figure, so
− 25
3 1 2
that and are not equivalent.
19 1 1 3 7
(e) = 3 {3 whole and more} 6) 19 ( 3
6 6 6 2
− 18 =
1 7

S OLUT I ONS P-57

 1 2 4 6 8 10 12
Second method : and , , , and
3 7 6 9 12 15 18
Here, 1 × 7 = 7 and 3 × 2 = 6 1 1× 2 2
(ii) = =
Q 7 ≠6 5 5 × 2 10
1 2 1 1×3 3
So, and are not equivalent fractions. = =
3 7 5 5 × 3 15
Note : Firstly multiply the numerator of first fraction 1 1× 4 4
= =
by the denominator of second fraction and multiply 5 5 × 4 20
the denominator of first fraction by numerator of 1 1× 5 5
second fraction. If both products are not same then = =
5 5 × 5 25
give fractions are not equivalent.
1 1×6 6
2 2 = =
(ii) and 5 5 × 6 30
5 7
1
2 So, five equivalent fractions to are :
= 5
5
2 3 4 5 6
, , , and
2 10 15 20 25 30
=
7 3 3×2 6
(iii) = =
Clearly, these figures have the same size but the 5 5 × 2 10
shaded parts do not express the same size of the 3 3×3 9
2 = =
2 5 5 × 3 15
figures, so that and are not equivalent.
5 7 3 3 × 4 12
6 = =
2 5 5 × 4 20
(iii) and
9 27 3 3 × 5 15
= =
2 5 5 × 5 25
=
9 3 3 × 6 18
= =
6 5 5 × 6 30
=
27 3
So, five equivalent fractions of are :
Clearly, these figures have the same size and also all 5
the shaded parts express the same size of the figure,
6 9 12 15 18
2 6 , , , and
so that and are equivalent fractions. 3 10 15 20 25 30
9 27
5 5 × 2 10
6. ‘‘For getting the five equivalent of each fraction (iv) = =
9 9 × 2 18
we multiply the numerator and denominator of a
fraction by the same number (≠ zero).’’ 5 5 × 3 15
= =
2 2 2 4 9 9 × 3 27
(i) = × =
3 3 2 6 5 5 × 4 20
= =
2 2 5 10 9 9 × 4 36
= × =
3 3 5 15 5 5 × 5 25
= =
2 2 3 6 9 9 × 5 45
= × =
3 3 3 9 5 5 × 6 30
= =
2 2 6 12 9 9 × 6 54
= × =
3 3 6 18 5
So, five equivalent fractions of are :
2 2 4 8 9
= × =
3 3 4 12 10 15 20 25 30
, , , and 4
2 18 27 36 45 54
So, five equivalent fractions to are :
3
qqq

P-58 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 WORKSHEET-58
Solutions 3. (a) In order, the given figures represent the fractions
1 2 3 4
49 , , and respectively.
1.
For 2 4 6 8
64
2 2÷ 2 1
49 = 7 × 7 = =
Now, 4 4÷2 2
64 = 8 × 8
3 3÷ 3 1
HCF of 49 and 64 = 1. = =
6 6÷3 2
49
So, is the simplest form. 2 4 4√4 1
64 = =
8 8 √ 4 2
15
2. (i) = We find the H.C.F. of 15 and 75 So, the fractions are equivalent.
75
(b) In order, the given figures represent the fractions
15 = 3 × 5 4 3 1 6
75 = 3 × 5 × 5 , , and respective.
12 9 3 15
H.C.F. of 15 and 75 = 3 × 5 = 15
15 ÷ 15 1
4 4÷4 1
15 Now, = = ,
= = 12 12 ÷ 4 3
75 75 ÷ 15 5
3 3÷3 1
which is in its simplest form. = = ,
9 9÷3 3
16
(ii) For , 6 6÷3 2
72 = =
15 15÷ 3 5
16 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2
72 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 4 3 1 6
So, , , and are not equal. 4
H.C.F. of 16 and 72 = 2 × 2 × 2 = 8 12 9 3 15
16 16 ÷ 8 2 4.
= =
(a) Here, total number of equal parts = 2; Number of
72 72 ÷ 8 9
shaded parts = 1
which is its simplest form.
1
17 \ Fraction represented by the shaded portion =
(iii) For , 2
51
[simplest form]
17 = 17
(b) Here, total number of equal parts = 6
51 = 17 × 3
Number of shaded parts = 4
H.C.F. 17 and 51 = 17
4
17 17 ÷17 1 \ Fraction represented by the shaded portion =
= = 6
51 51 ÷ 17 3
4÷2 ..
which is in its simplest form. = [ . HCF of 4 and 6 is 2]
42 6÷2
(iv) For ,
40 2
= [simplest form]
42 = 2 × 3 × 7 3
40 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 5 (c) Here, total number of equal parts = 9
H.C.F. of 42 and 28 = 2 Number of shaded parts = 3
42 42 ÷ 2 21 3
\ = = , \ Fraction represented by the shaded portion =
40 40 ÷ 2 20 9
Which is in its simplest form. 3√3
80 = 9 √ 3 [... HCF of 3 and 9 is 3]
(v) For ,
24
1
80 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 5 = [simplest form]
3
24 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3
H.C.F. of 80 and 24 = 2 × 2 × 2 = 8 (d) Here, total number of equal parts = 8
80 80 ÷ 8 10 Number of shaded parts = 2
= = , 2
24 24 ÷ 8 3 \ Fraction represented by the shaded portion =
8
which is in its simplest form. 3

S OLUT I ONS P-59

 ..
2÷2 [ . HCF of 12 and 16 is 4]
= 8 ÷ 2 .. 3
[ . HCF of 2 and 8 is 2] = [simplest form]
4
1 (iv) Here, total number of equal parts = 12
= [simplest form]
4 Number of shaded parts = 8
(e) Here, total number of equal parts = 4 8
\ Fraction represented by the shaded portion =
Number of shaded parts = 3 12
3 8÷4 ..
\ Fraction represented by the shaded portion = = 12 ÷ 4 [ . HCF of 8 and 12 is 4]
4

[simplest form] 2
Now, taking second row = [simplest form]
3
(i) Here, total number of equal parts = 18 (v) Here, total number of equal parts = 16
Number of shaded parts = 6 Number of shaded parts = 4
6 4
\ Fraction represented by the shaded portion = \ Fraction represented by the shaded portion =
18 16
6÷6 .. 4÷4
= 18 ÷ 6 [ . HCF of 6 and 18 is 6] ..
= 16 ÷ 4 [ . HCF of 4 and 16 is 4]

1 1
= [simplest form]
3 = [simplest form]
4
(ii) Here, total number of equal parts = 8
Now, the equivalent fractions are
Number of shaded parts = 4
4  1 1
\ Fraction represented by the shaded portion = (a) ® (ii)  =  ;
8  2 2
4÷4  2 2
= 8÷4
..
[ . HCF of 4 and 8 is 4] (b) ® (iv)  = 
 3 3

1  1 1
= (c) ® (i)  =  ;
2  3 3
[simplest form]
(iii) Here, total number of equal parts = 16  1 1
(d) ® (v)  = 
Number of shaded parts = 12  4 4
12
\ Fraction represented by the shaded portion =  3 3
16 (e) ® (iii)  =  5
 4 4
12 ÷ 4
= 16 ÷ 4

qqq

WORKSHEET-59
Solutions (b) We have
3 9
=
5
1. (a) We have
We use cross multiplication :
3
= 3×
5 20 = 9 × 5
9×5
We use cross multiplication : or = =3×5
3
3 × 20 = 5 ×
or
= 15
3 × 20
or = =3×4 3 9
5 So, =
5 15
or
= 12 (c) We have
3 12 3
= =
So,
5 20 5 30

P-60 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 We used cross multiplication : 3 12
(b) From ,
3 × 30 = ×5 10 50
3 × 30 3 × 50 = 150
or
= 5 = 3 × 6
and 10 × 12 = 120
So 3 × 50 ≠ 10 × 12
or
= 18 Thus 3/10 and 12/50 are not equivalent fractions.
3 18 7 5
So, = (c) From ,
5 30 13 11
(d) We have 7 × 11 = 77
3 27 and 13 × 5 = 65
=
5 So, 7 × 11 ≠ 13 × 5
We used cross multiplication : 7 5
Thus and are not equivalent fractions. 3
3× = 27 × 5 13 11
48
27×5 4.
(a) For , we find the H.C.F. of 48 and 60.
or = =9×5 60
3
48 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 3
or
= 45 60 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 5
3 27 H.C.F. of 48 and 60 = 2 × 2 × 3 = 12
So, = 2
5 45 48 48 ÷ 12 4
= =
2.
(a) We have 60 60 ÷12 5
36 9 which is in its simplest form.
= 150
48 (b) For , we find the H.C.F. of 150 and 60.
60
We used cross multiplication :
150 = 2 × 3 × 5 × 5
36 × = 48 × 9 60 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 5
48×9 48 × 1 H.C.F. = 2 × 3 × 5 = 30
= =
or
36 4 150 150 ÷ 30 5
= =
or 60 60 ÷ 30 2
= 12
36 9 which is in its simplest form.
So, = 84
48 12 (c) For , we find the H.C.F. of 84 and 98.
98
(b) We have
84 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 7
36
= 98 = 2 × 7 × 7
48 4
H.C.F. = 2 × 7 = 14
We used cross multiplication : 84 84 ÷14 6
= =
36 × 4 = × 48 98 98 ÷ 14 7
36 × 4 36 × 1 which is in its simplest form.
or = =
48 12 12 3×4 3
(d) We have = =
or 52 13 × 4 13
= 3
Since 3 and 13 have no common factor, so fraction
36 3
= 2 3
So, 48 4 is the simplest form.
13
3. By the cross multiplication, we have
7 7 1
5 30 (e) We have = =
(a) From , 28 4 × 7 4
9 54
which is in its simplest form. 5
5 × 54 = 270
5. For solving these questions we use cross
and 30 × 9 = 270
multiplication method :
So, 5 × 54 = 30 × 9
2 8
Thus
5
and
30
are equivalent fractions. (a) =
7
9 54

S OLUT I ONS P-61

 or = 8 × 7 2× or
= 3 × 4 = 12
8×7 3 12
or = =
2 So 5 20
or 45 15
= 4 × 7 = 28 (d) =
60
2 8
So =
7 28 or 45 ×
= 15 × 60
5 10 15 × 60 1 × 60
(b) = = = = 20
8 45 3
or
or 5× 45 15
= 8 × 10 =
So 60 20
8 × 10
or = =8×2
5 18
(e) =
or 24 4
= 16
5 10 or 18 × 4 = 24 ×
So =
8 16 18 × 4 18 × 1
or = =
3 24 6
(c) =
5 20 or = 3
or 5× = 3 × 20 18 3
= 5
3 × 20 So 24 4
or =
5

qqq

WORKSHEET-60
Solutions 3.
Fraction of pencils used by Ramesh :
Total pencils = 20
1
1. One-fifth part of juice = he used up = 10 pencils
5
10 1
1 = =
One third part of juice = 20 2
3
Fraction of pencils used by Sheela :
So we will compare it by cross multiplication
method : Total pencils = 50
1 1 she used up = 25 pencils
and
5 3 25 1
So, Required fraction = =
1 × 3 1 × 5 50 2
3 < 5 Fraction of pencils used by Jamal :
1 1 Total pencils = 80
That means, > 2
3 5 he used up = 40 pencils
So, sister gets more juice. 40 1
So, Required fraction = =
2. We know that when fractions having same 80 2
denominator greater the numerator greater the
value of the fraction number, therefore Clearly, each fraction is equal. 3
8 7 13 11 4.
(i) > (ii) >
10 10 24 24 1 5 3
(a) We have, , ,
17 12 8 8 8
(iii) >
102 102 Here, denominators of all fractions are same.
Clearly, these comparisons easy to make because \ Ascending order of numerators = 1 < 3 < 5
only numerations are to be compared. 2 and descending order of numerators = 5 > 3 > 1

P-62 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 1 3 5 (i) Ascending order :
\ Ascending order of fractions = < <
8 8 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
< < < < < <
5 3 1 48 23 19 12 10 8 4
and descending order of fractions = > >
8 8 8 Descending order :
1 11 4 3 7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
(b) We have, , , , , > > > > > >
5 5 5 5 5 4 8 10 12 19 23 48

Here, denominators of all fractions are same. 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

(ii) Ascending order : < < < < < <
\ Ascending order of numerators = 1 < 3 < 4 < 7 18 14 12 8 7 6 2
< 11 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Descending order : > > > > > >
and descending order of numerators = 11 > 7 > 4 2 6 7 8 12 14 18
>3>1 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
1 3 4 7 11 (iii) Ascending order : < < < < < <
17 15 13 11 5 4 2
\ Ascending order of fractions = < < < <
5 5 5 5 5
9 9 9 9 9 9 9
Descending order : > > > > > >
11 7 4 3 1 2 4 5 11 13 15 17
and descending order of fractions = > > > >
5 5 5 5 5 3
1 3 13 11 7 250 5 × 50 5
(c) We have, , , , , 6. (i) = =
7 7 7 7 7 400 8 × 50 8
Here, denominators of all fractions are same. (i) is matched to (d).
\ Ascending order of numerators = 1 < 3 < 7 < 11 Two more equivalent fractions are :
< 13 5 × 2 10 5 × 3 15
= and =
and descending order of numerators 8 × 2 16 8 × 3 24
= 13 > 11 > 7 > 3 > 11 180 2 × 9 × 10 9
1 3 7 11 13 (ii) = =
\ Ascending order of fractions = < < < < 200 2 × 10 × 10 10
7 7 7 7 7
(ii) is matched to (e).
and descending order of fractions 9 × 2 18 9 × 3 27
= and =
13 11 7 3 1
= > > > > 3 10 × 2 20 10 × 3 30
7 7 7 7 7
660 2 × 33 × 10 2
(iii) = =
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 990 3 × 33 × 10 3
5. (a) Ascending order : < < < < < <
50 23 17 12 9 7 5 (iii) is matched to (a).
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Two more equivalent fractions are :
Descending order : > > > > > >
5 7 9 12 17 23 50 2×2 4 2×3 6
= and =
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 × 2 6 3×3 9
(b) Ascending order : < < < < < <
17 13 11 7 5 4 2 180 180 1
(iv) = =
360 2 × 180 2
3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Descending order : > > > > > > (iv) is matched to (c).
2 4 5 7 11 13 17
Two more equivalent fractions are :
(c) Three more similar examples be taken as :
1× 2 2 1×3 3
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 = and =
(i) , , , , , , , 2 × 2 4 2×3 5
10 8 6 23 19 4 48 12
220 2 × 110 2
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 (v) = =
(ii) , , , , , , 550 5 × 110 5
18 12 8 2 14 7 16
(v) is matched to (b).
9 9 9 9 9 9 9 Two more equivalent fractions are
(iii) , , , , , ,
2 15 17 4 13 11 5 2×2 4 2×3 6
= and = 4
Now, we arrange these in : 5 × 2 10 5 × 3 15 

qqq

S OLUT I ONS P-63

 WORKSHEET-61
Solutions 0 4
= 5
2
4 
1 1
1. (a) Since lies on the left of so that 2. (a) For solving this question we use cross
6 3
multiplication method :
1 1
< 1 1
6 3 ⇒ 5 > 2
2 5
3 2
(b) Since lies on the right of so that 1 1
4 6 So, >
2 5
3 2
> 2 3
4 6 (b) ⇒2×6 3×4
2 2 4 6
(c) Since lies on the right of so that
3 4 ⇒ 12 = 12
2 2 3 3
> So, =
3 4 4 6

6 3 6
(d) Since and lie at the same point because 3 2
6 3 6 (c) ⇒3×3 2×5
5 3
3
= 1 and = 1 so that
3 ⇒ 9 < 10
6 3
= 3 2
6 3 So, <
5 3

5 5
(e) Since lies on the left of (= 1) so that 3 2
6 5 (d) ⇒ 3 × 8 2×4
4 8
5 5
<
6 5 ⇒ 24 > 8

Other fractions Ans. 3 2
So, >
1 5 4 8
(i) lies on the left of so that
5 6
3 6
1 5 (e) ⇒3×5 6×5
< 5 5
5 6
3 1 ⇒ 15 < 30
(ii) lies on the right of so that
5 4
3 6
So, <
3 1 5 5
>
5 4
7 3
5 2 (f) ⇒7×9 3×9
(iii) lies on the right of so that 9 9
6 5
5 2 ⇒ 63 > 27
>
6 5
3 7
5 4 So, <
(iv) and lie at the same point. 4 8
5 4
1 2
5 4 (g) ⇒4×2 1×8
That means ⇒ = 4 8
5 4
0 0 ⇒ 8 = 8
(v) (= 0) and (= 0) lie at the same point. So that
2 3
1 2
So, =
4 8

P-64 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 6 4 ⇒ 24 < 28
(h) ⇒5×6 4 × 10
10 5
3 7
\
<
⇒ 30 < 40 4 8

6 4 6 4
\
< (j) ⇒6×5 10 × 4
10 5 10 5

3 7 ⇒ 30 < 40
(i) ⇒8×3 7×4
4 8
6 4
\
< 10
10 5

qqq

WORKSHEET-62
Solutions \
3
<
3
6 4
1. Total number of pages in the book = 100
25 Thus, Rohit exercised for a longer time. 3
\ Fraction of book read by Ila =
100 4. We solved this question by L.C.M. method.
(a) L.C.M. of 9 and 5 = 45
2
and fraction of book read by Lalita = 5 5 × 5 25
5 Now, = =
9 9 × 5 45

For comparing 1/4 and 2/5
4 4×9
We have, 1 × 5 = 5 and 4 × 2 = 8 (By cross product) and =
.. 5 5×9
. 5 < 8 ; \ 1/4 < 2/5
5 4 25 36
\ ≠ , as ≠
Thus, Ila read less pages of the book. 2 9 5 45 45

2. Total students in class A = 25 5 4
Thus, and are not equal.
Number of students passed in first class = 20 9 5
20  4  (b) L.C.M. of 16 and 19 = 144
So, the fraction = = 
25  5  9 9×9 81
Now, = =
Total students in class B = 30 16 16 × 9 144
passed in first class = 24 students 5 5 × 16 80
and = =
24  4  9 9 × 16 144
So, the fraction = = 
30  5  9 5 81 80
\ ≠ , as ≠
 4 16 9 144 144
Therefore, the same fraction  =  of students got
 5 9 5
Thus, and are not equal.
first class in both the classes. 2 16 9
3. We solved this question by cross multiplication 16 4
(c) Simplest form of the is
method : 20 5
3 3 4 16
Rafiq exercised hours and Rohit exercised for \
=
6 4 5 20
hours 4 16
That means; and are equal.
3 3 5 20
Now,
6 4 (d) L.C.M. of 15 and 30 = 30
1 1× 2 2
3×4 3×6 Now, = =
15 15 × 2 30
12 < 18 4 4 ×1 4
= =
30 30 × 1 30

S OLUT I ONS P-65

 1 4 2 4 16 16 ÷ 16 1 16
≠ , as ≠ (h) = = ; it is the simplest form of
\
15 30 30 30 96 96 ÷ 16 6 96
1 4 12 12 ÷ 3 4 12
Thus, , and not equal. 4 (i) = = ; it is the simplest form of
15 30 75 75 ÷ 3 25 75
2 2÷2 1 2
5. (a) = = ; it is simplest form of . 12 12 ÷ 12 1 12
12 12 ÷ 2 6 12 (j) = = ; it is the simplest form of
72 72 ÷ 12 6 72
3 3÷3 1 3
(b) = = ; it is simplest form of 3 3÷3 1 3
15 15 ÷ 3 5 15 (k) = = ; it is the simplest form of
18 18 ÷ 3 6 18
8 8÷2 4 8
(c) = = it is the simplest form of 4 4÷1 4 4
50 50 ÷ 2 25 50 (l) = = ; it is the simplest form of
25 25 ÷ 1 25 25
16 16 ÷ 4 4 16
(d) = = ; it is the simplest form of On separating them into three groups of equivalent
100 100 ÷ 4 25 100 fractions, we have
10 10 ÷ 10 1 10 2 10 16 12 3  1
(e) = = ; it is the simplest form of (i) = = = = = 
60 60 ÷ 10 6 60 12 60 96 72 18  6
15 15 ÷ 15 1 15
(f) = = ; it is the simplest form of 3 15 12  1
75 75 ÷ 15 5 75 (ii) = = = 
15 75 60  5
12 12 ÷ 12 1 12
(g) = = ; it is the simplest form of 8 16 12 4  4 
60 60 ÷ 12 5 60 (iii) = = = =  6
50 100 75 25  25  

qqq

WORKSHEET-63
Solutions Sum of numerations
=
Denominator
1. Total parts = 4
or sum of the fraction having same denominator. 2
My mother gave me = 2 parts
1
2 2. Neelu picked up stones = part
So, the fraction = 4
4
1
and she gave my brother = 1 part and her brother picked up stones = part
4
1
so the fraction = Total stones they both pick up together
4
1 1 2
Now, total apple which she give to both = + = 2
4 4 4
2 1 3
= + = 1
4 4 4 3. Table made by Sohan on Monday = part
4
Diagrammatically :
1
Table made by Sohan on Tuesday = part
4
Total table made by Sohan on Wednesday
1 1 4 1 1
= 1− − = − −
4 4 4 4 4
2 1 3 4 −1−1 2 1
+ = = = =
4 4 4 4 4 2
From it, we observe that : In all of these we can also find out the remaining
‘‘To add fraction having same denominator we add part.
only the numerator.’’ In case of Q. 1.

P-66 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 1 7
= 3 =
2 2
Chapatis eaten by Sunita in dinner
1 5
= 2 =
2 2
Total Chapatis eaten by her
Two part 1 part given to One part remained 7 5 7+5
= + =
given to me my brother with mother 2 2 2

2 1 1 12

= =6
      2
4 4 4
3
We can written as : (iii) Coloured in red = parts
8
4 2 1 4 − 2 −1 4−3 1
− − = = = 4
4 4 4 4 4 4 Coloured in brown = parts
8
Therefore, we observe that
‘‘To subtract fraction having same denominator, we 3 4
Total coloured parts of a circle = +
subtract only the numerator.’’ 8 8
Difference of numerators 3+4
= =
Denominator 8
or difference of fraction. 7
In case of Q. 2 : =
8
Stones remained to be picked up
2
4 1 1 (iv) Sohan read book in one day = parts
= − − 6
4 4 4
3
4 −1−1 4−2 and in second day = parts
= = 6
4 4
Portion of the book read in two days
2 1
= = 3 2 3
4 2 = +
6 6
1 7
4. (i) Milk consumed in the morning = 3 = cups 2+3 5
2 2 = =
6 6
Milk consumed in the evening
1 3 6
= 1 = cups (v) Money spent on food =
2 2 11

Total milk consumed Money spent on house rent
7 3 3
= cups + cups =
2 2 11

7+3 10 Total part of salary spent by him
= = cups 6 3
2 2 = +
11 11
= 5 cups
(ii) Chapatis eaten by Sunita in lunch 6+3 9
= = 5
11 11

qqq

WORKSHEET-64
Solutions 7 3 7−3 4
\
Difference = − = =
8 8 8 8
7  40 
1.
Given and 10 =  1
8 4 = 2
2

S OLUT I ONS P-67

 2. Mother divided gur patti in 5 equal parts. So, each 1 1
1 Part of gur patti left out = 1 − −
part = 5 5
5
5 1 1 5−1−1
1 = − − =
Part eaten by Seema = 5 5 5 5
5
5 − (1 + 1) 3
1 = =
Part eaten by me = 5 5
5
3
Hence th of the gur patti would be left. 2
5
3. (i) Here, draw two rectangles and divide them into 8 equal parts out of which 1 part is shaded. On adding them,
we get 2 parts shaded out of 8 equal parts. Thus,

1 1 1+1 2 1
i.e., + = = =
8 8 8 8 4

(ii) Here, draw two rectangles and divide them into 5 equal parks separately. In first, 2 parts out of 5 parts are shaded
and in second rectangle, 3 parts out of 5 parts are shaded. On adding them, we get all 5 parts shaded.
Thus,

2 3 2 3 5
i.e., + = + = = 1  3
5 5 5 5 5
(iii) Here, draw the rectangles and divide them into 6 equal parts separately and shade 1 part out of 6 parts on each
rectangle. On adding them, we get 3 parts shade out of 6 parts i.e., one half rectangle shaded. Thus,

1 1 1 1+1+1 3 1
i.e., + + = = =
6 6 6 6 6 2
4. Here, a watermelon is divided into 16 parts. 16 11
= −
1 16 16
\ each part =
16 16
[Q and 1 are equivalent fractions]
7 16
I ate 7 parts out of 16 parts i.e., part.
16 16 − 11 5
= = 3
4 16 16
My friend ate 4 parts out of 16 parts i.e., part.
16 1 1 1+1
5. We have + =
Now, the part which we eat together 12 12 12
7 4 7+4 2 1
= + = = =
16 16 16
12 6
11 Pictorially, it can be shown as
= part
16
Now, difference between our parts
7 4 7−4 3
= − = =
16 16 16 16
3
So, I ate part of watermelon more than my
16 1 1 2 1
+ = =
friend. 12 12 12 6
Now, remaining part of the watermelon By folding paper, it can be shown in the following
11 way. Take a square piece of paper say ABCD.
= 1−
16

P-68 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 1
= 10 m − 8 m
4
40 33
= m−
4 4
 40 
 10 = 
4
40 − 33 7
(i) = = m
4 4
Fold it by overlapping it edge AB and CD to get 3
fig. (ii). = 1 m
4
2 5
(iii) Height of Sudhir = 1 m = m
3 3
2 5
and height of Manjeet = 1 m = m
3 3
(ii) Since, 5 > 4, therefore
Again refold it by taking EF over C(A), D(B) to get 5 4
>
fig. (iii) 3 3
Thus, Sudhir is taller than Manjeet.
Difference between their heights
5 4 5−4
=  −  m =  m
(iii)  3 3   3 

Now, reopen it, then we get the following fig. (iv) 1
= m
3
(iv) Money left with Kiran
1
= ` 25 – ` 10
2
21
(iv) = ` 25 – `
2
Now, fold it vertically at two places to obtain three
equal vertical portion as shown in fig. (v). 21 50 − 21 29
= ` 25 − = = or
2 2 2
1
= ` 14
2
3 63
(v) Here, 15 =
4 4
(v)
1 1 13
Shaded portion twice, we see that and 3 =
12 4 4
1 1 1+1 2 1  63 13 
+ = = = 4 Rope left out =  −  m
12 12 12 12 6  4 4 
7 4 7−4 3 63 − 13 50
6. (i) − = = = m = m
11 11 11 11 4 4
(ii) Ribbon left out : 25 1
= m = 12 m 5
2 2

qqq

S OLUT I ONS P-69

 WORKSHEET-65
Solutions
2
Hence, +
3
=
5
3
6 6 6
2
1. Part of wall painted by Shubham = 7 3
3 4. (a) Here, − =
10 10
1
Part of wall painted by Madhavi = 7
3 Subtracting from both sides, we get
10
2 1 7 7 3 7
Wall painted together = + − − = −
3 3 10 10 10 10

2+1 7 7 3−7
= or − − =
3 10 10 10

3 −4
= or 0− =
3 10
= 1 −4
or − =
i.e., Complete wall was painted by both of them. 2 10
5  4 2
2. Part of oranges given to Javed = or =  = 
7
 10 5 
Part of oranges left in the basket 7 4 3
5 7 5 \
− =
= 1− = − 10 10 10
7 7 7
3 5
7−5 2 (b) − =
= = 21 21
7 7
5 3
2 or = +
Hence, part of oranges was left in the basket. 2 21 21
7
5+3
1 or =
3. (a) In Ist figure, fraction for shaded portion = 21
5
8
2 or =
In IInd figure, fraction for shaded portion = 21
5
8 3 5
3 − =
In IIIrd figure, fraction for shaded portion = \
21 21 21
5
3 3
1 2 3 (c) − =
Hence, + = 6 6
5 5 5
3 3
5 = +
(b) In Ist figure, fraction for shaded portion = or 1 6 6
5
3+3
3 =
In IInd figure, fraction for shaded portion = 6
5
6
2 = ( = 1)
In IIIrd figure, fraction for shaded portion = 6
5
5 3 2 \ =
Hence, − = 5 12
5 5 5 (d) + =
27 27
2
(c) In Ist figure, fraction for shaded portion = 12 5
6 or = −
27 27
3
In IInd figure, fraction for shaded portion =
6 7
or =
5 27
In IIIrd figure, fraction for shaded portion =
6

P-70 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 7 5 12 5 3 5+3
\
+ = 4 (f) We have, + =
27 27 27 8 8 8
1 1 1+1 8
5. (a) We have, + = = =1 (simplest form)
18 18 18 8
2 1 2 3 2
= = (g) We have, 1− = −
18 9 (simplest form) 3 3 3
8 3 11 3−2 1
(b) We have, + = (simplest form) = = (simplest form)
15 15 15 3 3
7 5 7−5 2
(c) We have, − =  (Q 1 and are equivalent fractions)
7 7 7 3
2 1 0 1+0 1
= (simplest form) (h) We have, + = = (simplest form)
7 4 4 4 4
1 21 1 21 12 3 12
(d) We have, + = + (i) We have, 3− = −
22 22 22 22 5 1 5
22 3 × 5 12
= =1 (simplest form) = −
22 1× 5 5
12 7 12 − 7 15 12 3
(e) We have, − = = − = ·
15 15 15 15 5 5
5 1 3
= = (simplest form) (Converting into like fraction by multiplying
15 3 1
numerator and denominator by 5) 5

qqq

WORKSHEET-66
Solutions  2×4 + 3×5 
=  
 20 
2 3
1. +
 8 + 15  23
5 7 =  m = m 2
For, unlike fraction firstly, we will take L.C.M. of  20  20
both the denominator (5 and 7) and it is = 35 1 3
4. Naina was given piece of cake = 1 =
2 3 2×7 3×5 14 15 2 2
\ + = + = +
5 7 5×7 7×5 35 35 1 4
Najma was given piece of cake = 1 =
14 + 15 29 3 3
= = 1
35 35 Total fraction of cake given to both of them
2. We have L.C.M. of denominators (5 and 7) = 35 3 4 3×3 + 4×2
= + =
5 × 5 2 × 7 25 14 2 3 2×3
\ = − = −
7 × 5 5 × 7 35 35 9 + 8 17
= =
25 − 14 11 6 6
= = 1
35 35 5
= 2 2
2 6
3. Sarita bought ribbon = m
5 5 1
5. (a) − =
3 8 4
Lalita bought ribbon = m
4 5 1
or = +
Total length of the ribbon bought 8 4
2 3 1 5
=  + m or = +
 5 4  4 8

S OLUT I ONS P-71

 2+5 5 1 5× 3 1× 7
or = (d) + = +  (L.C.M. of 7 & 3 = 21)
8 7 3 7×3 3×7
7 15 7 15 + 7 22
⇒
= So, + = =
8 21 21 21 21
1 2 1 2 × 6 + 1× 5 12 + 5 17
2 1 (e) + = = =
7 5 = 5 6 30 30 30
− = 8 4
\
8 8 4 4 2 4×3+ 2×5 12 + 10 22
(f) + = = =
1 1 5 3 15 15 15
(b) − =
5 2 3 1 3 × 3 1× 4
− =
(g) −
1 1 4 3 4×3 3×4
or = +
2 5 9 4
= −
(1 × 5 ) + (1 × 2 ) 12 12
or =
10 9−4 5
= =
5+2 12 12
⇒ =
10 5 1 5 1× 2
(h) − = −
6 3 6 3×2
7
=
10 5 2 5−2 3
or − = =
1 6 6 6 6
7-2 5 1 1
7 1 = = =
\
− = 10 10 2 2
10 5 2
(i) L.C.M. of 3, 4 and 2 is 12.
1 1
− = 2 3 1 2 × 4 + 3 × 3 + 1× 6
(c) 2 6 So, + + =
3 4 2 12
1 1
⇒ − = 8+9+6 23
2 6 = =
12 12
3−1
⇒
= 1 1 1 (1 × 3 ) + (1 × 2 ) + 1
6 (j) + + =
2 3 6 6
2 1
= = 3+2+1 6
6 3 = = =1
⇒
6 6

1 1 3-2 1 1 2 ( 3 × 1) + 1 ( 3 × 3) + 2
− = = 3 (k) 1 +3 = +
2 3 6 6 3 3 3 3
\
2 1 2 × 7 1× 3 14 3 4 11
6. (a) + = + = + = +
3 7 3×7 7×3 21 21 3 3
 (L.C.M. of 3 & 7 = 21) 4 + 11 15
= = =5
14 + 3 17 3 3
= =
21 21 2 1 ( 3 × 4 ) + 2 ( 4 × 3) + 1
(l) 4 +3 = +
3 7 3×3 7×2 3 4 3 4
(b) + = + (L.C.M. of 10 & 15 = 30)
10 15 10 × 3 15 ×2 12 + 2 12 + 1 14 13
= + = +
9 14 9 + 14 23 3 4 3 4
So, + = =
30 30 30 30 14 × 4 + 13 × 3
=
4 2 4×7 2×9 12
(c) + = + (L.C.M. of 9 & 7 = 63)
9 7 9 × 7 7 × 9 56 + 39 95
= =
28 18 28 + 18 12 12
+ =
63 63 63 16 7 16 − 7 9
(m) − = =
46 5 5 5 5
=
63

P-72 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 4 1 4 × 2 − (1 × 3 ) 8−3 5
(n) − = = = 7
3 2 6 6 6
qqq

WORKSHEET-67
Solutions Therefore, Asha’s bookshelf is more full than the
Samuel’s bookshelf.
7
1. Total length of wire = metre Fraction by which bookshelf is more full
8
5 2 25 12
1 = − = −
Length of one piece of wire = metre 6 5 30 30
4
13
7 1 = 3
\ length of other piece of wire =  −  metre 30
8 4
7 3
4.
We have = 1
4 4
7 2 5
=  −  metre = metre 3 1
8 8 8 So, 1 < 2 [as 1< 2]
4 5
5
Hence, the length of another piece of wire is m.2 \ Rahul takes less time to walk across the school
8 ground.
9 Fraction by which time is less
2.
Total distance = km
10  1 3
= 2 −1 
1  5 4 
Distance through bus = km
2  11 7 
=  − 
Distance walked = 
9 1  5 4 
−  km
 10 2  11 × 4 − 7 × 5 
=  
 9 5   20 
=  −  km
 10 10  44 − 35
= minutes
4 2 20
= km = km
10 5 9
= minutes
2 20
Hence, she walked = km. 2
5 9
Hence, Rahul takes less time by min. 3
5 20
3. Asha’s shelf full of books =
6 2 4 6 2
5. (a) → + = = =2
3 3 3 1
2
Samuel’s shelf full of books = 1 2 3
5 →
+ = =1
3 3 3
We solved this question by cross multiplication :
2 1 2−1 1
5 2 ↓
− = =
or 3 3 3 3
6 5
4 2 4−2 2
5 2 − = =
or ↓ 3 3 3 3
6 5
Then ↓ 2 – 1 = 1
5×5 2×6 1 2 1+3 3
Also → + = =
3 3 3 3
25 > 12
or Completed box is :
5 2
So, >
6 5

S OLUT I ONS P-73

 1 1 4−3 1
↓ − = =
3 4 12 12
5 7 10 − 7 3
− = =
6 12 12 12
1 1 2+1 2+1 3 1
and + = = = =
6 12 12 12 12 4
1 1 3×1 + 2×1 3 + 2 5 Completed box :
(b) → + = = =
2 3 6 6 6
1 1 1× 4 + 4 × 3 4+3 7
→ + = = =
3 4 12 12 12
1 1 3−2 1
↓ − = =
2 3 6 6
4
qqq

WORKSHEET-68
Solutions 6 × 40 7 × 35 4 × 56 3 × 70
= , , ,
7 × 40 8 × 35 5 × 56 4 × 70
1. (d) 1
2. (b) 1 240 245 224 210
= , , ,
3. (a) 1 280 280 280 280
4. (b) 1
245 240 224 210
5. (c) 1 = > > >
6. (c) 1 280 280 280 280
3 (Q when denominator of fractions
7. . 1
8 are same, the fraction having
4 smaller numerator will be smaller)
8. . 1 7 6 4 3
15  \ Descending order is , , , . 2
8 7 5 4
1
9. . 1 11. Given, Rajan age on the joining = 24 yr
16 
and retirement age = 60 yr
6 7 4 3
10. Given fractions are , , and The number of years, he did the job
7 8 5 4
= Retirement age – Joining age
As, we have to arrange the given fractions in
descending order, so we take L.C.M. of denominator = 60 – 24 = 36 yrs
of all fractions. \ The fraction of his age till retirement, when he
2 7 , 8 , 5, 4 was in the job
2 7 , 4 , 5, 2 Total year he did the job 36
2 7 , 2 , 5, 1 = =
Retirement age 60

5 7 , 1, 5, 1
Now, H.C.F. of 36 and 60 = 12
7 7 , 1, 1, 1
36 36÷12 3
1, 1, 1, 1 \ = =
60 60÷12 5
\ L.C.M. = 2 × 2 × 2 × 5 × 7
3
= 23 × 5 × 7 Hence, the required fraction is . 3
= 280 5 
6 7 4 3 12. Given, weight of fish caught by Neetu
Now, , , ,
7 8 5 4 3 15
= 3 kg = kg
4 4
and weight of fish caught by Narendra

P-74 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 1 5 15 5
= 2 kg = kg Difference between their weight = −
2 2 4 2
15 5 15 5 × 2
By comparing and , we get 15 × 20 = 30 and = −
4 2 4 2×2
4 × 5 = 20  [Q LCM of 2 & 4 = 4]
Clearly, 30 > 20 15 10
= −
15 5 4 4
\
>
4 2 15 − 10 5 1
= = kg or 1 kg . 4
4 4 4

qqq

WORKSHEET-69
Solutions same the fraction having smaller
denominator will be greater)
1. (b) 1
2. (c) 1 1 2 3 5
Thus, ascending order is , , , . 2
3. (a) 1 2 3 4 6
4. (b) 1 11. Given, the collection of numbers are 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
5. (c) 1 Total no. of natural numbers = 5
6. (b) 1
Total no. of whole numbers = 6
20
7. . 1 The fraction that represents the no. of natural no’s
3 
to
1 Total no. of whole no.'s
8. 16 . 1 =
8  Total no. in the given collection

3 3 × 11 33 5
9. = = (To make denominator 44, =
4 4 × 11 44  6
 we multiply Nr & Dr by 11) 1 Now, the fraction represents the whole numbers to
the total numbers
2 3 1 5
10. Given fractions are , , and Total no. of whole no.'s
3 4 2 6 =
Total no. in the given collection
As we have to arrange fractions in ascending order,
so we take L.C.M. of numerator of all fractions. 6
= = 1 3
2 2 , 3, 1, 5 6
3 1, 3, 1, 5 12. Given, the collection of numbers are – 3, – 2, – 1, 0,
5 1, 1, 1, 5 1, 2, 3.
1, 1, 1, 1 Total integer numbers = 7

Total natural numbers = 3
\ L.C.M. = 2 × 3 × 5 = 30
Total whole numbers = 4
2 3 1 5
Now, , , , Total natural numbers
3 4 2 6 (i) Required fraction =
Total integer numbers
2 × 15 3 × 10 1 × 30 5 × 6
= , , , 4
3 × 15 4 × 10 4 × 30 6 × 6 =
7
30 30 30 30
= , , , Total whole numbers
45 40 120 36 (ii) Required fraction =
Total integer numbers
30 30 30 30
= < < <
120 45 40 36 4
=
7
(Q when numerators of fractions are

S OLUT I ONS P-75

 Total integer numbers 7
(iii) Required fraction = = 4
Total integer numbers 7

qqq

WORKSHEET-70
Solutions = 7
1
1
8
1. (d) 1
2. (b) 1 11. We know that,
3. (d) 1 1 day = 24 hour
4. (b) 1 Given, the food we eat remains in the stomach for a
5. (b) 1 maximum hours = 4
6. (b) 1 \ Fraction of a day, does
= food remain there
5 5 × 12 60
7. = = (To make numerator 60, we Total no. of hour food remain in the stomach
6 6 × 12 72 
Total no. of houurs in 1 day
 multiply Nr & Dr by 12) 1
4
3 2 =
8.
Sum = + 24
8 3
3×3 2 × 8 9 16 1
= + = + 1 = 3
8×3 3 × 8 24 24 6

9 + 16 25 12. Given, Quantity of CNG saved = 33000 tonnes
= =
24 24 Quantity of diesel saved = 3300 tonnes

1 1 1× 6 1× 2 and quantity of petrol saved = 21000 tonnes
9.
Difference = − = − Quantity of diesel saved
2 6 2×6 6×2 (i) Required fraction =
Quantity of petrol saved
6 2 6−2
= − =
12 12 12 3300 33
= =
4 1 21000 210
= = 1
12 3 33÷3 11
= =
210÷3 70
3 3
10. Given fractions are and 6 .
8 4  (Q HCF of 33 & 210 = 3)
Quantity of diesel saved
First convert mixed fraction into improper fraction. (ii) Required fraction =
Quantity of petrol saved
3 27
i.e., 6 =
4 4 3300 33
= =
3 27 33000 330
Now, sum = +
8 4 33÷33 1
= =
3 27 × 2 330÷33 10
= +
8 4×2  [Q HCF of 33 & 330 = 33] 4
3 54 57
= + =
8 8 8

qqq

WORKSHEET-71
Solutions 4. (d) 1
5. (a) 1
1. (b) 1
6. (b) 1
2. (c) 1
7. Given fruit cake = 1
3. (a) 1

P-76 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 Here, Ali divided fruit cake equally among six 12.
We know that, a part represents by fractions
persons. No. of parts
1 \ Fraction of their part =
\ The part of cake given to each person = 1 Total no. of parts
6
1 16
8. Part of the cup is still to be filled by milk to make it =
4 Total no. of parts
full
1 ⇒ Total no. of parts = 4 × 16 = 64
= 1 −  (by cross product)
3
Hence, the total no. of parts is 64. 3
1× 3 1
= − 5 1 5 1 32 10
1× 3 3 (i) The sum of 3 and 3 = 3 + 3 =
13. +
9 3 9 3 9 3
3−1 2
= = 1 32 + 30 62
3 3 = =
9 9
9
9. Given, Grip size of a tennis racquet = 11 5 1 35 37
80 and the sum of 5 and 4 = +
6 9 6 9
9 889
Improper fraction of 11 = cm 1 105 + 74 179
80 80  = =
18 18
1 100 According to condition,
10. Given fractions are 8 and
3 9 179 62 179 − 124
− =
First, convert mixed fraction into improper fraction. 18 9 18
1 25 55 1
i.e., 8 = = = 3
3 3 18 18

100 25 (ii) Like fractions have same denominators and unlike
Now, Difference = −
9 3 fractions have different denominators. 4
100 25 × 3 3 5 2 1 6
= − 14. (i) , , , ,
9 3×3 8 6 4 3 8
100 75 2
8 , 6 , 4 , 3, 8
= − 2
4 , 3, 2 , 3, 4
9 9
100 − 75 25 2
2 , 3, 1, 3, 2
= = 3
1, 1, 1, 3, 1
9 9
1, 1, 1, 1, 1
7
= 2 2
9 Then L.C.M. = 23 × 3
11.
First, convert given mixed fractions into improper = 8 × 3 = 24
fraction. 9 , 20 , 12 , 8 , 18
=
1 5 1 13 24
i.e., 1 = and 6 =
4 4 2 2 9 20 12 8 18
= , , , ,
13 5 24 24 24 24 24
Now Difference = −
2 4 20 18 12 9 8
= > > > >
13 × 2 5 24 24 24 24 24
= −
2×2 4 5 6 2 3 1
Thus > > > >
26 5 6 8 4 8 3
= −
4 4 3 x
(ii) Since = ⇒ 4x = 60
26 − 5 21 4 20
= =
4 4 60
⇒
x = = 15 4
1 4
= 5 2
4

qqq

S OLUT I ONS P-77

CHAPTER
SECTION

B
8 DECIMALS

WORKSHEET-72
Solutions 3
= 100 + 80 + 3 + = 183.3
1. Fill the given table, we have 10
1
Hundred Tens Ones Tenths (iii) (3 × 100)+(4 × 10) + (9 × 1) + (5 × )
10
(100) (10) (1) (1/10) 5
= 300 + 40 + 9 + = 349.5 3
0 3 1 2 10
1 1 0 4 3 4
4. We have to find a fractional equivalent to ,
2 2 5
8
2. Length of Ravi’s pencil and so, that it has a denominator 10.
5
= 7 cm 5 mm
3 3×5 15
5 so, = = = 1.5 [ 10 ÷2 = 5]
= 7 cm + cm 2 2×5 10
10
 1  4 4 ×2 8
 mm = cm  = 5×2 = = 0.8 [ 10 ÷5 = 2]
10 5 10
 5 8 8×2 16
=  7 +  cm = = = 1.6 [ 10 ÷5 = 2]
 10  5 5×2 10
 3
 70 + 5 
=  cm = 7.5 cm
 10  5. The table shows a common place value as under :
Length of Raju’s pencil
Hundred Tens Ones Tenths
= 8 cm 3 mm = 8 cm + 3 mm
(100) (10) (1) (1/10)
1  1  (a) 0 1 9 4
= 8 cm + 3 × cm. 1 mm = cm 
10  10  (b) 0 0 0 3
(c) 0 1 0 6
 3
=  8 +  cm = 8.3 cm 3 (d) 2 0 5 9 4
 10 
3.
Three more examples are as under :
7 ×1
Can you represent the following numbers as 6. (a) 7-tenths = 10 = 0.7
decimals ? (b) Two tens and 9-tenths
Hundred Tens Ones Tenths
 1 9
(100) (10) (1) (1/10) (2 × 10) +  9×  = 20 +
10 10
6 2 7 5
1 8 3 3
= 20.9
3 4 9 5
(c) Fourteen point six = 14.6
1
(i) (6 × 100) + (2 × 10) + (7 × 1) + (5 + ) (d) One hundred and 2-ones = (1 × 100) + (0 × 10) +
10
5 1
= 600 + 20 + 7 + = 627.5 (2 × 1) + (0 + )
10 10
1 0
(ii) (1 × 100) + (8 × 10) + (3 × 1) + (3 + ) = 100 + 0 + 2 + = 102
10 10
(e) Six hundred point eight = 600.8 4
qqq

WORKSHEET-73
Solutions (divided by 2  HCF of 6 and 10 = 2)
5 2×10 5
6 6÷2 3 (b) 2.5 = 2 + = +
1. (a) 0.6 = = = 10 1×10 10
10 10 ÷ 2 5

P-78 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 20 5 20 + 5 162  160 + 2 
= + = (multiplying by 10 in numerator (e) 162 mm = cm =   cm
10 10 10 10 10 
& denominator of 2)
 2
=  16 +  cm = 16.2 cm
25 25÷ 5 5 10
= = =
10 10 ÷ 5 2
(divided by 5 83  80 3 
(f) 83 mm = cm =  +  cm
 HCF of 25 and 10 = 5) 10 10 10
0  3
(c) 1.0 = 1 + =1 =  8 +  cm = 8.3 cm 3
10 10 
3.
8 30 8
(d) 3.8 = 3 + = + Number Lies between Nearer to
10 10 10
(a) 0.8 0 and 1 1
38 38 ÷ 2 19
= 10 = 10 ÷ 2 = 5 (b) 5.1 5 and 6 5
(c) 2.6 2 and 3 3
(multiplying by 10 in numerator (d) 6.4 6 and 7 6
& denominator of 3) (e) 9.1 9 and 10 9
(f) 4.9 4 and 5 5
(divided by 2  HCF of 38 and 10 = 2)
7 130 7 130 +7 137 3
(e) 13.7 = 13 + = + = =
10 10 10 10 10 5
4. (a) = 0.5
(multiplying by 10 in numerator 10
& denominator of 13 7
2 210 2 210 + 2 212 (b) 3 + = 3 + 0.7 = 3.7
(f) 21.2 = 21+ = + = = 10
10 10 10 10 10 1
(c) 200 + 60 + 5 + 10 = 200 + 60 + 5 + 0.1 = 265.1
(multiplying by 10 in numerator
& denominator of 21) 8
(d) 70 + = 70 + 0.8 = 70.8
212÷2 106 10
= =
10÷2 5 88 80 + 8 80 8
(e) = = + = 8 + 0.8 = 8.8
(divided by 2  HCF of 212 and 10 = 2) 10 10 10 10
4 60 4 60 + 4 64 2 2
(g) 6.4 = 6 + = + = = (f) 4 = 4+ = 4 + 0.2 = 4.2
10 10 10 10 10 10 10
(multiplying by 10 in numerator 3 3×5 15 10 + 5 10 5 5
& denominator of 6) (g) = 2×5 = 10 = 10 = + = 1+
2 10 10 10
64÷2 32 = 1 +0.5 = 1.5
= =  3
10÷2 5
2 2×2 4
1 (h) = 5×2 = = 0.4
2. Since 10 mm = 1 cm or 1 mm = cm, then we 5 10
have, 10
12 12×2 24 4 4
2 (i) = = =2 =2+ = 2 + 0.4 = 2.4
(a) 2 mm = cm = 0.2 cm 5 5×2 10 10 10
10
3 3 3×2 6
30 (j) 3 = 3 + = 3+ =3+ = 3 + 0.6 = 3.6
(b) 30 mm= cm = 3 cm 5 5 5×2 10
10
1 1 1×5 5
116 110 + 6 (k) 4 =4+ =4+ =4+ = 4 + 0.5 = 4.5
(c) 116 mm = cm = cm 2 2 2×5 10
10 10
4
 110 6   6 5. (a) Since, 0.2 is greater than 0 but less than 1. There
=  + cm =  11+  cm
 10 10   10  are 2 tenth in it. Divide the unit lengths between 0
= 11.6 cm and 1 into 10 equal parts and take 2 parts as shown
2 below. Thus A represent 0.2
(d) 4 cm 2 mm = 4 cm + 2 mm = 4 cm + cm
10
 2
=  4 +  cm = 4.2 cm
10

S OLUT I ONS P-79

 (b) Since, 1.9 is greater than 1 but less than 2. Divide the
unit length between 1 and 2 into 10 equal parts and
take 9 parts as shown below. Thus A represent 1.9

(d) Since, 2.5 lies between 2 and 3. Divide the unit

lengths between 2 and 3 into 10 equal parts and
take 5 parts as shown below. Thus A represent 2.5
(c) Since, 1.1 lies between 1 and 2. Divide the unit
length between 1 and 2 in to 10 equal parts and take
1 parts as shown below. Thus A represent 1.1

4

qqq

WORKSHEET-74
Solutions 4. Given number line is as follows :

1. (a) Length f Ramesh’s notebook

= 9 cm 5 mm (i) From the figure, it is clear that A = 0.8 as the unit
length between 0 and 1 has been divided into 10
= 9 cm + 5 mm
equal parts and 8 parts from 0 have been taken.
5
= 9 cm + cm (ii) From the figure, it is clear that B = 1.3 as the unit
10
1 length between 1 and 2 has been divided into 10
[1 mm = cm]
10 equal parts and unit length between 0 to 1 and then
 90 + 5 
=  cm 3 parts have been taken.
 10 
(iii) From the figure, it is clear that C = 2.2 as the unit
95 length between 2 and 3 has been divided into 10
= cm = 9.5 cm
10 equal parts and unit length between 0 to 1, 1 to 2
(b) length of young gram plant = 65 mm and then 2 parts have been taken.
65  1  (iv) From the figure, it is clear that D = 2.9 as the unit
=  cm  1 mm = 10 cm 
 10  length between 2 and 3 has been divided into 10
= 6.5 m 2 equal parts and unit length between 0 and 1, 1 to 2
and then 9 parts have been taken.  4
2.
5. (a) The number is :
Shaded portion Ordinary fraction Decimal number
(0 × 100) + (0 × 10) + (3 × 1)
8 square 8 0.08  1  1   1 
+  2×  +  5×  +  0× 
100  10   100   1000 

15 squares 15 0.15 2 5 0
= 0 + 0 + 3 + + + = 3.250
100 10 100 1000
50 (b) The number is :
50 squares 0.50
100
(1 × 100) + (0 × 10) + (2 × 1)
92
92 squares 100 0.92  1  1   1 
+  6×  +  3  +  0× 
10 100   1000 
2
6 3 0
3. Completed table is as under : = 100 + 0 + 2 + + + = 102.630
10 100 1000
Hundredth Tenths Ones Number
(c) The number is
(a) 0 2 6 0.26 (0 × 100) + (3 × 10) + (0 × 1)
(b) 1 3 8 1.38 1  1   1 

(c) 1 2 8 1.28 +  0×  +  2×  +  5× 
3  10   100   1000 

P-80 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 0 2 5 (e) The number is :
= 0 + 30 + 0 + + +
10 100 1000
= 30.025 (0 × 100) + (1 × 10) + (2 × 1) +
(d) The number is :
 1  1   1 
2×  +  4 ×  +  1×
(2 × 100) + (1 × 10) + (1 × 1) +  10   100  

1000 

 1  1   1 
 9× 10  +  0× 100  +  2× 1000 
2 4 1
= 0 + 10 + 2 + + +
9 0 2 10 100 1000
= 200 + 10 + 1 + + + = 211.902
10 100 1000 = 12.241 4

qqq

WORKSHEET-75
Solutions 2. All these numbers are greater than 0 and less than 1 :
(a) 0.06 lies between the numbers 0.0 and 0.1.
1. Decimal in words are given below :
(a) We have, 0.03 = zero point zero three (b) 0.45 lies between 0.4 and 0.5
(b) We have, 1.20 = one point two zero (c) 0.19 lies between 0.1 and 0.2
(c) we have, 108.56 = one hundred eight point five six (d) 0.66 lies between 0.6 and 0.7
(d) We have, 10.07 = ten point zero seven
(e) 0.92 lies between 0.9 and 1.0
(e) We have, 0.032 = zero point zero three two
(f) We have, 5.008 = five point zero zero eight. 3 (f) 0.57 lies between 0.5 and 0.6 3
3.
Tenths Hundredth Thousandth
Decimal Hundreds Tens Ones 1 1 1
No. 100 10 1 10 100 1000

(a) 0.29 0 0 0 2 9 0
(b) 2.08 0 0 2 0 8 0
(c) 19.60 0 1 9 6 0 0
(d) 148.32 1 4 8 3 2 0
(e) 200.812 2 0 0 8 1 2
This table shown a place value of each digits 4
4 1  1  1   1 
4. (a) 20 + 9 + + = 23 +  2×  +  0×  +  6× 
10 100 10 100   1000 
 1  1  = 23.206
= 29 +  4 ×  +  1×  = 29.41
10   100  9
(e) 700 + 20 + 5 +
5 100
(b) 137 + 1  1 
100 
= 725 +  0×  +  9× 
 1  1  10 100 
= 137 +  0×  +  5× 
10 100  = 725.09 4
= 137.05 60 60 ÷ 20 3
5. (a) 0.60 = = =
7 6 4 100 100 ÷ 20 5
(c) 10 + 100 + 1000
[ HCF of 60 & 100 = 20]
 1  1   1  5 5÷ 5 1
= 0 +  7 ×  +  6×  + 4×  (b) 0.05 = = =
10 100   1000  100 100 ÷ 5 20
[ HCF of 5 & 100 = 5]
= 0.764
75 75÷ 25 3
2 6 (c) 0.75 = = =
(d) 23 + 23 + + 100 100 ÷ 25 4
10 1000 [ HCF of 75 & 100 = 25]

S P-81
OLUT I ONS M A T H E M A T I C SP-81
- VI
 18 18 ÷ 2 9 2 3 2 0
(d) 0.18 = = = (e) 1.23 = 1 + + and 1.2 = 1 + +
100 100 ÷ 2 50 10 100 10 100
[ HCF of 18 & 100 = 2] In this case, the two number have same parts upto
tenth. The hundred part of 1.23 is greater than that
25 25÷ 25 1 of 1.2
(e) 0.25 = = =
100 100 ÷ 25 4 \ 1.23 > 1.2
[ HCF of 25 & 100 = 25] 0 9 9 1 9
(f) 0.099 = + + and 0.19 = +
125 125÷125 1 10 100 1000 10 100
(f) 0.125 = = =
1000 1000 ÷125 8 The tenth part of 0. 0 99 < 0. 1 9
[ HCF of 125 & 1000 = 125] \ 0.19 > 0.099
66 66 ÷ 2 33 5 0 5 0
(g) 0.066 = = = (g) 1.5 = 1 + + and 1.50 = 1 + +
1000 1000 ÷ 2 500 10 100 10 100
[ HCF of 66 & 1000 = 2] 4 The two numbers have same parts throughout
3 4 i.e., 1.5 = 1.50
6. (a) 0.3 = and 0.4 =
10 10 4 3 1
(h) 1.431 = 1 + + + and
The tenth part of 0. 3 < 0. 4 10 100 1000
4 9 0
\ 0.4 > 0.3 1.490 = 1 + + +
10 100 1000
0.4 is greater number
The two numbers have same parts upto tenth. The
7 2 hundredth part of 1.431 is less than that of 1.490
(b) 0.07 = and 0.02 =
100 100 i.e., 1.490 > 1.431
The hundredth part of 0.0 7 > 0.0 2 3 0 0
(i) 3.3 = 3 + + + and 3.300
\
0.7 > 0.02 10 100 1000

8 3 0 0
(c) 3 = 3 and 0.8 = 0 + =3+ + +
10 10 100 1000
The whole part of 3 > 0 .8 The two numbers have the same parts throughout.
\ 3.3 = 3.300
\
3 > 0.8
6 4 6 0 3
5 0 5 (j) 5.64 = 5 + + and 5.603 = 5 + + +
(d) 0.5 = and 0.05 = + 10 100 10 100 1000
10 10 100
The two numbers have the same parts up to tenths.
5 0 The hundredth part of
The tenth part of >
10 10 5.6 4 1 > 5.6 0 3
\ 0.5 > 0.05 \ 5.64 > 5.603 5

qqq

WORKSHEET-76
Solutions 3.
` 2 and 5 paise = ` 2 + 5 paise
5
1 = ` 2 + `
1.  1 mm = cm 100
10 1
[` 1 = 100 and 1 paise = `]
100
 4
4 mm =   cm = 0.4 cm 1 = ` (2 + 0.05)
 10 
= ` 2.05
1 2 rupees 50 paise = ` 2 + 50 paise
2.  1 kg = 100 g or 1 g = kg.
1000 50
= ` 2 + `
456 100
\
456 g = kg = 0.456 kg 1
1000 [` 1 = 100 paise]
= ` (2 + 0.50) = ` 2.50 2

S P-82
O L U T I O N S M A T H E M A T I C SP-82
- VI
 4. 20 rupees 7 paise = ` 20 + 7 paise 9
= 2 kg + kg
7 1000
= ` 20 + `
100 = (2 + 0.009) kg
[` 1= 100 paise] = 2.009 kg 2
= ` (20 + 0.07) 7. 52 m as km :
= ` 20.07 1
 1 m = km
1000
21 rupees 75 paise = ` 21 + 75 paise
52
 75  \ 52 m = = 0.052 km
= `  21+  1000
 100 
340 m as km :
[` 1 = 100 paise]
= ` (21 + 0.75) 1
 1 m = km
= ` 21.75 2 1000
1 340
5. 1 mm = cm \
340 m = = 0.340 km
10 1000
5 2008 m km :
5 mm = = 0.5 cm
10
1
7 cm + 0.5 mm = 7.5 cm 2  1 m = km
1000
6. 2 kg 9 gm = 2 kg + 9 g 2008
\
2008 m =
1000
= 2.008 km 3

qqq

WORKSHEET-77
Solutions 20
(c) 20 paise = ` = ` 0.20
100
1.
We know that 1 km = 1000 m (d) 50 rupees 90 paise = ` 50 + 90 paise
1 90
So, 1 m = km = ` 50 + `
1000 100
1 = (50 + 0.90) = Rs. 50.90
(a) 8 m = 8 × km = 0.008 km
1000 725
(e) 725 paise = = ` 7.25
1 100
(b) 88 m = 88 × km = 0.088 km
1000 = ` 7.25 3
1 3.
We know that 1 m = 100 cm
(c) km 8888 m = 8888 ×
1000 1
= 8.888 km So 1 cm = m
100
(d) 70 km 5 m = 70 km + 5 m  15×1 
(a) 15 cm =  100  m = 0.15 m
5×1  6×1 
= 70 km + km (b) 6 cm =   m = 0.06 m
1000 100 
= (70 + 0.005) km (c) 2m 45 m = 2 m + 45
= 70.005 km 2
45
2. We know that 1 rupee = 100 paise = 2 m + m
100
1 = (2 + 0.45) m
So, 1 paise = `
100
= 2.45 m
5
(a) 5 paise = ` = ` 0.05 (d) 9 m 7 cm = 9 m + 7 cm
100
75 7
= 9 m + m
(b) 75 paise = ` = ` 0.75 100
100

S OLUT I ONS P-83

 = (9 + 0.07) m (d) 5 kg 8 g = 5 kg + 8 gm
= 9.07 m 8
= 5 kg + kg
419 1000
(e) 419 cm = =m = (5 + 0.008) kg
100
= 4.19 m 3 = 5.008 kg
4. We know that 1 cm = 10 mm (e) 26 kg 50 g = 26 kg + 50 gm
1 50
So, 1 mm = cm = 26 kg + kg
10 1000
5 = (26 + 0.050) kg
(a) 5 mm = cm = 0.5 cm
10 = 26.050 kg 3
6.
 1
(b) 60 mm =  60×  cm = 6.0 cm (i) One Tenths Hundreds
10
0 2 9
 164  0 3 6
(c) 164 mm =  cm = 16.4 cm
 10 
0 6 5
(d) 9 cm 8 mm = 9 cm + 8 mm

thus, 0.29 + 0.36 = 0.65
8 (ii) Ones Tenths Hundreds
= 9 cm + cm
10
0 7 0
= 9 cm + 0.8 cm
+ 0 0 8
= (9 + 0.8) cm
0 7 8
= 9.8 cm
thus, 0.7 + 0.08 = 0.78
 93 
(e) 93 mm =   cm = 9.3 cm 3 (iii) Ones Tenths Hundreds
 10 
5.
We know that 1 kg = 1000 gm 1 5 4
+ 1 8 0
1
So, 1 gm = kg 3 3 4
1000
thus, 1.54 + 1.80 = 3.34
 2×1 
(a) 2g =  kg = 0.002 kg (iv) Ones Tenths Hundreds
 1000 
2 6 6
 1 
(b) 100 g =  100×  kg = 0.1 kg + 1 8 5
 1000 
4 5 1
 3750 
(c) 3750 g =  kg = 3.750 kg thus, 2.66 + 1.85 = 4.51 4
 1000 
qqq

WORKSHEET-78
Solutions Total cloth = 5 m 25 cm
Total cloth bought by Nasreen = 5 m 25 cm  2
1. Cost of Maths book = ` 35.75 4. Distance walked in the morning
Cost of Science book = ` 32.60 = 2 km 35 m
Total cost of both books = ` 68.35 2 = 2 km + 35 m
35 1
Total amount spent by Rashid = ` 68.35 = 2 km + km 1m = km
1000 1000
2.
Radhika’s mother gave her = ` 10.50

= 2.035 km
Radhika’s father gave her = ` 15.80
Distance walked in the evening = 1 km 7 m
Total money = ` 26.30 = 1 km + 7 m
Total money given to Radhika = ` 26.30 2 7 1
= 1 km + km 1m = km
3.
Nasreen bought cloth for her shirt = 3 m 20 cm 1000 1000

Nasreen bought cloth for her trousers = 2m 5 cm = 1.007 km

P-84 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 \ Total distance walked by Naresh 7. (i) 5.46 – 1.85 = 3.61 (ii) 8.28 – 5.25 = 3.03
= 2.035 km + 1.007 km 5.46 8.28
= 3.042 km – 1.85 – 5.25
= 3 km 42 m 3 3.61 3.03
5.
Distance travelled by bus = 15 km 268 m (iii) 2.29 – 0.95 = 1.34 (iv) 5.68 – 2.25 = 3.43
2.29 5.68
 268 
= 15 km +  km – 0.95 – 2.25
 1000 
1.34 3.43 4
= 15.268 km
8. (a) As 8.5 = 8.500, 30.08 = 30.080
Distance travelled by car
0.007
= 7 km 7 m
8.500
7
= 7 km + km + 30.080
1000
38.587
= 7.007 km (b) As 15 = 15.000, 13.8 = 13.800
Distance travelled by foot 15.00
500 0.632
= 500 m = km
1000 + 13.800
= 0.500 km 29.432
Total distance = 15.268 km + 7.007 km + 0.500 km (c) As, 0.55 = 0.550
= 22.775 km 3 27.076
6.
Weight of rice purchased 00.550
= 5 kg 400 g + 00.004
27.630
400 (d) As, 25.65 = 25.650, 3.7 = 3.700
= 5 kg + kg
1000 25.650
= 5.400 kg 9.005
Weight of sugar purchased + 3.700
= 2 kg 20 gm 38.355
(e) As, 0.75 = 0.750, 2 = 2.000
20
= 2 kg + kg 0.750
1000
= 2.020 kg 10.425
Weight of flour purchased + 2.000
= 10 kg 850 g 13.175
(f) 25.2 = 25.20, 38 = 38.00
850
= 10 kg + kg 280.69
1000
= 10.850 kg 25.20
Total weight purchased + 38.20
= 5.400 kg + 2.020 kg + 10.850 kg = 18.270 kg 4 343.89 6

qqq

WORKSHEET-79
Solutions 5  1 
= 20 m + 1 cm = 100 m 
100  
1. Cost of a book = ` 35.65
Raju gave money to shopkeeper = ` 50.00 (\ 1m = 100 cm)
= 20.05 m
Money he got back = ` 50 – ` 35.65 = 14.35 2

Length cut out for curtain = 4 m 50 cm = 4 m + 50 cm
2. Total sum of money = ` 18.50 = 4 m + (50/100)
Money spent on ice-cream = ` 11.70 1
 
Money left with Rani = ` 18.50 – ` 11.75 = 4m + 0.50 m 1 cm = 100 m 
 
= ` 6.75 2
3. Total length of cloth = 20 m 5 cm = 20 m + 5 cm. = 4.50 m

S OLUT I ONS P-85

 Cloth left with her 6.
Total weight of vegetables bought = 10 kg
= 20.05 – 4.50 m Weight of Onion = 3 kg 500 g
= 15.55 m
500  1 
= 15 m 55 cm 3 = 3 kg + kg 1 g = 1000 kg 
4. Distance travelled by Namita is a day = 20 km 50 m 1000  
= 20 km + 50 m
= 3.500 kg
50   1 
= 20 +  km 1 m = 1000 km 
 1000   
Weight of Tomatoes = 2 kg 75 g
 75   1 
= (20 + .050) km = 2 kg +  kg 1 g = kg
 1000   1000 
= 20.050 km
Distance travelled by bus = 10 km 200 m
= 2.075 kg
 200   1 
= 10 km +   km 1 m = km  Total weight of these vegetables = 3.500 kg + 2.075 kg
 1000   1000 
= 5.575 kg
= 10 km + 0.200 km
= 10.200 km Then, weight of Potatoes = 10 kg – 5.575 kg
Distance travelled by auto = 20.500 km – 10.200 km = 4.425 kg
= 9.850 km = 4 kg 425 g 4
= 9 km 850 m 3
7.
(a) ` 20.75 (b) 250.00 m
5. (a) 9.756 – 6.28 = 3.476 (b) 21.05 – 15.27 = 5.76
– ` 18.25 –202.54 m
9.756 21.05
2.50 47.46 m
– 6.28 – 15.27
3.476 5.78 (c) ` 8.40 (d) 5.206 km
(c) 18.5 – 6.79 = 11.71 (d) 11.6 – 9.847 = 1.753 – ` 5.36 –2.051
18.50 11.600 3.04 3.155 km
– 6.79 – 9.847 (e) 2.107 kg
11.71 1.753 4 – 0.314 kg
1.793 kg 5
qqq

WORKSHEET-80
Solutions 10. Here, largest four digit number by using 1, 5, 3 and
8 is 8531.
1. (c) 1 For four digit decimal number less than 1, we
2. (b)  1 divided 8531 by 10000.
3. (b) 1 8531
i.e., = 0.8531
4. (c) 1 10000
5. (c) 1 Hence, the required decimal number is 0.8531. 2
041 41 11. Given, 1 m 40 cm + 60 cm ⇒ 1 m + 40 cm + 60 cm
6. 0.041 = =  1 = 1 m + 100 cm
1000 1000 1
603 3 We know that, 1 cm = m
7. 6.03 = =6 100 100
100 100 \ 1 m + 40 cm + 60 cm = 1 m + m
\ Required expression  1 = 1 m + 1 m = 2.0 m 100
2 17 On comparing 2.0 m and 2.6 m.
8. 3 = = 3.4 1 0 6
5 5 We have, 2.0 = 2 + and 2.6 = 2 +
9. Here, we want to fill in the box in 25.5 + .... = 50 10 10
For this we will have to find 50 – 25.5 Here, whole part of both numbers are same i.e. 2.
We perform this operation as follows by written 0
Now, tenths part of 2 = and tenths part of 2.6
the two numbers having equal number of decimal 10
6 6 0
places. i.e., 50 = 50.0 = \ >
10 10 10
Subtract 25.5 from 50.0 = 50.0 – 25.5 = 24.5
Hence, the required number to be added to 25.5 is Hence, 2.6 is greater than 2. 2
24.5. 2
qqq

P-86 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 WORKSHEET-81
Solutions \ 27.0 = 27 + 10 = 280

1. (c) 1 Hence, the round off 27.981, we get 28.0. 1

2. (d) 1 9. Here, smallest four digit number by using 2, 4, 5 and
3. (c) 1 3 is 2345.
4. (a) 1 For four digit decimal number, we divided 2345 by
5. (c) 1 10000.
6. For rounding off to tenths place, we look at the 2345
hundredths place. i.e., = 0.2345
10000
Here, the digit is 3. Hence, the required decimal number is 0.2345. 2
So, the digit at the tenths place (8) will not be
increased by 1. 1 1
10. (i) 80 + 2 +
= 82 +
i.e., it will be equal to 0. 10 10
820 +1 821
Hence, rounding off 2083 to nearest tenths, we get = =
20.80. 1 10 10
= 82·1
7. For rounding off to hundredths place, we look at
the thousandths place, Here, the digit is 5. 9 9 99000 + 900 + 9
(ii) 99 + + =
So, the digit at the hundredths place (9) will be 10 1000 1000
increased by 1 (i.e. it will becomes 9 + 1). 99909
Hence, the rounding off 75.195 to hundredths place, = = 99·909 2
1000
we get 75.200. 1
11. Kritika’s weight = 35 kg 75 gm = 35·075 kg
8. For rounding off to tenths place, we look at the Khushi’s weight = 27 kg 980 gm = 27·980 kg
hundredths place, here the digit is 8. 35·075 – 27·980 = 7.095 kg
So, the digit of the tenths placer (9) will be increased Kritika is heavier than Khushi by 7·095 kg or 7 kg
by 1. (i.e. it will becomes 9 + 1 = 10) 95 g 3

qqq

WORKSHEET-82
Solutions = 26 km 867 m 2
12. 53·5 – 34·68 + 64·75 = 53·50 – 34·68 + 64·75
1. (b) 1 [By converting decimals into like decimals]
2. (a) 1 = (53·50 + 64·75) – 34·68
3. (c) 1 = 118·25 – 34·68)
4. (a) 1 = 83·57
13. Firstly, we convert all the weight in the same unit
5. (c) 1
i.e. gram into kilogram by divide 1000 and then find
11 11 11×5 55 the total weight.
6. = 0.55 or = = = 0.55 1
20 20 20×5 100
Given, weight of potatoes = 1 kg 200 g = 1 kg + 200 g
7. 20.020
200 1
+ 2.002 = 1 kg + kg 1 g = 
kg 
1000  1000 
22.022 1
8. Ascending order of given numbers are = 1 kg + 0.200 kg
0.011 < 0.101 < 0.110 < 1.001  1
= 1.2 kg
9. Ascending order of given numbers are
12.104 < 12.124 < 12.142 < 12.214 < 12.401 1 250
10. 49·0 1 Weight of dhania = 250 g = kg = 0.250 kg
1000
11. Total distance travelled by Isha
Weight of onion = 5 kg 300 g = 5 kg + 300 g
= 15 km 28 m + 9 km 814 m + 2 km 25 m
= 15·028 + 9·814 + 2·025 300
= 5 kg + kg
= 26·867 km 1000

S OLUT I ONS P-87

  1  = 2 kg + 0.600 kg = 2.600 kg
 1 g = 1000 kg  \ Total weight of his purchases in kilograms
= Weight of potatoes + Weight of dhania + Weight
= 5 kg + 0.300 kg = 5.300 kg of onion + Weight of palak + Weight of tomatoes
500 = 1.200 kg + 0.250 kg + 5.300 kg + 0.500 kg + 2.600 kg
Weight of palak = 500 g = kg = 0.500 kg = [1.200 + 0.250 + 5.300 + 0.500 + 2.600] kg
1000
Weight of tomatoes = 2 kg 600 g = 2 kg + 600 g = 9.850 kg
Hence, the total weight is 9.850 kg.  4
600
= 2 kg + kg
1000
qqq

WORKSHEET-83
Solutions 17 15 × 40 + 17 617
13. (i) 15 = =
40 40 40
1. (b) 1
2. (b) 1 Then
3. (d) 1 40 ) 617.000 ( 15.425
4. (c) 1 – 40
5. (d) 1 217
6. 4.310 1 – 200
7. 14·2, 142 1 170
8. ` 0·50 1 – 160
9. 250·571 litres 1
100
10. 1000 metres 1
11. 5 km 245 m = 5 km + 245 m – 80
245  1  200
= 5 km + km 1 m = km 
1000  1000  – 200
×××
= 5 km + 0·245 km
17
= 5·245 km 2 Hence, 15 = 15.425
40
75
12. ` 26 and 75 paise = ` 26 + ` 7 9
100 (ii) 40 + 6 + + = 40 + 6 + 0.7 + 0.09
10 100
 1 
= ` 26 + ` 0·75 1 P = ` = 46 + 0.70 + 0.09
 100 
= 46.00 + 0.70 + 0.09
= ` 26·75 2 = 46.79 4
qqq

P-88 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
CHAPTER
SECTION

B
9 DATA HANDLING

WORKSHEET-84
Solutions (b) By examine the above table, we see that ladoo is
preferred by most of the students. i.e., 11 students.
1. The table with tally marks is shown below : 4
3. On arranging the given data in a table using tally
Marks Tally marks Number of students
marks, we get the following table.
1 || 2
Numbers Tally marks Number of students
2 ||| 3
3 ||| 3 1 |||| | | 7
4 | | | | || 7
2 |||| | 6
5 |||| | 6
6 | | | | || 7
3 |||| 5
7 |||| 5
8 |||| 4 4 |||| 4
9 ||| 3
5 |||| |||| | 11
Total 40

(a) Here, we have to find out the students who obtained 6 |||| | | 7
marks equal to 7 or more than 7. So, we have to add
to number of students who obtained marks equal to Total 40
7 or more than 7 i.e., 7, 8 and 9.
\ Number of those students = 5 + 4 + 3 = 12 (a) Form table, we can say that the number that
appeared minimum number of times, is 4 i.e., 4
Hence, 12 students obtained marks equal to 7 or times.
more than 7. (b) From table, we can say that the number that
(b) Here, we have to find out the students who obtained appeared maximum number of times, is 5 i.e., 11
marks below 4. times.
(c) From table, we can say that the number that
So, we have to add the number of students who
appeared an equal number of times, are 1 and 6 i.e.,
obtained marks below 4 i.e,. 1, 2 and 3. 7 times.
\ Number of those students = 3 + 3 + 2 = 8 4. We know that, a pictograph represents data
Hence, 8 students obtained marks below 4. 4 through pictures of objects.
(i) Observing the pictograph, it is clear that village D
2. (a) The table with tally marks is shown below.
has the minimum number of tractors i.e., only 3
Sweets Tally marks Number of students tractors.
(ii) Observing the pictograph, it is clear that village C
Ladoo | | | | | | || | 11
has the maximum number of tractors i.e, 8 tractors.
Barfi ||| 3 (iii) Observing the pictograph, it is clear that village C
has 8 tractors and village B has 5 tractors. So, village
Jalebi |||| || 7
C has 3 more tractors than village B.
Rasgulla | | | | |||| 9 (iv) Total number of tractors in all the five villages
= Sum of all tractors in villages A, B, C, D and E = 6
Total 30
+ 5 + 8 + 3 + 6 = 28
Hence, there are 28 tractors in all the five villages. 4

qqq

WORKSHEET-85
Solutions (a) Observing the pictograph, it is clear that the
minimum number of girl students in class VIII are
1. In the given pictograph, 1 picture = 4 girls, half
picture = 2 girls
i.e., 4 + 2 = 6

S OLUT I ONS P-89

 (b) Observing the pictograph, it is clear that \ Number of cartons which can hold 86 bulb
The Number of girls in class VI = 4 × 4 = 16 1×86
=
and number of girls in class V = 2 × 4 + 1 × 2 9

= 8 + 2 = 10 86 5
= = 9 = 10 (Approx)

Q 10 < 16 9 9
So, it is clear that number of girls in class VI is not Hence, 10 cartons were needed in the given week.
less than the number of girls in Class V. 3
(c) Observing the pictograph, number of girls in class 3. (a) Given, 1 picture = 100 baskets
VII = 3 × 4 = 12 2
\ Half picture = 50 baskets
2. In the given pictograph, 1 picture = 2 bulbs
From the pictograph, we have
Now, number of bulbs sold on Monday = 6 pictures
= 6 × 2 = 12 bulbs Number of baskets sold by Rahim = 4 × 100 = 400
Number of bulbs sold on Tuesday = 8 × 2 = 16 Number of baskets sold by Lakhanpal = 5 full 1 half
bulbs = 5 × 100 + 1 × 50
Number of bulbs sold on Wednesday = 4 × 2 = 8 = 550
bulbs
Number of baskets sold by Anwar = 7 × 100 = 700
Number of bulbs sold on Thursday = 5 × 2 = 10
bulbs Number of baskets sold by Martin = 9 full 1 half
Number of bulbs sold on Friday = 7 × 2 = 14 bulbs = 9 × 100 + 1 × 50
Number of bulbs sold on Saturday = 4 × 2 = 8 = 950
bulbs Number of baskets sold by Ranjit Singh
Number of bulbs sold on Sunday = 9 × 2 = 18 bulbs = 8 × 100
(a) Number of bulbs sold on Friday = 7 × 2 = 14 bulbs = 800
(b) Maximum number of bulbs were sold on Sunday and number of baskets sold by Joseph = 4 full 1 half
i.e., 18 bulbs
= 4 × 100 + 1 × 50
(c) The same number of bulbs were wold on
Wednesday and Saturday i.e., 8 bulbs. = 450
(d) The minimum number of bulbs were sold on Hence, Martin sold the maximum number of
Wednesday and Saturday i.e., 8 bulbs. baskets i.e. 950.
(e) Total number of bulbs sold in a week (b) From (a), Anwar sold 700 fruits baskets.
= 12 + 16 + 8 + 10 + 14 + 8 + 18 = 86 (c) Yes, after observing the pictograph, we can say that
Now, number of cartons which can hold 9 bulbs = 1 Anwar, Martin and Ranjit Singh have sold 600 or
1 more number of baskets and they are planning to
and number of carton which can hold 1 bulb = buy a godown for the next season. 3
9

qqq

WORKSHEET-86
Solutions 90×1
90 animals are represented by 10
= 9 symbols ⊗
1. Given, 10 animals are represented by 1 symbol ⊗.
\ 1 animal is represented by 1/10 symbol ⊗ For village D.
For village A. 40×1
40 animals are represented by 10
= 4 symbols ⊗
80×1
80 animals are represented by 10 = 8 symbols ⊗
For village E.
For village B. 60×1
60 animals are represented by 10
= 6 symbols ⊗
120×1
120 animals are represented by = 12 symbols ⊗
10 Then, we have the following pictograph.
For village C.

P-90 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI

(a) It is clear from the pictograph, that 6 symbols
represent animals of village E.
(a) 6 symbols represent total number of students in the
(b) It is clear from the pictograph, that village B has the
year 2002.
maximum number of animals i.e. 120 animals.
(b) 5 complete symbols and 1 incomplete symbol
(c) From the pictograph, number of animals in village
represent total number of students for the year
A = 80
1998.
Number of animals in village C = 90 (B) According to the question, 50 students be
..
. 90 > 80 represented by 1 symbol
..
. Village C has more animals. 4 1
2. (A) According to the question, 100 students can be \ 1 student can be represented by symbols
50
represented by = 1 symbol
Now, for year 1996,
1
\ 1 student can be represented by symbols 400×1
100 400 students can be represented by symbols
50
Now, for year 1996, 400
400×1 = = 8 complete symbols
400 students can be represented by 50
100
For year 1998,
= 4 symbols 535×1 535
For year 1998, 535 students can be represented by =
symbols 50 50
535×1
535 students can be represented by = 10 complete symbols + 1 incomplete symbol
100

For year 2000,
= 5 symbols + 35 students
472×1
= 5 complete symbols and 1 incomplete symbol 472 students can be represented by symbols
50
For year 2000,
472×1 472
472 students cm be represented by = = 9 complete symbols + 1 incomplete
100 50
= 4 complete symbols + 72 students symbol
= 4 complete symbols and 1 incomplete symbol For year 2002,
For year 2002, 600×1
600 students can be represented symbols
600×1 50
600 students can be represented by
100 600
= = 12 complete symbols
50
= 6 complete symbols For year 2004,
For year 2004, 623×1
623×1 623 students can be represented symbols
50
623 students can be represented by
600
623
6 complete symbol + 23 students = = 12 complete symbols + incomplete
50
= 6 complete symbols and 1 incomplete symbol.
symbol
Hence, the required pictograph of given data is
shown below Hence, the required pictograph of given data is
shown below

S OLUT I ONS P-91

 Therefore, we observe that pictograph B is more
informative because it gives better approximation.
 8

qqq

WORKSHEET-87
Solutions 3. (a) Given bar graph represents the marks obtained
by Aziz in half-yearly examination in different
1. (a) From the given bar graph, we can say that
subjects.
maximum production is shown by largest bar (i.e.
(b) From the bar graph, it is clear that maximum
30 thousand tonnes) for the year 2002.
marks are shown by the largest bar. So, Aziz scored
(b) From the given bar graph, we can say that minimum
maximum marks (i.e. 80 marks) in Hindi.
production is shown by the smallest bar (i.e. 15
thousand tonnes) for the year 1998. 2 (c) From the bar graph, it is clear that minimum marks
2. (a) Given bar graph shows the number of shirts sold are shown by the smallest bar. So, Aziz has scored
from Monday to Saturday. minimum marks (i.e. 40 marks) in Social Studies.
(b) Scale on horizontal line is 1 unit = 5 shirts. (d) From the bar graph, Aziz’s subjects and marks
(c) From given bar graph, it is clear that maximum obtained in corresponding subject are as follow :
number of shirts sold is shown by the largest bar (i.e. Subjects Marks
on Saturday). Hence, on Saturday 60 shirts were sold.
Hindi 80
(d) From given bar graph, it is clear that smallest bar
shows the minimum number of sold shirts (i.e. on English 60
Tuesday.) Hence, the minimum number of shirts Mathematics 70
were sold on Tuesday.
Science 50
(e) From given bar graph, it is clear that on Thursday.
35 shirts were sold. 3 Social Studies 40 4

qqq

WORKSHEET-88
Solutions 45
Playing = 9 units
1. To draw a bar graph of given data, we use the 5
following steps.
30
(i)
Firstly, draw two perpendicular lines, one is Reading story books = 6 units
5
horizontal and one is vertical. Along the horizontal
line, mark the preferred activity and along the 20
vertical line, mark the corresponding number of Watching TV = 4 units
5
students.
(ii) Now, take scale of 1 unit length = 5 students along 10
= 2 units
the vertical line and then mark the corresponding Listening to music 5
value.
Also, the height of the bars for various activities are 15
Painting = 3 units
as follows : 5

P-92 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 (iii) Draw bar of equal width and of height calculated
in Step (ii) on horizontal line with equal spacing 40
Monday = 8 units
between them. 5
Thus, we get the following bar graph.
30
Tuesday = 6 units
5

50
Wednesday = 10 units
5

20
Thursday = 4 units
5

70
Friday = 14 units
5
(iii) Draw bars of equal width and of height calculated
in Step (ii) on the horizontal line with equal spacing
(or gap) between them. Thus, we get the following
bar graph.
From the above bar graph, it is clear that the activity
‘reading story books’ is preferred by most of the
students other than playing. Because the second
largest bar is for reading story books. 4
2. To draw a bar graph, we will use the following
steps.
(i) Firstly, draw two perpendicular lines, one is
horizontal and one is vertical. Along the horizontal
line, mark ‘days‘ and along the vertical line mark
‘number of books sold’.
(ii) Now, take scale of 1 unit length = 5 books, along
the vertical line and then mark the corresponding
value.
Also, the heights of the bars for various days are as
follows :

65
Sunday = 13 units
5 4

qqq

WORKSHEET-89
Solutions 800
1998 = 8 units
1. To draw the bar graph, we will use the following 100
steps
600
(i) Firstly, draw two perpendicular lines, one is 1999 = 6 units
horizontal and one is vertical. Along the horizontal 100
line mark ‘years‘ and along vertical line mark 900
‘number of bicycles manufactured.‘ 2000 = 9 units
100
(ii) Now, take scale of 1 unit length = 100 bicycles along
the vertical lines and then mark the corresponding 1100
2001 = 11 units
values. 100
Also, the heights of the bars for various years are as
1200
follows : 2002 = 12 units
100

S OLUT I ONS P-93

 (iii) Draw bar of equal width and of height calculated
in Step (ii) on the horizontal line with uniform gap 200000
1-14 = 10 units
between them. 20000
Thus we get the following bar graph 160000
15-29 = 8 units
20000
120000
30-44 = 6 units
20000

45-59 120000
= 6 units
20000
80000
60-74 = 4 units
20000
40000
75 and above = 2 units
20000

(iii) Draw bar of equal width and of height calculated
in Step (ii) on the horizontal line with equal gap
between them. Thus, we get the following bar
graph (a) From bar graph, we see that the lengths
of bars for age group 30-44 and 45-59 are same, so
age (b) group (30-44) and (45-59) have the same
population.
(a) The maximum number of bicycles were \ Persons having age 60 or above are called senior
manufactured in the year 2002 (because the bar citizens.
is largest for 2002). \ Number of senior citizens in the town
\ Number of persons of age group (60-74) +
(b) The minimum number of bicycles were
Number of persons of age 75 and above = 80000 +
manufactured in the year 1999 (because the bar 40000 = 120000
is smallest for 1999). 4
2. To draw the bar graph, we will use the following
steps.
(i)
Firstly, draw two perpendicular lines, one is
horizontal and one is vertical. Along the horizontal
line mark ‘age-group’ and along vertical line mark
‘number of persons’.
(ii) Now, take scale of 1 unit length = 20000 along
the vertical line and then mark the corresponding
values.
Also, the heights of bars for various groups are as
follows.

qqq

WORKSHEET-90
Solutions Responses Tally marks Number of Responses

1. (d) 1 Doctor |||| |||| 10

2. On arranging the given data in a table using tally
Engineer |||| | 6
marks, we get the following table :

P-94 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 Pilot |||| ||| 8 10000
61–80 =2
5000
Officer |||| | 6 (iii) Draw bars of equal width and of height calculated
in step (ii) on the horizontal line with equal spacing
 2 (or gap)
3. In the given pictograph, 1 Box = 20 articles Thus we get the following bar graph. 2
(a) Metal material is used in maximum number of 5. (a) LPG fuel is used in maximum no. of houses
articles. (b) There are 10 houses using coal as fuel
(b) Glass material is used in minimum number of (c) The no. of houses using electricity
articles.
5
(c) Rubber material is used in exactly half the number = ×1, 00, 000 = 5,000 2
of articles as those made up of metal. 100
(d) Total no. of articles counted by the students 6. On arranging the given data in a table using tally
= 30 (wood) + 20 (glass) + 50 (metal) marks, we get the following table.
+ 25 (Rubba) + 35 (Plastic)
Carrots Tally marks number of
= 160 articles. 2 (length in cm students
4. To draw a bar graph, we will use the following
steps. 15 |||| 5
(i) Firstly, draw two perpendicular lines, one is
horizontal and one is vertical. Along the horizontal 18 |||| | 6
line, mark ‘Age group’ and along the vertical line
mark ‘Number of mobile users’
20 |||| |||| 9
(ii) Now, take scale of 1 unit length = 5000 mobile
users, along the vertical line and then mark the
corresponding values. 21 |||| | 6
Also, the heights of the bars for various age group
are as follows. 22 ||||
4
Age group (in yrs) heights of bar group
(a) Here we have to find the length of the carrots
25000 having more than 20 cm. So we have to add the
1–20 =5
5000 carrots having lengths 21 cm and 22 cm.
40000 \ Number of such carrots = 6 + 4 = 10
21–40 =8 (b) From the above table, we can say that length of
5000
carrots 20 cm occurs the maximum number of times
35000 i.e. 9 times and the length of carrots 22 cm occurs the
41–60 =7
5000 minimum number of times i.e. 4 times. 4

qqq

WORKSHEET-91
Solutions 2.

1.

2

2

S OLUT I ONS P-95

 3. (a) Firstly, write the name of games in first column, (b) By examine the above table, we see that the football
then in second column use tally marks to represent is liked by most of the students, (i.e. 11 students).
number of students lie corresponding games and (c) By examine the above table, we see that the tennis
in the third column write the number of students. is liked by minimum number of students (i.e. 2
Thus, we get the following table. students). 4
Games Tally marks Number of 4. In the given pictograph, 1 palm = 100 people
students (a) The total number of palm having surname Roy = 4
..
Football |||| |||| | . The total number of people having surname Roy
11
= 4 × 100 = 400 people
Cricket |||| ||| (b) From the given table, we see that the patel appears
8
the maximum number of times in the telephone
Kho-kho |||| directory i.e., 5 times.
5
(c) From the given table, we see that the saikia appears
Hockey |||| || the minimum number of times in the telephone
7
directory i.e., 2 times
Tennis ||| 2 (d) From the given table, we see that the Rao, Khan and
Total 33 Roy has appears the same number of times in the
telephone directory i.e. 4 times. 4

qqq

WORKSHEET-92
Solutions (iii) Draw bars of equal width and of heights calculated
in step (ii) on the horizontal line with equal spacing
1. (a) N.H. 2 is the longest among the above
(or gap) Thus, we get the following bar graph
(b) N.H. 10 is the shortest among the above
(c) The length of N.H. 9 is 900 km.
(d) N.H. 8 is about three times of the H.N. 10. 4
2. To draw a bar graph, we will use the following steps :
(i)
Firstly, draw two perpendicular lines, one is
horizontal and one is vertical. Along the horizontal
line, mark ‘type of the plant’ and along the vertical
line mark ‘Number of plants’
(ii) Now, take scale of 1 unit length = 10 plants along
the vertical lines and then mark the corresponding
values.
Also, the heights of the bars for various type of the
plant are an follows :

Type of the plant Height of bar group

50
Herb =5 (a) Trees are the maximum in number in the garden
10
(b) Creepers are the minimum in number in the garden
60 4
Shrub =6
10 3. (i) Frequency distribution of scores
20 Variate Tally marks Frequency
Creeper =2
10
15 |||| 4
45
Climber = 4.5
10 16 |||| | 6
95
Tree = 9.5 18 |||| || 7
10

P-96 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 20 |||| | 6 29 | 1
30 | 1
24 |||| 5
Total 40

25 |||| 4 (ii) (a) The wheat production was maximum in the

year 2002.
27 ||| 3 (b) The wheat production was minimum in the
28 ||| 3 year 1998. 4

qqq

S OLUT I ONS P-97

CHAPTER
SECTION

10
B MENSURATION

WORKSHEET-93
Solutions 3. Let ABCD is a park whose length are BC, AD
and width are AB, CD, respectively.
1. On measuring by using the scale, we find that Hence, AB = CD = 80 m. and BC = DA = 150 m
AB = 60 cm, BC = 120 cm, CD = 60 cm and DA Now, the sum of the length of four sides
= 120 cm. = AB + BC + CD + DA
Sum of the lengths of the four sides = 80 m + 150 m + 80 m + 150 m
= AB + BC + CD + DA = (80 + 150 + 80 + 150)m = 460 m
= 120 cm + 120cm + 60cm + 60 cm D 80 m C
= 360cm
∴ Perimeter of the table
= sum of the length of the four sides
= 360cm.

150 m

150 m
Hence, the perimeter of the study table is 360
cm. 2
2. Let us mark the four corners of the page of the
notebook as A, B, C, and D. On measuring of
the four sides, we have
A 80 m B
= AB + BC + CD + DA
∴ Perimeter of the park
= 16 cm + 23 cm + 16 cm + 23 cm
= sum of All four sides of the park
= 78 cm = 460 m
Hence, distance covered by Meera is 460 m. 2
4. (a) Perimeter = AB + BC + CD + DA
= 40 cm + 10 cm + 40 cm + 10 cm
= 100 cm
(b) Perimeter = AB + BC + CD + DA
= 5cm + 5cm + 5cm + 5cm
= 20 cm
(c) Perimeter = AB + BC + CD + DE + EF +FG
 + GH + HI + IJ + JK + KL + LA
= (1 + 3 + 3 + 1 + 3 + 3 + 1 + 3 + 3
 + 1 + 3 + 3) cm
Hence, the sum of the four sides is 78 cm. Now,
= 28 cm
perimeter of the page (d) Perimeter = AB + BC + CD + DE + EF + FA
= sum of lengths of four sides = 100 m + 120 m + 90 m + 45 m
= 78 cm. 2  + 60 m + 80 m
= 495 m 4
qqq
WORKSHEET-94
Solutions 2. Perimeter of the top of the table
1. Length of the tape required = 2 × (length + breadth) 2× (2.25 + 1.50)
= Perimeter of the lid of a = 2 × 3.75 m
 rectangular box
= 7.50 m
= 2 × (length + breadth)
= 2 × (40 cm + 10 cm) 3. The length of the wooden strip required
= 2 × 50 cm = Perimeter of the photograph
1 = 2 × (length + breadth)
= 100 cm or 1cm = m 2
100 = 2 × (32 cm + 21 cm)
100
=100 cm = m = 2 × 53 cm
100
= 106 cm  2
=1 m

P-98 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 4.
Sr. Perimeter by adding all Perimeter by 2 ×
Length of Rectangles Breadth of Rectangles
No the sides (length × breadth)
(ii) 0.5 cm 0.25 m = 0.5 m + 0.25 m = 2 × (0.5 m + 0.25 m)
+ 0.5 m + 0.25 m = 2 × (0.75 m)
= 1.50 m = 1.50 m
(iii) 18 cm 15 cm = 18 cm + 15 cm + 18 = 2 × (18 cm + 15 cm)
cm + 15 cm = 2 × (33 cm)
= 66 cm = 66 cm
(iv) 10.5 cm 8.5 cm = 10.5 cm + 8.5 cm = 2 × (10.5 cm + 8.5 cm)
+ 10.5 cm + 8.5 cm = 2 × (19 cm)
= 38 cm = 38 cm
From above example, it is clear the perimeter of a rectangle = 2 × (length + breadth) 3
5. (a) Perimeter = The sum all sides (f) Perimeter = The sum of all sides
= 5 cm + 1 cm + 2 cm + 4 cm = 4 cm + 3 cm + 2 cm + 3 cm + 1cm
= 12 cm  + 4 cm + 3 cm + 2 cm + 3 cm
(b) Perimeter = The sum of all sides  + 1 cm + 4 cm + 3 cm + 2 cm
= 40 cm + 35 cm + 23 cm + 35 cm  + 3cm + 1 cm + 4 cm + 3 cm
= 133 cm  + 2 cm + 3 cm+ 1 cm
(c) Perimeter = 4 × side = 52 cm 3
= 4 × 15 cm 6. We have to cover 4 times the perimeter of the land
= 60 cm measuring 0.7 km by 0.5km.
(d) Perimeter = 5 × side Now, Perimeter of the land
= 5 × 4 cm = 2 × (length + breadth)
= 20 cm = 2 × (0.7km + .0.5 km)
(e) Perimeter = The sum of all sides
= 2 × 1.2 km = 2.4 km
= 4 cm + 0.5 cm + 2.5 cm + 2.5 cm
 + 0.5 cm + 4 cm + 1 cm ∴ Total length of wire required
= 15 cm = 4 × 2.4 km = 9.6 km 3

qqq

WORKSHEET-95
Solutions 5. (a) Perimeter of the triangle
= The sum of the lengths of its sides
1.
Perimeter of the triangle
= 3 cm + 4 cm + 5 cm
= The sum of the lengths of its sides
= 10 cm + 14 cm + 15 cm = 12 cm
= 39 cm 2
2.
A regular hexagon has 6 sides, so its perimeter
= 6 × length of its any side
= 6 × 8 m
= 48 m 2
3.
Perimeter = 20 m
A square has 4 equal sides, so we can divide the perimeter
by 4 to get the length of one side
One side of the square
= 20 m ÷ 4 = 5 m 2 (b) Perimeter of the equilateral triangle
4.
Given : Perimeter = 100 cm.
= 3 × the length of its one side
A regular pentagon has 5 equal sides, so we can divide
the perimeter by 5 to get the length of one side. = 3 × 9 cm
One side = 100 cm ÷ 5 = 20 cm 3 = 27 cm

S OLUT I ONS P-99

 6. (a) Perimeter of a square = 4 × side
= length of the string = 30 cm
A square has 4 equal sides, so we can divide the perimeter
by 4 to get the length of one side
One side of the square = 30 cm ÷ 4
= 7.5 cm
(c) Perimeter of an is isosceles triangle (b) Perimeter of an equilateral triangle = 3 × side
= The sum of the lengths of its sides = length of the string = 30 cm
= 8 cm + 8 cm + 6 cm An equilateral triangle has 3 equal sides so we can divide
= 22 cm 3 the perimeter by 3 to get the length of one side
∴ One side of an equilateral
= 30 cm ÷ 3
= 10 cm
(c) Perimeter of a regular hexagon = 6 × side
= length of the string = 30 cm
A regular hexagon has 6 equal sides, so we can divide the
perimeter by 6 to get the length of one side.
One side of a regular hexagon
= 30 cm ÷ 6 = 5 cm 3

qqq

WORKSHEET-96
Solutions = 300 m.
Also, the distance that Bulbul covers in one round
1. Let ABC be the given triangle such that
= Perimeter of a rectangular park
AB = 12 cm, BC = 14 cm
= 2 × (length + breadth)
So, its perimeter = AB + BC + CA
= 2 × (60 m + 45 m)
= 36 cm
(Perimeter of a triangle = sum of all sides) = 2 × 105 m
12cm + 14 cm + CA = 36 cm = 210 m 2
CA = 36 cm – 26 cm = 10 cm Since 210<300, so Bulbul covers less distance than Sweety
∴ The third side is 10 cm. 2   5. (a) Perimeter = 4 × side
2. Perimeter of the park = 4 × 25 cm
= 4 × length of its side = 100 cm
= 4 × 250 m = 1000 m
(b) Perimeter = 2 × (length + breadth)
Cost of fencing = ` (1000 × 20)
= 2 × (40 cm + 10 cm)
= ` 20,000 2
= 2 × (50) cm
3. Perimeter of the park
= 2 × (length + breadth) = 100 cm
= 2 × (175 m + 125 m) (c) Perimeter = 2 × (length + breadth)
= 600 m = 2 × (30 cm + 20 cm)
∴ Cost of fencing = ` (600 × 12) = ` 7200 2 = 2 × 50 cm
4. The distance, each girl covers in one round is the same (d) Perimeter = 30 cm + 30 cm + 40 cm
as the perimeter of the respective fields. Therefore, the
= 100 cm
distance that Sweety covers in one round
= Perimeter of a square park It is clear that all the figures have same perimeter of
length 100 cm. 4
= 4 × side
= 4 × 75 m

P-100 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 6. (a) In case of Avneet’s arrangement perimeter = 10 m.

1 1 1
so side =  + + 
2 2 2
3
= m
2 (c) Clearly, Perimeter in case of Shari is greater.
(d) Yes, there is a way as shown in the figure in which
= 4 × side
we get a greater perimeter.
3
= 4 × m = 6,
2
(b) In case of Shari’s arrangement, perimeter
1 1
= 1 m + 1 m + m+1m+1m+ m 9 1
2 2 Perimeter = 2 ×  +  units
2 2
1 1
 +1m+1m+ m+1m+1m+ m  10 
2 2 = 2 ×   units = 10 units 4
 2 

qqq

WORKSHEET-97
Solutions Total area = (1 + 4 + 0) sq. cm
= 5 sq. cm 3
1. Draw any circle on a graph sheet where every
2. (a) Given figure is covered by 9 full squares.
square measures 1 cm × 1 cm
∴ Area = 9 × 1 sq unit = 9 sq units
Now, full filled squares = 1
(b) Given figure is covered by 5 full squares.
More than half-filled squares = 4
∴ Area = 5 × 1 sq unit = 5 sq units
Half-filled squares = 0
(c) Given figure is covered by 2 full squares and 4 half
squares
 1
∴ Area =  2 × 1 + 4 ×  sq units
 2
= (2 + 2) sq units = 4 sq units
(d) Given figure is covered by 8 full squares.
∴ Area = 8 × 1 = 8 sq units
Area covered by full squares (e) Given figure is covered by 10 full squares.
= (1 × 1) sq. cm ∴ Area = 10 × 1 sq unit
= 1sq. cm = 10 sq units
Area covered by more than half-filled squares (f) Given figure is covered by 2 full squares and 4 half
= (4 × 1) sq. cm squares
= 4 sq. cm  1
∴ Area =  2 × 1 + 4 ×  sq units
Area covered by half filled squares  2
1
= 0 × sq. cm = (2 + 2) sq units = 4 sq units
2 (g) Given figure is covered by 4 full squares and 4 half
= 0 sq. cm squares

S OLUT I ONS P-101

  1 = 5 sq units
∴ Area =  4 × 1 + 4 ×  sq units (l) Given figure is covered by 3 full squares, 4 half
 2
squares, 3 more than half squares and 1 less than
= (4 + 2) sq units = 6 sq units half squares.
(h) Given figure is covered by 5 full squares.  1 
∴ Area = (5 × 1) sq unit =  3 × 1 + 4 × + 3 × 1 + 1 × 0  sq units
 2 
= 5 sq units
(i) Given figure is covered by 9 full squares. = (3 + 2 + 3 + 0) sq unit = 8 sq units
∴ Area = (9 × 1) sq unit (m) Given figure is covered by 7 full squares, 6 half
squares, 3 more than half squares and 3 less than
= 9 sq units
half squares.
(j) Given figure is covered by 2 full squares and 4 half
 1 
squares =  7 × 1 + 8 × + 3 × 1 + 3 × 0  sq units
1  2 

∴ Area =  2 × 1 + 4 ×  sq units
 2 = (7 + 4 + 3 + 0) sq unit = 14 sq units

(n) Given figure is covered by 9 full squares, 6 half
= (2 + 2) sq units = 4 sq units
squares, 6 more than half squares and 4 less than
(k) Given figure is covered by 4 full squares and 2 half half squares.
squares
 1 
 1 =  9 × 1 + 6 × + 6 × 1 + 4 × 0  sq units
∴ Area =  4 × 1 + 2 ×  sq units 2
 2  

= (9 + 3 + 6 + 0) sq unit = 18 sq units14
= (4 + 1) sq units
qqq

WORKSHEET-98
Solutions = 1 m + 0.50 m
= 1.50 m
1.
Given, area of the rectangular garden = 300 sq m ∴ Area of the table-top = Length × Breadth
and length of the rectangular garden = 50 m
= 2 m × 1.50 m
We know that,
= 3 sq m
∴ Area of rectangle garden = Length × Breadth
⇒ 300 sq m = 50 m × Breadth Hence, the area of the table-top is 3 sq m. 2
300 sq m 4. (a) Here, side of the square = 10cm
⇒ Breadth = = 6 m 2 ∴ Area of square = side × side
50 m
= 10cm × 10cm
Hence, the breadth or width of the garden is 6. = 100 sq cm
2. Given length of rectangular plot = 500 m
Hence, the area of the square is 100 sq cm.
and breadth of a rectangular plot = 200 m
(b) Here, side of the square = 14 cm
∴ Area or the rectangular plot = Length × Breadth
∴ Area of square = side × side
= 500 m × 200 m
= 14 cm × 14 cm
= 1,00,000 sq m
= 196 sq cm
Q Cost of tiling per hundred square metres = ` 8
Hence, the area of the square is 196 sq cm.
8
∴ Cost of one sq metre = ` 2 (c) Here, side of the square = 5cm
100 
∴ Area of square = side × side
Hence, the cost of tiling rectangular plot = 5cm × 5cm
8 = 25 sq cm
= × 1,00,000
100 Hence, the area of the square is 25 sq cm.  3
= ` 8,000 5. Given, length of the room = 4 m
3. Given, length of the table-top = 2 m and breadth of the room =3 m 50 cm
and breadth of the table-top = 1 m 50 m = 3 m + 50 cm
= [1 m + 50 cm] 1
= 3 m + 50 × m
 1  100
= 1 cm = m
 100  50
= 3 m + m
50 100
= 1 m + m
100 = 3 m + 0.50 m = 3.50 m

P-102 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
  1  70
1 cm = 100 m  =
100
m

∴ Carpet needed to cover th floor of the room  1 
= 0.70 m 1 cm = m
= Area of the floor  100 
= Length × Breadth  4
= 4m × 3.50m ∴ Area of rectangle = Length × Breadth
= 14sq.m = 2 m × 0.70 m
Hence, the carpet needed to cover the floor of the
= 1.40 sq m,
room is 14 sq m.  3
6. (a) Here, length of the rectangle = 4cm Hence, the area of the rectangle is 1.40 sq m.
and breadth of the rectangle = 3cm 7. (a) Here, length of the rectangle = 9 m
∴ Area of rectangle = Length × Breadth and breadth of the rectangle = 6 m
= 4cm × 3cm ∴ Area of rectangle = Length × Breadth
= 12 sq cm = 54 sq m
Hence, the area of the rectangle is 12 sq cm. Hence, the area of the rectangle is 54 sq m.
(b) Here, length of the rectangle = 21 m (b) Here, length of the rectangle = 17 m
and breadth of the rectangle = 12 m and breadth of the rectangle = 3 m
∴ Area of rectangle = Length × Breadth ∴ Area of rectangle = Length × Breadth
= 21 m × 12 m = 17 m × 3 m
= 252 sq m. = 51 sq m
Hence, the area of the rectangle is 252 sq m. Hence, the area of the rectangle is 51 sq m.
(c) Here, length of the rectangle = 3 km (c) Here, length of the rectangle = 14 m
and breadth of the rectangle = 2 km and breadth of the rectangle = 4 m
∴ Area of rectangle = Length × Breadth ∴ Area of rectangle = Length × Breadth
= 14 m × 4 m
= 3 km × 2 km = 6 sq km,
= 56 sq m
Hence, the area of the rectangle is 6 sq km. Hence, the area of the rectangle is 56 sq m.
(d) Here, length of the rectangle = 2 m Now, we have 56>54>51
and breadth of the rectangle = 70 cm Hence, the rectangle having sides 4 m and 14 m has
1 the largest area and the rectangle having sides 17 m
= 70 × m and 3 m has the smallest area. 4
100
qqq

WORKSHEET-99
Solutions ∴ Area of the carpet = Side × Side
= 3 m ×3 m = 9 sq m
1. Given, length of the floor = 5m
Now, area of the floor that is not carpeted
and breadth of the floor = 4 m
= Area of the floor-Area of the carpet
= (20 – 9) sq m
= 11 sq m
Hence, 11 sq m area of the floor is not carpeted. 3
2. Given, length of the piece of land = 5m, and breadth
of the piece of land = 4 m
Area of the piece of land = Length × Breadth
= 5 m × 4 m = 20 sq m
Given, side of one square flower bed = 1 m
Then, area of the floor = Length×Breadth ∴Area of one square flower bed = Side × Side
= 5 m × 4 m = (1 m × 1 m) = 1 sq m
= 20 sq m There, area of 5 such flower beds
side of the square carpet = 3 m = 5 × Area or one square flower bed
= 5 × 1 sq m = 5 sq m

S OLUT I ONS P-103

 Now area of the remaining part of the land
= Area of the piece of land
 – area of 5 square flower beds
= (20 – 5) sq m
= 15 sq m
Hence, the area of the remaining part of the land
is15 sq m 3 For rectangle B,
3. (a) Let the given figure be divided into rectangles. Length = 5 cm and breadth
A,B,C and D their length and breadth be written on = 1cm
the figure. ∴ Area of the rectangle B = Length × Breadth
For rectangle A, = 5 × 1
Length = 4 cm and breadth = 2 cm = 5 sq cm
Now, area of the rectangle A = Length × Breadth For rectangle C,
= 4 cm × 2 cm = 8 sq cm Length = 2 cm and breadth
For rectangle B, = 1 cm
Length = 3 cm and breadth = 3 cm ∴ Area of the rectangle C = Length × Breadth
Area of the rectangle B = Length × Breadth = 2 × 1 = 2 sq cm
Now, total area of the given figure = Area of
= 3 cm × 3 cm = 9 sq cm
rectangle A + Area of rectangle B + Area of
rectangle C
= (2 + 5 + 2) sq cm
= 9 sq cm
Hence, the area of the given figure is 9 sq cm. 4
4. (a) Let the given figure is divided into two rectangles
A,B and their length and breadth are written on the
figure.

For rectangle C,
Length = 2 cm breadth = 1 cm
Area of the rectangle C = length × breath
= 2 cm × 1 cm
= 2 sq. cm For rectangle A,
Length = 12 cm and breadth
For rectangle D, Length = 3 cm and Breadth = 3 cm
= 2 cm
∴ Area of the rectangle D = Length × Breadth
∴ Area of the rectangle A = Length × Breadth
= 3sq cm × 3 sq cm
= 12 cm × 2 cm
= 9 sq cm
= 24 sq cm
Now, total area of the given figure = Area of the For rectangle B,
rectangle A + of the rectangle B + Area of the
Length = 8 cm and breadth
rectangle C + Area of the rectangle D
= 2 cm
= (8 + 9 + 2 + 9) sq cm
∴ Area of the rectangle B = Length × Breadth
= 28 sq cm
= 8 cm × 2 cm
Hence, the required are is 28 sq cm. = 16 sq cm
(b) Let the given figure is divided into rectangles A, B Now, total area of given figure
and C and their length and breadth are written on
= Area of rectangle A
the figure.
 + Area of rectangle B
For rectangle A,
= (24 + 16) sq m
  Length = 2 cm and breadth
= 40 sq cm
= 1 cm
Hence, required area is 40 sq cm.
∴ Area of the rectangle A = Length × Breadth
(b) Let the given figure is divided into 5 squares and
= 2 × 1 = 2 sq cm
their length are written on the figure

P-104 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 ∴ Side of the one square = 7 cm
∴ Area of the one square = Side × Side
= 7cm × 7cm
= 49 sq cm
Since, all squares have equal sides i,e. 7 cm.
So, all five square have same area i.e., 49 sq cm.
For rectangle A,
Now, total area of given figure 5 × Area of one
  Length = 5cm and breadth
square
= 1cm
∴ Area of the rectangle A = Length × Breadth
= 5 × 1cm = 5 sq m
For rectangle B,
Length = 4 cm and breadth
= 1cm
∴ Area of the rectangle B = Length × Breadth
= (5 × 49) sq cm = 4cm × 1cm
= 245 sq cm = 4 sq m
Hence, required area is 245 sq cm. Now, area of given figure = Area of rectangle A +
(c) Let the given figure is divided into rectangles A,
Area of rectangle B = ( 5 + 4) sq cm = 9 sq cm
B and their length and breadth are written on the
figure Hence, the area of the given figure is 9 sq cm. 4

qqq

WORKSHEET-100
Solutions 2. We know that,
Area of the rectangle = Length × Breadth
1. Given, length of a tile = 12 cm and breadth of a tile
= 5cm Here, the area of the rectangle is 16 sq cm.
∴ Area of one tile = Length × Breadth So, for getting the area 16 sq cm, there are three
= 12 cm ×5 cm cases.
= 60 sq cm Case I : When length of the rectangle = 16 cm
(a) Here, length of the rectangular region = 100 cm
and breadth of the rectangle = 1 cm
and breadth of the rectangular region = 144 cm
∴ Area or the rectangular region ∴ Area of the rectangle = Length × Breadth

= Length × Breadth = 16 cm × 1cm
= 100 cm × 144 cm = 16 sq cm
= 14,400 sq cm
and perimeter of the rectangle
Now, number or required tiles
Area of the rectangular region = 2 × (Length + Breadth)
= = 2 × (16 cm + 1 cm)
Area of the one tile
= (2 × 17) cm = 34 cm
14,400
= = 240 tiles Case II : When length of the rectangle = 4 cm
60
and breadth of the rectangle = 4 cm
Hence, the number of required tiles is 240.
∴ Area of the rectangle = Length × Breadth
(b) Given, length of the rectangular region = 70 cm
and breadth of the rectangular region = 36 cm = 4 cm × 4 cm
∴ Area or the rectangular region = 16 sq cm
= Length × Breadth and perimeter of the rectangle
= 70 cm × 36 cm = 2520 sq cm = 2 × (Length + Breadth)
Now, number or required tiles = 2 × (4 cm + 4 cm)
Area of the rectangular region = (2 × 8) cm = 16 cm
=
Area of the one tile Case III : When length of the rectangle = 8 cm
2520 and breadth of the rectangle = 2 cm
= = 42 tiles
60 \ Area of the rectangle = Length × Breadth
Hence, the number of required tiles is 42. 4 = 8 cm × 2 cm = 16 sq cm

S OLUT I ONS P-105

 and perimeter of the rectangle = (2 × 14) cm
= 2 × (Length × Breadth) = 28 cm
= 2 × (8 cm + 2 cm) Case III : When length of the rectangle
= (2 × 10) cm = 20 cm = 6 cm
(a) The rectangle which made in Case I has the greatest and breadth of the rectangle
perimeter. = 4 cm
(b) The rectangle which was drawn in Case II has the
∴ Area of the rectangle = Length × Breadth
perimeter.
Now, given that the area of the rectangle is 24 sq cm. = 6 cm × 4 cm
Again, for getting the area 24 sq cm, there are three = 24 sq cm
cases. and perimeter of the rectangle
Case I : When length of the rectangle = 24 cm = 2 × (Length + Breadth)
and breadth of the rectangle = 1 cm = 2 × (6 cm + 4 cm)
∴ Area of the rectangle = Length × Breadth = (2 × 10) cm
= 24 cm × 1 cm = 20 cm
= 24 sq cm (a) The rectangle which made in Case I has the greatest
and perimeter of the rectangle perimeter.
= 2 × (Length + Breadth) (b) The rectangle which made in Case III has the least
= 2 × (24 cm + 1 cm) perimeter. Yes, it is possible to predict the shape
= (2 × 25) cm = 50 cm of the rectangle with greatest perimeter and with
Case II : When length of the rectangle = 12 cm least perimeter e.g. A rectangle having area 16 sq cm
and breadth of the rectangle = 2 cm and greatest perimeter 34 cm is of the shape 16 × 1
cm (i.e. length = 16 cm and breadth = 1cm), also a
∴ Area of the rectangle = Length × Breadth
rectangle having area 24 sq cm and least perimeter
= 12 cm × 2 cm 20 cm is of the shape 6 cm × 4cm (i.e length = 6 cm
= 24 sq cm and breadth = 4 cm)
and perimeter of the rectangle Reason : The rectangle with the greatest length has
= 2 × (Length + Breadth) the maximum perimeter and the rectangle with the
= 2 × (12 cm + 2 cm) smallest length has the least perimeter. 10

qqq

WORKSHEET-101
Solutions ∴ Perimeter of the design
=14 × Length of one side of hexagon
1. (a) 1 28 = 14 × Length of one side of hexagon
2. (b) 1 28
3. (a) 1 Length of One side hexagon = = 2cm 2
14
4. (a) 1
Hence, the length of each side of the hexagon is 2 cm.
5. (d) 1
9. Let width of rectangle (b) = x cm
6. Perimeter = 4 × side of carrom board
Side = Perimeter ÷ 4 Then, length of rectangle (l) = 3x cm
= 362 ÷ 4 As we know, perimeter of rectangle = 2 (l + b)
= 90.5 cm 1 ⇒ 40 = 2(3x + x)
7. 1 hectare = 10,000 m2. 1 ⇒ 40 = 2(4x)
8. Given, four regular hexagons so as form the design 40 = 8x
as shown in the figure : ⇒ 8x = 40
40
⇒ x = = 5 cm
8
Hence, the length of rectangle is 15 cm and the
width is 5 cm. 3
10. Let breadth of a rectangular field be x m and length
Perimeter of the design = 28 cm of a rectangular field be 2x m.
Perimeter of the given design Given, distance covered by Jamal in four round = 6 km
= Sum of all outer sides of the four hexagon
Here, this figure has 14 outer equal sides. = 6 × 1000 m
 [Q 1 km = 1000 m]

P-106 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 Now, distance covered by jamal in one round 6 , 000
⇒ 2 × 3x =
= 6 , 000 m = 1500 m 4
4  6 , 000
We, know that, ⇒ 6x =
4
Distance covered by jamal in one round
= Perimeter of the rectangular field 6 , 000
⇒ x = = 250 m
6 , 000 4×6
⇒ = 2 × (Length +Breadth)
4 ∴ Length of the rectangular field is
6 , 000 2 × x = 2 × 250 = 500 m
∴ 2 × [2x + x] = Hence, the length of a rectangular fields is 500 . 4
4
qqq

WORKSHEET-102
Solutions 200 × 140
= m
100
1.
(b) 1
 1 
2. (c) 1 1 cm = 100 m 

3.
(b) 1 = 2 × 140 m = 280 m
4. (b) 1 We know that, perimeter of a square field
= 4 × Length of one side
5. (d) 1
6. 1 hectare = 100 acre. 1 280 = 4 × Length of one side
7. Half the breadth 1 280
∴ Length of one side = = 70 m
8. Given width of the lawn AB = EF = 4 m and length 4
of the lawn, BE = 10 m Hence, the side of a square field is 70 m. 3
10. Given, ∆ABC is an equilateral triangle,
Here, AB = 8 units
∴ AB = BC = CA = 8 units
Thus, ∆ADE is an equilateral triangle
Her, E is the mid-point of AB
AB
∴ AE = BE = = 4 units
2
Now, in ∆ADE,
Also, Given length of gap, CD = 10 m
AD = DE = EA = 4 units
Total length of fencing = AB +(BC + DE) + EF Similarly, equilateral triangles are ∆BOT and ∆UPC,
= AB + (BE – CD) + EF having each sides i.e. BO = OT = BT = UC = PC =
PU = 4 units.
[Q Here we subtract the length gap (CD) from]
= 4 cm + (10 –1) cm + 4 cm
= (4 + 9 + 4) cm = 17 m
Hence, the length of fencing the lawn in 17. 2
9. Given, Tahir measured the distance around a
square field as 200 rods (lathi).
Distance covered by Tahir in one = Perimeter of the
square field
i.e. Perimeter of a square field = 200 rods
Later on, Tahir found that the length of this rod was
140 cm.
∴ Perimeter of a square field (in cm)
= 200 × 140 cm It is also clear that OC = PA = 40 units Also, ∆DIF is
and perimeter of a square field in meters an equilateral triangle.

S OLUT I ONS P-107

 Here, F is the mid-Point of DE. Similarly in ∆MLK and ∆XQS.
DE 4 ML = MK = SQ = XS = QX
∴ DF = FE = = = 2 units
2 2 = 1 unit 
Now, in ∆DIF, DI = IF = DF = 2 units it is also clear that LN = XR = unit
similarly, in ∆TKN and ∆RQU, Now, this perimeter of the given figure
TK = KN = TN = RQ = Sum of all outer sides of the given figure
= UQ = UR = 2 units = AD + DI + IH + HG + GF + FE + EB + BT
It is also clear that NO = RR = 22 units Also, ∆HIG  + TK + KM + LM + LN + NO + OC + CU
is an equilateral triangle.
 + UQ + QS + XS + XR + PR + PA
Here, G is the mid-point of IF.
= 4+2+1+1+1+2+4+4+2+1+1+1
IF 2
∴ IG = GF = = = 1 unit  +2+4+4+2+1+1+1+2+4
2 2
= 45 4
Now, in ∆HIG, HG = HI = GI = 1 unit

qqq

WORKSHEET-103
Solutions = 280 cm + 270cm + 180 cm + 120 cm
 + 100 cm + 150 cm
1. (b) 1 = 1,100 m
2. (b) 1
But it is given, the total cost of fencing the park
3. (b) 1
4. (c) 1 = ` 55,000.
5. (d) 1 ∴ Cost of fencing the park for 1100 m = ` 55000
6. Four times. 1
7. Given, total length of track covered by Bajinder
∴ Cost of fencing the park for per meter
= 4 km ` 55, 000
= = ` 50
= 4,000 m [∴ 1 km = 1000 m]
1, 100
∴ Length of track in 10 rounds
= 4,000 m Hence, the cost of fencing per meter is ` 50. 3
4 , 000 m 10.
Length of track in 1 rounds =
10
= 400 m
Hence, the length of the track is 400 m. 1
8. Given, perimeter = 50 cm
Perimeter of on isosceles triangle = sum of its all
side
⇒ Perimeter = a + b + c
⇒ 50 = 18 + 18+ Third side
⇒ 50 – 36 = Third side
⇒ Third side = 14 cm. 2
9. Total perimeter for fencing the park
= FE + ED + DC + CB + BG + GF 

Let the part be ABCDEF.
Here, AB = 300 m, BC = 80 m, CD = 300 m,
DE = 200 m, EF = 260 m and FA = 200 m.
The total length of outer boundary of the park or
perimeter of the park = Sum of outer length of all
sides
= AB + BC + CD + DE + EF + FA
= 300 m + 80 m + 300 m + 200 m + 260 m + 200 m
= (300 + 80 + 300 + 200 + 260 + 200) = 1340 m

P-108 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 Hence, the total length of outer boundary of the and breadth of rectangular of flower bed = 80 m
park is 1340 m. We know that,
Given, cost of fencing per meter = ` 20 Area of the rectangle flower bed
∴ Cost of fencing a park = ` 20 = Length × Breadth
perimeter of the park = 100 m × 80 m
= 20 × 1340 = ` 26800 = 8,000 sq m
Given, a rectangular flower led in the centre of the ∴ Cost of manuring the flower bed per sq meter = ` 50
park. ∴ Cost of manuring the flower bed = 8,000 × 50
Length of rectangular flower bed = 100 m = ` 4,00,000 4

qqq

WORKSHEET-104
Solutions Given length of a square tiles = 15 cm
∴ Length of a rectangular wall MNOP = PO
1. (c) 1
= PA + AB + BC + CD + DE + EF + FO
2. (a) 1
= 15 cm + 15 cm + 15 cm + 15 cm
3. (b) 1
+ 15 cm + 15 cm + 15 cm
4. (d) 1
= 105 cm
5. (b) 1 and breadth of rectangular wall MNOP = PM
6. Given, perimeter of hexagon = 60 cm = PI + IH + HG + GM
and No. of sides in hexagon = 6 = 15 cm + 15 cm + 15 cm + 15 cm
Perimeter of hexagon = 60 cm
Now, length of each side =
Total number of sides Now, area of the wall (MNOP)
60 = Length (PO) × Breadth (PM)
= = 10 cm 1
6 = PO × PM
7. Let an isosceles triangle with equal sides be x cm. = 105 × 60 = 6300 sq cm
Given, one side of an isosceles triangle = 8 cm Hence, the area of the wall is 6300 sq cm. 3
and perimeter of a triangle = 28 cm 9. First, find the area of the magazine by using length
We know that, perimeter of a triangle × breadth. Also, find area of half page and to get
= Sum of length of all sides required cost, we multiply the area of half page by
⇒ 28 = x + x + 8 300
rate of advertising i.e.
⇒ 28 = 2x + 8 10 
⇒ 2x = 28 – 8  [Q rate = ` 300 per 10 sq m]
⇒ 2x = 20 Given, length of each page of the magazine = 24 cm
20 and breadth of each page of the magazine = 15 cm
\ x = = 10 cm
2 ∴ Area of the full page of the magazine
Hence, the isosceles triangle with equal sides are 10 = Length × Breadth
cm. 10 cm and third side is 8 cm. 2 = 24 cm × 15 cm
8. Let us denote some points of a rectangular wall = 360 sq cm
MNOP of a kitchen is  Company decided to order of half page
advertisement.
360
∴ Area of half page of the magazine =
2
= 180 sq cm
Given, cost of per 10 sq m = ` 300
300
Cost of 1 sq m = `
10 
Now, PA = AB = BC = DC = DE 300
= EF = FO = PI = HI= HG = GM Cost of 180 dq m = × 180
10
= 15 cm

S OLUT I ONS P-109


= 300 × 18 64
= ` 5,400 or side = = 16 m
4
Hence, the company will pay ` 5,400 for it.
Hence, length of each side of square field = 16 m
10. (i) Since, Total cost = ` 1,600 4
(ii) Since side of an equilateral triangle = 8 cm
and rate of construction = ` 25 per meter.
3
 Total cost  then area = × side2
Thus, length of boundary =   4
 rate / m  
3
 1600  = × 82
=   m = 64 m 4

 25 
since, perimeter = 4 × side 3
= × 64
then 64 = 4 × side 4
2
= 16 3 cm  4
qqq

P-110 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
CHAPTER
SECTION

11
B ALGEBRA

WORKSHEET-105
Solutions 8. Number of oranges in the larger box
= 2 × no. of oranges in the small box
1. Since, there are five cadets in a row and the number + oranges left over
of rows are n. = 2 × x + 10 = 2x + 10
“Number of cadets in a parade = 5 n”. 1 = 2 (x + 5)
2. Since, there are 50 mangoes in a box and number of where, x = no. of oranges in the small box. 2
boxes are b. 9.
Thus, number of mangoes = 50 b. 1 (a) For T : Clearly, to make on T,
3. Since, there are S number of students each having 5 we use 2 matchsticks as shows in figure.
pencils. “Number of matchsticks required = 2 n”,
So, number of pencils needed = 5 S.  1 where, n = 1, 2, 3,......
4. Since, a bird flies 1 km. in 1 min. If a bird flies for t (b) For Z : Clearly, to make one Z,
minutes.
we use 3 matchsticks required = 3 n”.
total distance covered by bird in t min.
where, n = 1, 2, 3,.....
= (1 × t) km.
(c) For U : Clearly, to make one U,
= t km. 1
5. Let Radha’s age be x years. Since Radha’s younger we use 3 matchsticks required = 3 n”.
sister Leela is 4 years younger than Radha. where, n = 1, 2, 3,.....
\ Leela’s age = (x – 4) years. 1 (d) For V : Clearly, to make one V,
6. Number of laddus given to guests and family we use 2 matchsticks required = 2 n”.
members = l
Number of laddus left over = 5 where, n = 1, 2, 3,.....
Total laddus made by mother = 5 + l 1 (e) For E : Clearly, to make one E,
7. Given, the no. of rows = r and the no. of dots in one we use 5 matchsticks required = 5 n”.
row i.e. r = 1 is 9 × 1 = 9 where, n = 1, 2, 3,.....
\ The no. of dots in 2 rows i.e. r = 2 is 9 × 2 = 18 (f) For S : Clearly, to make one S,
\ The no. of dots in 3 rows i.e. r = 3 is 9 × 3 = 27
we use 5 matchsticks required = 5 n”.
\ The no. of dots in r rows is 9 × r = 9 × 3 where, n = 1, 2, 3,.....
Now, if there are 8 rows i.e. r = 8, then no. of dots (g) For A : Clearly, to make one A,
= 9 × 8 = 72 dots we use 6 matchsticks required = 6 n”.
and for r = 10, the no. of dots = 9 × 10 = 90 dots. where, n = 1, 2, 3,..... 3

qqq

WORKSHEET-106
Solutions d = CP + CP
d = r + r
1. If the perimeter of the equilateral triangle is P and d = 2r 1
side of an equilateral triangle is l than, P = l + l + l 5. According to question,
= 3 × l.1
Sum of three numbers 14, 27 and 13 can be found in
2. If P represents the perimeter of a regular hexagon of two ways.
side l. Then (a) (14 + 27) + 13 = 41 + 13 = 54
P = l + l + l + l + l + l= 6 × l. 1 (b) (27 + 13) + 14 = 40 + 14 = 54 or 14 + (24 + 13) = 54
3. Since all 12 edges of cube are of same length, say l Thus, (14 + 27) + 13 = 14 + (27 + 13) = 54
then, their total length = 12 × l. 1 By using variables, we can write this property of
4. Diameter AB = AC + CB numbers also in general ways.

S OLUT I ONS P-111

 Let a, b and c are three numbers each of which can No. of matchsticks = 13
take any numerical value. Then, Pattern = 3 × 4 + 1
(a + b) + c = a + (b + c) Hence, rule is as follows :
This property is called an associating of addition of Number of matchsticks = 3x + 1.
numbers 3 where x is the number of squares.
6. Some possible expressions : (b)
For figure (i) :
(i) (5 + 7) + 8 (ii) 5 + (7 + 8) (iii) 5 × (8 – 7) No. of triangle = 1
(iv) 8 × (7 – 5) (v) (7 – 5) × 8 (vi) 5 × (7 + 8) No. of matchsticks = 3
Pattern = 2 × 1 + 1
(vii) 5 × 7 – 8 (viii) (8 – 5) + 7
For figure (ii) :
(ix) 7 × (8 – 5) (x) 5 × 7 + 8 etc. 3
No. of triangle = 2
7. (a) For figure (i) :
No. of matchsticks = 5
No. of squares = 1
Pattern = 2 × 2 + 1
No. of matchsticks = 4
For figure (iii) :
Pattern = 3 × 1 + 1
No. of triangle = 3
For figure (ii) :
No. of matchsticks = 7
No. of square = 2
Pattern = 2 × 3 + 1
No. of matchsticks = 7
For figure (iv) :
Pattern = 3 × 2 + 1
No. of triangle = 4
For figure (iii) :
No. of squares = 3 No. of matchsticks = 9
No. of matchsticks = 10 Pattern = 2 × 4 + 1
Pattern = 3 × 3 + 1 Number, of matchsticks = 2x + 1.
For figure (iv) : No. of squares = 4 where x = is the number of triangles. 4

qqq

WORKSHEET-107
Solutions (e) – m – 7 (f) 5 (–p) = (– p) = – 5 p
p
1. Expression How formed (g) (h) –5p 2
(a) z + 1 1 added to z. 5
3. (a) 2 m + 11 (b) 2 m – 11
z – 1 1 subtracted from z (c) 5 y + 3 (d) 5 y – 3
y + 17 17 added by y (e) – 8 y (f) – 8 y + 5
y – 17 17 subtracted from y (g) 16 – 5 y (h) 16 – 5 y 2
(b) 17y y multiplied to 17 4.
y
, y divided by 17 (a) Possible expressions using t and 4 are (t + 4), (t – 4),
17
 t
5 z z multiplied by 5 (4 t),   .
4
(c) 2 y + 17 first y multiplied by 2 then 17 (b) Possible expression using y, 2 and 7 are (2 y + 7),
added to the product. (2 y – 7), (7 y + 2), (7 y – 2),
2 y – 17 first y multiplied by 2 then 17
subtracted from the product. y  y  y  y 
 + 7  ,  − 7  ,  + 2 and  − 2 2
(d) 7 m m multiplied by 7 2 2 7 7 
– 7 m + 3 first m multiplied by – 7 then 3
added to the product 5.
– 7 m – 3 first m multiplied by – 7 then 3 (a) y + 3, Here,variable y is present. So, it is not an
subtracted from the product. expression with numbers only.
 2 (b) (7 × 20) – 8z, Here, variable z is present. So, it is not
2. an expression with numbers only.
(a) p + 7 (b) p – 7
(c) 5(21 – 7) + 7 × 2, Here, no variable is present. So, it
p
(c) 7p (d) is an expression with numbers only.
7

P-112 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 (d) 5, Here, no variable is present. So, it is an expression (b) Let the breadth of hall = b metres.
with number only. Since its length is 4 metres less than 3 times the
(e) 3x, Here, variable x is present. So, it is not an breadth of the hall.
expression with numbers only. \ length of the hall = (3b – 4) metres.
(f) 5 – 5n, Here, variable n is present. So, it is not an (c) Let the height of rectangular box = h cm.
expression with numbers only. Since, the length is 5 times the height and breadth is
(g) (7× 20) – (5 × 10) – 45 + p, Here, variable p is present. 10 cm less than the length. Therefore,
So, it is not an expression with numbers only. its length = 5 h cm.
From above it is clear that (c) and (d) are expression so, breadth = (5 h – 10) cm.
(d) Let Meena be at step s while climbing the steps to
with numbers only.  3
the hill stop. Since Beena is 8 steps ahead and Leena
6.
7 steps behind Meena.
(a) Let Sarita’ present age by y years.
\ Beena is at step (s + 8) and Leena is at steps
(i) Her age 5 years from now = (y + 5) years.
(s – 7).
(ii) Her age 3 years back = (y – 3) years.
Also the total no. of steps to hill top is 10 less than 4
(iii) Since Sarita’s and grand father age is 6 times times what Meena has reached.
that of Sarita’s age. \ Total no. of steps to the hill top = 4 s – 10.
\ Her grand father’s age = 6y years. (e) Speed of the bus = v km./hour.
(iv) Since grandmother is 2 years younger than Distance travelled by bus in 5 hours = 5 v km
grandfather. Therefore According to question,
Grandmother’s age = (6 y – 2) years. Distance from Daspur top Beespur
(v) Since Sarita’s father’s age is 5 years more than 3 = Distance travelled by bus in 5 hours + 20 km.
times Sarita’s age. Therefore her father’s age = = 5 v km + 20 km = (5 v + 20) km 4
(3 y + 5) years.

qqq

WORKSHEET-108
Solutions n
students who like hockey and the expression
1. 2
may show the number of students who like cricket.
(a) A book costs 3 times the cost of a notebook. 3
(b) Tony’s box contains 8 times the marble on the 
3.
tables.
(a) An equation with variable x.
(c) Total number of students in the school is 20 times
(b) Not an equation (as L.H.S. is not equal to the R.H.S.)
that of our class.
(c) An equation with numbers.
(d) Jaggu’s uncle is 4 times older than Jaggu and his
(d) Not an equation with numbers
aunt is 3 years younger than his uncle.
(as L.H.S. is not equal to R.H.S.)
(e) The number of dots in a row is 5 times the number
(e) An equation with varible x.
of rows. 2
(f) An equation with variable x.
2.
(a) (x – 2) may show the age of his younger sibling. (g) Not an equation (as L.H.S. is not equal to the R.H.S.)

(x + 4) may show the age of his elder sibling (3x + (h) An equation with variable n.
7) may show the age of his grandfather. (i) An equation with numbers.
 1 (j) An equation with variable p.
(b) The expressions (y + 7), may  y + 4  may
2 (k) An equation with variable y.
 1 (l) Not an equation (as L.H.S. is not equal to the R.H.S.)
indicate sara’s future’s age, and (y – 3)  y − 2 2 
(m) Not an equation (as L.H.S. is not equal to the R.H.S.)
may indicate Sara’s past age. (n) An equation with numbers.
(c) The expression 2 n may show the number of
(o) An equation with variable x. 7

S OLUT I ONS P-113

 4.
S. No Equation Value of variable Equation Satisfied Yes/No.
(a) 10 y = 80 y = 10 No, (\ 10 y = 10 × 10 = 100 ≠ 80)
(b) 10 y = 80 y=8 Yes, (\ 10 y = 10 × 8 = 80 = 80)
(c) 10 y = 80 y=5 No, (\ 10 × 5 = 50 ≠ 80)
(d) 4 l = 20 l = 20 No, (\ 4 × 20 = 80 ≠ 20)
(e) 4 l = 20 l = 80 No, (\ 4 × 80 = 320 ≠ 20)
(f) 4 l = 20 l=5 Yes, (\ 4 × 5 = 20 = 20)
(g) b+5=9 b=5 No, (b + 5 = 5 + 5 = 10 ≠ 9)
(h) b+5=9 b=9 No, (\ b + 5 = 9 + 5 = 14 ≠ 9)
(i) b+5=9 b=4 Yes, (\ b + 5 = 4 + 5 = 9 = 9)
(j) h–8=5 h = 13 Yes, (\ h – 8 = 13 – 8 = 5 = 5)
(k) h–8=5 h=8 No, (\ h – 8 = 8 – 8 = 0 ≠ 5)
(l) h–8=5 h=0 No, (\ h – 8 = 0 – 8 = – 8 ≠ 5)
(m) p+3=1 p=3 No, (\ p + 3 = 3 + 3 = 6 ≠ 1)
(n) p+3=1 p=1 No, (\ p + 3 = 1 + 3 = 4 ≠ 1)
(o) p+3=1 p=0 No, (\ p + 3 = 0 + 3 = 3 ≠ 1)
(p) p+3=1 p=–1 No, (\ p + 3 = – 1 + 3 = 2 ≠ 1)
(q) p+3=1 p=–2 Yes, (\ p + 3 = – 2 + 3 = 1 = 1)
8

qqq

WORKSHEET-109
Solutions (iv) Let I be denoted by x. Then according to the
question.
1. 22 – x = x
(i) Let I be denoted by x. There are 4 corners of a
⇒
22 – x + x = x + x
square.
On counting each corner thrice, we get 3 × 4 = 12 ⇒ 22 + 0 = 2 x
According to the question, ⇒ 2 x = 22
x + 12 = 34 ⇒ x = 11
⇒ x + 12 – 12 = 34 – 12 Thus, I am 11. 4
x + 0 = 22 2.
⇒ x = 22 (a) 5 m = 60
Hence, I am 22. For m = 10 : LHS = 5 m = 5 × 10 = 50 ≠ RHS.
(ii) According to the question. So, m = 10 does not satisfy the equation.
x + 7 = 23 For m = 5 : LHS = 5 m = 5 × 5 = 25 ≠ RHS.
⇒
x + 7 – 7 = 23 – 7 So, m = 5 does not satisfy the equation.
⇒
x + 0 = 16 For m = 12 : LHS = 5 m = 5 × 12 = 60 = RHS.
x = 16 So, m = 12 satisfies the equation. Hence, m = 12 is
its solution.
(iii) Let the special number be x. Then according to the
question For m = 15 : LHS = 5 m = 5 × 15 = 75 ≠ RHS.
[In cricket team, no. of players be 11] So, m = 15 does not satisfy the equation.
x – 6 = 11 (b) n + 12 = 20
⇒ x – 6 + 6 = 11 + 6 For n = 12 : LHS = n + 12 = 12 + 12 = 24 ≠ RHS
So, n = 12 does not satisfy the equation.
⇒ x + 0 = 17
For n = 8 : LHS = n + 12 = 8 + 12 = 20 = RHS
⇒ x = 17
So, n = 8 satisfies the equation.
Hence, the special number is 17.
For n = 20 : LHS = n + 12 = 20 + 12 = 32 ≠ RHS

P-114 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 So, n = 20 does not satisfy the equation.
q 14
For n = 0 : LHS = n + 12 = 0 + 12 = 12 ≠ RHS For q = 14 : LHS= = =7
2 2
So, n = 0 does not satisfy the equation. So, q = 14 satisfies the equation.
(c) p – 5 = 5 Hence q = 14 is its solution.
For p = 0 : LHS = p – 5 = 0 – 5 = – 5 ≠ RHS (e) r – 4 = 0
So, p = 0 does not satisfy the equation. For r = 4 : LHS = r – 4 = 4 – 4 = 0 = RHS
For p = 10 : LHS = p – 5 = 10 – 5 = 5 = RHS So, r = 4 satisfies the equation. Hence, r = 4 is its
solution.
So, p = 10 satisfies the equation. Hence p = 10 is
the solution. For r = – 4 : LHS = r – 4 = – 4 – 4 = – 8 ≠ RHS
For r = 8 : LHS = r – 4 = 8 – 4 = 4 ≠ RHS
For p = 5 : LHS = p – 5 = 5 – 5 = 0 ≠ RHS
So, r = 8 does not satisfy the equation.
So, p = 5 does not satisfy the equation.
for r = 0 : LHS = r – 4 = 0 – 4 = – 4 ≠ RHS
For p = –5 : LHS = p – 5 = – 5 – 5 = – 10 ≠ RHS
So, r = 0 does not satisfy the equation.
So, p = – 5 does not satisfy the equation. (f) x + 4 = 2
q For x = – 2 : LHS = x + 4 = – 2 + 4 = 2 = RHS
(d) =7
2 7
So, x = – 2 satisfy the equation. Hence, x = – 2 is
q its solution.
For q = 7 : LHS = ≠ RHS
=
2 2
For x = 0 : LHS = x + 4 = 0 + 4 = 4 = RHS
So, q = 7 does not satisfy the equation.
q 2 So, x = 0 does not satisfy the equation.
For q = 2 : LHS = = = 1 ≠ RHS So, x = 2 : LHS = x + 4 = 2 + 4 = 6 ≠ RHS
2 2
So, q = 2 does not satisfy the equation. So, x = 2 does not satisfy the equation.
q 10 For x = 4 : LHS = x + 4 = 4 = 8 ≠ RHS
For q = 10 : LHS = = = 5 ≠ RHS
2 2 So, x = 4 does not satisfy the equation.
 6
3. (a) Completed table is as under :

m m+ 10 m m + 10
1 1 + 10 = 11 8 8 + 10 = 18
2 2 + 10 = 12 9 9 + 10 = 19
3 3 + 10 = 13 10 10 + 10 = 20
4 4 + 10 = 14 11 11 + 10 = 21
5 5 + 10 = 15 12 12 + 10 = 22
6 6 + 10 = 16 13 13 + 10 = 23
7 7 + 10 = 17

By, inspection of the above table, we find that m = 6 satisfy the equation m + 10 = 16. So, m = 6 is its solution.
(b) Completed table is as under :

t 5t t 5t
3 5 × 3 = 15 10 5 × 10 = 50
4 5 × 4 = 20 11 5 × 11 = 55
5 5 × 5 = 25 12 5 × 12 = 60
6 5 × 6 = 30 13 5 × 13 = 65
7 5 × 7 = 35 14 5 × 14 = 70
8 5 + 8 = 40 15 5 × 15 = 75
9 5 + 9 = 45 16 5 × 16 = 80
By inspection of the above table, we find that t = 7 satisfy this equation 5 t = 35. So, t = 7 is its solution.

S OLUT I ONS P-115

 (c) Complete table is as under
z z
z 3 z 3

8 z 14 z
8 3 =2 3 14
3
=4
3

9 15
9 =3 15 =5
3 3

10 2 16 2
10 =33 16 =5 3
3 3

11 z 17 z
11 =3 17 =5
3 3 3 3

12 18
=4 =6
12 3 18 3

13 13 2 19 19 2
=4 3 =6 3
3 3

z
By above table, we, find t = 12 satisfy the equation = 4. So t = 12 is its solution.
3
(d) Completed table is as under :
m m–7
5 5–7=–2
6 6–7=–1
7 7–7=0
8 8–7=1
9 9–7=2
10 10 – 7 = 3
11 11 – 7 = 4
12 12 – 7 = 5
13 13 – 7 = 6
14 14 – 7 = 7
15 15 – 7 = 8
By above table, we find m = 10 satisfy the equation m – 7 = 3. So m = 10 is its solution. 6

qqq

WORKSHEET-110
Solutions
After that, 2x is added to 1 to get another number,
which is more than that number.
1. (b)  1 Then, expression = 2x + 1 1
2. (c)  1
8. Let the present temperature be f°C
3. (a)  1
\ Required expression
4. (c) 1
= Present temperature – 20°C = (f – 20)°C 1
5. (c) 1
6. (b)  1 9. Let the integer be n.
7. Let the number be x. Successor of n = n + 1
twice of the number = 2x. \ Required expression = n + 1 1

P-116 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 10. Let one number be x which have solution 0 in m 0 1 2 3 4
equations. Now for getting equation, the number x
is multiplied by 2, then the number is 2x. After that, 2m – 5 –5 –3 –1 1 3

it will be added to 3 which results into 3.
Hence, solution of the equation is given by m = 2.
Hence, 2x + 3 = 3
On solving 2x = 3 – 3 = 0 3
[Transposing + 3 to RHS] 12. (a) Given,
2x Perimeter of an equilateral triangle = p
⇒ = 2x [Dividing both sides by 2]
2 Side of an equilateral triangle = a then, three times
⇒ x = 0 of side (a) = 3a then, according to the question,
Hence, required equation is 2x + 3 = 3. 2 p = 3a
11. Given, m is a whole number which is less than 5, (b) Given,
then solution of the equation is given by putting Diameter of a circle = d
value of m in the table. Radius of a circle = r
When m = 0, 2m – 5 = 2 (0) – 5 = – 5 Twice of radius, 2r
⇒ m = – 5
Then, according to the question,
When m = 1, 2 m – 5 = 2 (1) – 5 = – 2 – 5 = – 3
d = 2r
⇒ m = – 3
(c) Given, selling price of an item = Rs. S cost price of
When m = 2, 2m – 5 = 2 (2) – 5 = 4 – 5 = – 1 an item = Rs. c
⇒ m = – 1
Profit = Rs. p
When m = 3, 2m – 5 = 2 × (3) – 5 = 6 – 5 = – 1
Then, according to question, s = c + p
⇒ m = 1
(d) Given, amount = Rs. a principal = Rs. p interest =
When m = 4, 2m – 5 = 2 × 4 – 5 = 8 – 5
Rs. Then, according to the question, a = p + i 4
⇒ m = 3

qqq

WORKSHEET-111
Solutions 10. We know that, whole number are 0, 1, 2, 3,..........
Now, let one number be x whose solution is not a
1. (b) 1 whole number.
2. (a) 1
For getting equation, the number x will be added
3. (c) 1 to 1
4. (c) 1 which results into 0. Then, x + 1 = 0
5. (b) 1 [transporting + 1 to RHS]
6. (a) 1 One solution x = – 1
7. Given side of triangle is m. Which is not a whole number.
In equilateral triangle, all sides are equal. Hence, required equation is x + 1 = 0. 2
\ Perimeter of an equilateral triangle = Sum of all 11. Given, Kanika’s present age = x years
Its sides (i) Her brother’s age = x – 2 years
= m + m + m = 3 m [\ her brother is 2 years younger]
Hence, the perimeter of an equilateral triangle is (ii) Kanika’s present age = x years
3m. 1 Father’s age = Kanika’s present age + 35 = x + 35
8. Given, the length of rectangle = k units years
and breadth of the rectangle = n units. (iii) Kanika’s present age = x years
\ Area of the rectangle = Length × Breadth = k ×
Father’s age = (x + 35) years [from part (ii)]
n = kn
Hence, the expression is kn. 1 and Mother’s age = father’s age – 3 = x + 35 – 3 =
9. Let sister’s helping hours = x hours (x + 32) years.
Then, Amar’s helping hour = sister’s helping (iv) Kanika’s present age = x years
hour + 1 Now, grand father’s age = 8 times of Kanika’s age
= (n + 1) hours = 8x = 8x years. 4
\ Required expression = (x + 1) hours. 1

qqq

S OLUT I ONS P-117

 WORKSHEET-112
Solutions Hence, multiple of 5 = 5n, where n is any whole
number. 1
1. (c) 1 10. According to the question,
Total students in the class =p
2. (a) 1 Collected money from per students = ` 50
3. (a) 1 Then, total money collected = ` 50 p
Advance paid for transport = ` 1800
4. (a) 1 \ Left money for spend on other items
5. (c) 1 = [Total money collected – Advance paid money]
= ` (50 p – 1800) 2
6. (a) 1
11. Let the two numbers be x and y, which has solution
7.
Any odd integer can be written as 2n + 1, where n 2 in equation.
is an integer so, next odd integer will be (2n + 1) +
2, i.e., 2n+ 3 (i) For getting first equation, the number x is multiplied
by 2, then the number is 2x. After that it, 3 is
Note : A sequence of consecutive even or odd integer
subtracted from it which results into 1.
is a list of two of more integer which increase by 2
from one integer to the next consecutive integer. Hence, we have 2x – 3 = 1
They have a difference of 2 between every two On solving 2x – 3 + 1
integer. 1
⇒ 2x – 4 ⇒ x = 2
8. Any even integer can be Corinthian as 2n, where n
(i) For getting second equation, the number y is
is an integer, so, next even integer will be 2n + 2.
multiplied by 3, then the number is 3y. After that it
Hence, two consecutive even integer are 2n and 2n will be added by 4 and equal to 10.
+ 2. 1
Hence, we have, 3y + 4 = 10
9. The multiples of a whole number are found by
On solving, 3y = 10 – 4 ⇒ 3y = 6 ⇒ y = 2
taking product of any counting number and that
whole number. Multiples of 5 are multiply 5 by 1 = Hence, both equations are
5 × 1 = 5 multiply by 2 = 5 × 2 and soon. 2x – 3 = 1 and 3y + 4 = 10. 2

qqq

WORKSHEET-113
Solutions Hence, the required expression is 13 + 3z.
p
1. (b) 1 6. According to the question, p is divided by 11 =
11
2. (a) 1 Now, result is added to 10.
3. Let the numerator be x. p
i.e., 10 +
Then, denominator = x + 1 11
p
Numerator x Hence, the required expression is 10 + . 1
Now, fraction = = x + 1. 11
Denominator 7. According to the question
x x times of 3 = 3x and smallest natural number
Hence, the required expression is . 1 = 1. Now according to question, Resulting expression
x+1
= 3x + 1. Hence, the required expression is 3x + 1.
4. Given,
1
Cost of one notebook = Rs. p cost of 2 notebooks
8. According to the question
= 2 × p = Rs. 2 p similarly, cost of one pencil
Tanks to collect rain water = 8
= Rs. 3 now, total cost = cost of 2 notebooks
Rain water is collected per tank (in L) = x
+ cost of one pencil = Rs. (2 p + 3)
Hence, the required expression is 2p + 3. 1 Then, total rain water in tanks (in L)
5. According to the question, = Number of tanks × Per tank collected rain water
z is multiplied by – 3 = (–3) × z = 8 × x = 8x Litres
Now, result is subtracted from 13 = 13 – (–3) z = 13
But in the one tank, already 100 L of water exist,
+ 3z
then

P-118 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 Total amount of water is given by = 100 + [total p2 + q2 – r2 = (– 2)2 + (– 1)2 – 32
rain water in L] = 4 + 1 – 9
= 100 + 8x or 8x + 100 L 2 = 5 – 9 = – 4. 2
9. (i) Let the number = A 2 2 2 2
11. (i) – 2(x – y + xy) – 3(x + y – xy)
According to problem then
= – 2x2 + 2y2 – 2xy – 3x2 – 3y2 + 3xy
a3 – 4a2 + 5a – 6 – A = a2 – 2a + 1
= – 5x2 – y2 + xy.
or – A = a2 – 2a + 1 – a3 + 4a2 – 5a + 6
(ii) Putting a = 3 and b = 2, then
or – A = 5a2 – 7a – a3 + 1 + 6
or – A = – a3 + 5a2 – 7a + 7 L.H.S. = (a + b)2
or A = a3 – 5a2 + 7a – 7 = (3 + 2)2 = 52 = 25
Hence, required value = a3 – 5a2 + 7a – 7. and R.H.S. = a2 + b2 + 2ab
(ii) Putting a = 2 and b = 1, then = 32 + 22 + 2 × 3 × 2
L.H.S. = a2 – b2 = 22 – 12 = 9 + 4 + 12 = 25
= 4 – 1 = 3 Hence, L.H.S. = R.H.S. = 25. 2
and R.H.S. = (a + b) (a – b) 12. Let the age of Sunita’s mother = 2x years
= (2 + 1) (2 – 1) Then, according to the question
2x
= 3 × 1 = 3 Geeta age = =x [half of her mother’s age]
2
Hence, L.H.S. = R.H.S. = 3. 2
(i) Since, in the after years, present age is added in
10. (i) 2a – [3b – {a – (2c – 3b) + 4c – 3(a – b – 2c)}] given years.
= 2a – [3b – {a – 2c + 3b + 4c – 3a + 3b + 6c)}] \ Sunita’s age = (x + 4) years
= 2a – [3b – {– 2a + 6b + 8c}] Her mother’s age = (2x + 4) years
= 2a – [3b + 2a – 6b – 8c] (ii) Since, in the before years, given year is subtracted
= 2a – 2a – 3b + 8c from present age.
= – 3b + 8c. \ Sunita’s age = (x – 3) years and her mother’s age
= (2x – 3) years 2
(ii) Putting p = – 2, q = – 1 and r = 3 then

qqq

S OLUT I ONS P-119

CHAPTER
SECTION

12
B RATIO AND PROPORTION

WORKSHEET-114
Solutions 20 4
= = =4:3
15 3
1. We have, number of boys = 20
(b) Ratio of number of girls to the total number of
Number of girls = 40
students
\ Number of boys to number of girls = 20 : 40 = 20 : 35
=2:4=1:2 1 20 4
= = =4:7 2
2. In order to compare the distance covered by Ravi
35 7
with that of Roshan, firstly we will find distance
7. We have,
covered by each in km. per hour.
Total number of students = 30
We have,
Number of students who like football = 6
Distance covered by Ravi in 1 hr = 6 km.
Number of students who like cricket= 12
Distance covered by Roshan in 1 hr = 4 km.
Number of students who like tennis = 30 – (6 + 12)
\ Distance covered by Ravi to the distance covered
= 30 – 18
by Roshan
= 6 km. : 4 km. = 6 : 4 = 3 : 2 1 = 12
3. In order to compare the time taken by Saurabh to (a) Ratio of number of students like football to the
time taken by Sachin to reach school from their number of students like tennis = 6 : 12
respective houses. 6 1
= = =1:2
We will first convert the time taken to the same unit. 12 2
We have, (b) Ratio of students liking cricket to total number of
Time taken by Saurabh = 15 mins. students = 12 : 30
Time taken by Sachin = 1 hrs. = 1 × 60 min. = 60
12 2
mins = = =2 :5 2
\ Time taken by Saurabh to the time taken by 30 5
Sachin = 15 mins. : 60 mins. 8. By the given figure, we have
=15 : 60 = 1 : 4 1 No. of triangles = 3
4. We have, No. of circles = 2
Cost of a toffee = 50 paise No. of squares = 2
Cost of a chocolate = ` 10 = 10 × 100 paise Total no. of figures = 3 + 2 + 2 = 7
= 1000 paise. (a) Ratio of number of triangle to the no. of circle
\ Ratio of cost of a toffee to cost of a chocolate = 50 = 3 : 2.
paise : 1000 paise (b) Ratio of no. of squares to all the figures = 2 : 7.
= 50 : 1000 (c) Ratio of no. of circles to all the figures = 2 : 7. 3
= 1 : 20 1 9. We know that,
5. Number of holidays in 1 year = 73 days Distance covered
Number of days in 1 year = 365 days Speed =
time taken
\ Number of holidays to one year = 73 : 365 = 1 : 5
9
1 Hamid’s speed = = 9 km/hr
6. We have, 1
Number of girls = 20 12
Akhtar’s speed = = 12 km/hr
Number of boys = 15 1
Total number of students in a class = 20 + 15 \ Ratio of the speed of Hamid to the speed of
= 35 Akhtar = 9 : 12
(a) Ratio of number of girls to the number of boys 9 3
= 20 : 15 = = = 3 : 4 3
12 4

qqq

P-120 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 WORKSHEET-115
Solutions \ Ratio of the number of teacher to no. of students.

= 102 : 3300
1. 102 102 ÷ 6 17
(a)
Ratio of 81 to 108 = 81 : 108 = 3, 300 = 3300 ÷6 =
550
81 81÷ 27 3
= = = = 17 : 550 2
108 108 ÷ 27 4
= 1 : 4
= 3 : 4 4. Seema earns = ` 1,50,000
98 98 ÷7 and she saves = ` 50,000
(b) Ratio of 98 to 63 = 98 : 63 = =
63 63÷7 Seema’s expenditure = ` 1,50,000 – ` 50,000
= 14 : 9 = ` 1,00,000
(c) Ratio of 33 km to 121 km (a) Ratio of Seema’s earns to saves :
33 3 = ` 1,50,000 : ` 50,000
= 33 : 121 = =
121 11 = 150000 : 50000
150000 15 3
= 3 : 11 = = =
50000 5 1
(d) Ratio of 30 minutes to 45 minutes
30 2 = 3 : 1
= 30 : 45 = =
45 3 (b) Ratio of Seema’s savings and her expenditure
= ` 50,000 : ` 100000
= 2 : 3 2
= 50000 : 100000
2.
50000 1
(a) 30 minutes to 1.5 hours = =
100000 2
= 30 min. : 90 min.
{ 1 hour = 60 minutes, = 1 : 2 3
 1.5 hours = 1.5 × 60 = 90 min.} 5. Total no. of students = 4,320
30 1 and no. of girls = 2,300
= 30 : 90 = =  no. of boys = total no. of student
90 3
– no. of girls
= 1 : 3 = 4320 – 2300
(b) 40 cm to 1.5 m = 2,020
= 40 cm. : 1.5 × 100 cm. (a) Ratio of number of girls to the total no. of students.
{ 1 m = 100 cm., 1.5 m = 1.5 × 100 cm} 2300
= 40 cm. : 150 cm. = 2300 : 4320 =
4320
40 4
= 40 : 150 = = 2300 ÷ 20
150 15 =
4320 ÷ 20
= 4 : 15
(c) 55 paise to ` 1 115
= 115 : 216 =
= 55 paise : 100 paise 216
{` 1 = 100 paises} (b) Ratio of no. of boys to no. of girls
55 11 2020
= 55 : 100 = = = 2020 : 2300 =
100 20 2300
= 11 : 20 2020 ÷ 20
=
(d) 500 ml to 2 litres 2300 ÷ 20
= 500 ml. : 2000 ml. 101
{ 1 litre = 1000 ml., = 101 : 115 =
115
500 1
= 500 : 2000 = =
(c) Ratio of no. of boys to the total no. of students.
2000 4
2020
\ {2 litre = 2000 ml.} 2 = 2020 : 4320 =
4320
3. We have,
2020 ÷ 20 101
Teachers in a school = 102 = =
4320 ÷ 20 216
and students in a school = 3,300
= 101 : 216 3

S OLUT I ONS P-121

 15 18×10
6. Take = or y =
18 6 15

Let x is the missing number so : or y = 12
15 10
15 x Therefore, = 12 ...(2)
18
=
18

6
15
We used cross multiplication : Again, take =
18
18 × x = 15 × 6 30
15×6 let z is the missing number so,
or x = 18 15 z
18
=
30
or x = 5
15×30
15 5 \
z =
\ = 6 18
18
...(1)
or z = 25
15 10 15
Now, the = 25
18 Therefore, 18
= ...(3)
30
Let y is the missing number so, From equations (1), (2) and (3), we have
15 10 5 10 25
= 15 = =
18 =
y 18 6 12 30

\ 15 × y = 18 × 10 These are equivalent fractions 4

qqq

WORKSHEET-116
Solutions ⇒
= 100
10 40
1.
Cost of one dozen pen (12 pens) = ` 180 \ =
25 100
` 180
Cost of 1 pen = = ` 15
12 Breadth of the hall (in metres) 10 20 40
 Cost of 8 ball pens = ` 56 Length of the hall (in metres) 25 50 100
` 56 2
Cost of 1 ball pen = =`7
8 3. Sum of the terms of the ratio = 3 + 2 = 5
Ratio of cost of a pen to the cost of ball pen total no. of pens = 20
= cost of 1 pen : Cost of 1 ball pen 3 
= ` 15 : ` 7 = 15 : 7 2 Sheela got =  ×20 pens
5
40
10
2. From the table, = = = 12 pens
25 50
2 
10 Sangeeta get =  5 ×20 pens
First of all, we take =
25 50
= 8 pens 2
10×50 4.
Ratio of Shreya’s age to Bhoomika’s age
⇒ =
25 15 15÷3 5
= 15 : 12 = = =
⇒
= 20 12 12 ÷3 4
10 20 = 5 : 4
\
=
25 50 Sum of the terms of the ratio = 5 + 4 = 9
10 40 5 
Again, = Shreya’s share = `  9 ×36 = ` 20
25
⇒
10 × = 40 × 25 4 
Bhoomika’s share = `  9 ×36
40×25
⇒ =
10 = ` 16 2

P-122 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 5. We have, (a) Ratio of present age of father to the present age of
Total number of students = 1,800 son
No. of students who opted basketball = 750 = 42 years : 14 years
No. of students who opted cricket = 1,800 42 3
No. of students who opted table tennis = Total no. = 42 : 14 = =
14 1
of students – [No. of student who opted basketball
+ No. of student who opted cricket] = 3 : 1
= 1800 – [750 + 800] (b) When son’s was 12 years that means 2 years ago.
= 1,800 – 1,550 = 250 Then the father’s age = (42 – 2) years
(a) Ratio of no. of students opting basketball to no. of = 40 years.
students opting table tennis. 40 ÷ 4 10
Required Ratio = 40 : 12 =
750 3 12 ÷ 4 3
= 750 : 250 = = 1
250 = 10 : 3
= 3 : 1 (c) After 10 years :
(b) Ratio of no. of students opting cricket to no. of Father’s age = (42 + 10) years
students opting basketball = 52 years
800 Son’s age = (14 + 10) years
= 800 : 750 =
750 = 24 years
800 ÷ 50 16 \ Required Ratio = 52 years : 24 years
= = = 16 : 15 = 52 : 24
750 ÷ 50 15 52 52 ÷ 4 13
(c) Ratio of no. of student opting basketball to the total = = =
24 24 ÷ 4 6
no. of student
750 = 13 : 6
= 750 : 1800 = (d) When father’s age is 30 years (that mean 12 years
1000
ago) so the son’s age
750 ÷150 5 = 14 – 12 = 2 years
= =
1800 ÷150 12 \ Required Ratio = 30 years : 2 years
= 5 : 12 4 30 15
= 30 : 2 = =
6. Present age of father = 42 years 2 1
Present age of son = 14 years = 15 : 1 4

qqq

WORKSHEET-117
Solutions 5 5÷ 5 1
and 5 : 25 = = = =1:5
25 25÷ 5 5
1.
We have, 1 : 5 and 3 : 15
3÷3 (\ HCF of 5 and 15 is 5)
3 1
Here, 3 : 15 = = 15÷3 = =1:5 Here, 15 : 45 = 5 : 25
15 5
(\ HCF of 3 and 15 is 5) Thus, 15 : 45 and 5 : 25 and not in proportion. 2
i.e. 1 : 5 and 3 : 15 are in proportion. 4. We have, 4 : 12 and 9 : 27
Thus, the proper form is 1 : 5 : : 3 : 15. 2 4÷4 1
4
2. We have, 2 : 9 and 18 : 81 Here, 4 : 12 = =3=1:3
12 12 ÷ 4
18 18 ÷9 2
Here 18 : 81 = = = (\ HCF of 4 and 12 is 4)
81 81÷9 9
(\ HCF of 18 and 81 is 9) 9 9 ÷9 1
Now, 9 : 27 = = = 3 =1:3
i.e., 2 : 9 and 18 : 81 are in proportion 27 27 ÷9
Thus, the proper form is 2 : 9 : : 18 : 81. 2
3. We have, 15 : 45 and 5 : 25 (\ HCF of 9 and 27 is 3)
15 15÷15 1 Hence, 4 : 12 = 9 : 27 are in proportion. Thus, the
Here, 15 : 45 = = = 3 =1:3 proper from is 4 : 12 : : 9 : 27. 2
45 45÷15
(\ HCF of 15 and 45 is 15)

S P-123
OLUT I ONS M A T H E M A T I CP-123
S - VI
 5.
We have, ` 10 : ` 15 = 10 : 15 and 4 : 6 24 6
10 10 ÷ 5 2 (c) We have, 24 : 28 = =
Now, 10 : 15 = = 15÷ 5 = =2:3 28 7
15 3
36 3
(\ HCF of 10 and 15 is 5) and 36 : 48 = =
48 4
4 4÷2 2
and 4 : 6 = = = =2:3 6 3
6 6÷2 3 Since, ≠
7 4
(\ HCF of 4 and 6 is 2)
Therefore, 24 : 28 ≠ 36 : 48
Here, 10 : 15 \ 4 : 6 are in proportion
They, 24, 28, 36, 48 are not in proportion.
Thus, the proper from is 10 : 15 : : 4 : 6. 2
32 2
6. (d) We have, 32 : 48 = =
1 48 3
15
(a) We have, 15 : 45 = = 3 1
45 70
and 70 : 210 = = 3
1 210
40
and 40 : 120 = = 3 2 1
120 Since, ≠
Since, 15 : 45 = 40 : 120 3 3
So, 15, 45, 40, 120 are in proportion Therefore, 32 : 48 ≠ 70 : 210
Other method : We have, Hence, 32, 48, 70, 210 are not in proportion.
Product of extremes = 15 × 120 = 1800 4 2
(e) We have, 4 : 6 = =
Product of middle terms = 45 × 40 = 1800 6 3
Product of extremes = Product of middle terms 8 2
Hence, 15, 45, 40, 120 are in proportion. and 8 : 12 = =
12 3
33 3
(b) We have 33 : 121 = = So, 4 : 6 = 8 : 12
121 11 Therefore, 4, 6, 8, 12 are in proportion.
9 3 Other method : We have
and 9 : 96 = =
96 32 Product of extremes = 4 × 12 = 48
3 3 Product of middle terms = 6 × 8 = 48
Therefore, ≠ Product of extremes = product of middle terms
11 32
Hence, 4, 6, 8, 12 are in proportion.
So, 33 : 121 ≠ 9 : 96 3
33
Thus, 33, 121, 9, 96 are not in proportion. (f) We have, 33 : 44 = =
44 4
Other method : We have,
Product of extremes = 33 × 96 = 3168 75 3
and 75 : 100 = =
Product of middle terms = 121 × 9 = 1089 100 4
Product of extremes ≠ Product of middle terms So, 33 : 44 = 75 : 100
Hence, 33, 12, 9, 96 are not in proportion. Therefore, 33, 44, 75, 100 are in proportion. 4

qqq

WORKSHEET-118
Solutions Therefore, product of extremes= product of middle
terms
1.
Hence, 21 : 6 : : 35 : 10 is True.
(a) 16 : 24 : : 20 : 30
(c) 12 : 18 : : 28 : 12
Product of extremes = 16 × 30 = 480
Product of extremes = 12 × 12 = 144
Product of middle terms = 24 × 20 = 480 Product of middle terms = 18 × 28 = 504
Therefore, product of extremes = product of middle Therefore, product of extremes ≠ product of middle
terms terms
Hence, 16 : 24 : : 20 : 30 is True. (12 × 12 ≠ 18 × 28)
(b) 21 : 6 : : 35 : 10 Hence 12 : 18 : : 28 : 12 is False.
Product of extremes = 21 × 10 = 210 (d) 8 : 9 : : 24 : 27
Product of middle terms = 6 × 35 = 210 Product of extremes = 8 × 27 = 216

S P-124
OLUT I ONS M A T H E M A T I CP-124
S - VI
 Product of middle terms = 9 × 24 = 216 and, 12 hours : 15 hours
Therefore, product of extremes = Product of middle = 12 : 15
terms = 4 : 5
Hence, 8 : 9 : : 24 : 27 is True. \ The given statement is false. 5
(e) 5.2 : 3.9 : : 3 : 4 3.
Product of extremes = 5.2 × 4 = 20.8 (a) 25 cm : 1 m and ` 40 : ` 160
Product of middle terms = 3.9 3 = 11.7 25 cm : 1 m = 25 cm. : 100 cm.
Therefore, product of extremes ≠ product of middle [1 m = 100 cm.]
terms 25 : 100 = 1 : 4
Hence 5.2 : 3.9 : : 3 : 4 is False. and ` 40 : ` 160 = 40 : 160
(f) 0.9 : 0.36 : : 10 : 4 = 1 : 4
Product of extremes = 0.9 × 4 = 3.6 Hence, 25 cm. : 1 m and ` 40 : ` 160 are in proportion
Product of middle terms = 0.36 × 10 = 3.6 Q Its middle terms are 100 and 40; extremes terms
are 25 and 160.
Therefore, product of extremes = product of middle
(b) 39 litres : 65 litres and 6 bottles : 10 bottles
terms
39 litres : 65 litres = 39 : 65
Hence 0.9 : 0.36 : : 10 : 4 is True. 5
= 3 : 5
2.
and 6 bottles : 10 bottles = 6 : 10
(a) 40 persons : 200 persons = 40 : 200
= 3 : 5
=1:5
Therefore 39 litres : 65 litres and 6 bottles : 10 bottles
and, ` 15 : ` 75
are in proportion.
= 15 : 75
\ Its middle terms are 65 and 6; extremes terms are
= 1 : 5 39 and 10.
\ The given statement is true. (c) 2 kg : 80 kg and 25 g : 625 g
(b) 7.5 litre : 15 litre We have, 2 kg. : 80 kg. = 2 : 80
= 7.5 : 15 = 1 : 40
= 1 : 2 25 g : 625 g = 25 : 625
and, 5 kg. : 10 kg. = 1 : 25
= 5 : 10 Clearly, 1 : 40 = 1 : 25
= 1 : 2 \ 2 kg. : 80 kg. and 25 g. : 625 g. are not in proportion.
\ The given statement is true. (d) 200 ml : 2.5 litre and ` 4 : ` 50
(c) 99 kg. : 45 kg. \ 200 ml : 2.5 litre Since, 1 litre = 1000 ml, 2.5 litre =
= 99 : 45 2500 ml
= 11 : 5 = 200 ml : 2500 ml

and, ` 44 : ` 20 = 200 : 2500
= 44 : 20 200
= 11 : 5 =
2500
\ The given statement is true.
(d) 32 m : 64 m 2
=
= 32 :64 25
= 1 : 2 and, ` 4 : ` 50 = 4 : 50
and 6 sec : 12 sec = 6 : 12 4 2
=
=1:2 50 25
\ The given statement is true. \ 200 ml : 2.5 litre and ` 4 : ` 50 are in proportion.

(e) 45 km. : 60 km. \ Its middle terms are 2500 and 4; extremes terms

= 45 : 60 are 200 and 50. 5
= 3 : 4

qqq

WORKSHEET-119
Solutions  294 
Cost of 1 m cloth = `   = 42
7  `
1. Cost of 7 m cloth = ` 294
\ Cost of 5 m of cloth = ` (42 × 5) = ` 210
1

S OLUT I ONS P-125

 2. Ekta’s earning of 10 days = ` 1500 9.
1500  (a) Cost of 5 kg wheat = ` 30.50
Ekta’s earning of 1 day = `  = ` 150 1
 10  30.50
Cost of 1 kg wheat = `
Ekta’s earning of 30 days = ` (150 × 30) = ` 4500.1 5
3.  Rain fall in 3 days = 276 mm. = ` 6.10
Cost of 8 kg wheat = ` (6.10 × 8) = ` 48.80
 276 
\ Rain fall in 1 day =  mm. (b) For ` 30.50; wheat purchased = 5 kg
 3 
5
for ` 1; wheat purchased = kg
= 92 mm. 30·50
\ Rainfall in a week (7 days) = (92 × 7) mm.
500 10
= = kg
= 644 mm. 1 3050 61

4.  In 30 days, drop in temperature = 15 degree 10
15 For ` 61; wheat purchased = × 61 kg = 10 kg2
\ In 1 day, drop in temperature = degree 61
30
10. Raju’s case :
1 Cost of 10 pens = ` 150
= degree
2  150 
Cost of 1 pen = `  = ` 15
\ In next 10 days, drop in temperature  10 

1  Manish case :
=  ×10 degree 2 Cos of 7 pens = ` 84
= 5 degree  1  84 
Cost of 1 pen = `   = ` 12
5. Shaina pays for 3 months = ` 7500  7
\ She pays for 1 month = ` (7500 ÷ 3)
Here, ` 12 < ` 15
= ` 2500
Clearly, Manish got the pen cheaper. 2
\ She pays for 1 year (12 month) = ` 2500 × 12
11. Anish’s case :
= ` 30000 1
Runs made in 6 overs = 42
6. For ` 60, no. of bananas purchased = 4 dozens
= 4 × 12 = 48 bananas 42
Runs made in 1 over = =7
48 4 6
For ` 1, no. of bananas purchased = =
60 5 Anup’s case :
4 Runs made in 7 overs = 63
For ` 12.50, no. of bananas purchased = × 12.50 63
5 Runs made in 1 over = =9
7
= 10 bananas
1  9 > 7
7. Weight of 72 books = 9 kg Clearly, Anup made more run per over. 2
1 12. distance travelled by Kriti in 2 hrs. = 6 km
9
Weight of 1 book = = kg 6
72 8 Distance travelled by Kriti in 1 hr. = km= 3 km.
2
1
Weight of 40 books = ( 8 × 40) kg Distance travelled by Kriti in 1 hr. = 3 km.
Distance travelled by Kriti in 4 hrs. = 3 × 4 km.
= 5 kg 1 = 12 km.
8.  Diesel required for 591 km. = 108 litres Distance travelled by Karan in 1 hrs. = 4 km
Distance travelled by Karan in 4 hrs. = (4 × 4) km.
108 
\ Diesel required for 1 km. =  litres = 16 km.
 594 
Distance Distance
2
= Time travelled by travelled by
11 Karan Kriti
2 2 hrs. 8 km 6 km
Diesel required for 1650 km. = × 1650
11
1 hrs. 4 km 3 km
= 2 × 150
4 hrs. 16 km 12 km
= 300 litres 1
4

qqq

P-126 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 WORKSHEET-120
Solutions = 15 : 1
[dividing by 24 in both ratios]
1. (a)  1
Hence, the ratio of income to income tax is 15 : 1.
2. (d) 1
(b) After income tax paying remaining income
3. (d) 1
= Total income – Income tax
4. (b) 1
= 3,60,000 – 24,000 = ` 3,36,000
5. (c) 1
Ratio of income tax to after paying income tax
6. (d) 
1 = Income tax after paying income tax
7. Given marked price of a table = ` 625 = 24,000 : 3,36,000
and selling price of a table = ` 500 = 24 : 336 [dividing by 1000 in both ratios
\ Ratio of the sale price to the marked price = 1 : 14 [dividing by 14 in both ratios]
= Sale price of the table : Marked price of the table Hence, the ratio of income tax to after paying
income tax is 1 : 14. 3
= 500 : 625 = 4 : 5 [dividing by 125 in both ratios]
10. Given, total number of persons working in a
Hence, the ratio of sale price to marked price is 4 : 5. company = 288
1 and number of men working in a company = 112
\ Remaining persons, which are women in a
8. Given, distance travel by train = 130 km
company
and time taken by train = 2 h
= total persons working in a company – Men
\ Speed of train = 130 km = 65 km/h working in a company
2h = 288 – 112 = 176
and distance between Delhi to bhopal = 780 km (a) Ratio of the number of men to that of women
Let time taken by train = x h = 112 : 176
Then, speed of train = 7 : 11
Distance between Bhopal to Delhi [both ratios divided by 16]
=
Time taken by train Hence, the ratio of the number of men of that to
780 780 women is 7 : 11.
⇒ 65 = ⇒x= ⇒ x = 12 hr (b) Ratio of the number of men to the total number of
x 65
persons
[by interchanging property]
= 112 : 288 = 7 : 18 [both ratios divided by 16]
Hence, the required time is 12 h for distance 780 km. Hence, the ratio of the number of men to the total
(a) income to income tax. number of persons is 7 : 18.
(b) income tax to income after paying income tax.  2 (c) Ratio of the number of women to the total number
9. Given, Ravi earns in a year = ` 3,60,000 of persons
and Ravi paid income tax in a year = ` 24,000 = 176 : 288 = 11 : 18
(a) Ratio of income to the income tax = 3,60,000 : 24,000 [both ratios divided by 16]
= 360 : 24 Hence, the ratio of the number of women to the
[dividing both ratios by 1000] total number of persons is 11 : 18. 4

qqq

WORKSHEET-121
Solutions 4. (c) 1
5. (b) 1
1. (c) 1
6. (a) 1
2. (d) 1
7. Given, number of milk teeth = 20
3. (a) 1
and number of permanent teeth = 32

S OLUT I ONS P-127

 \ Ratio of the number of milk teeth to the number
of permanent teeth
= Number of milk teeth : Number of permanent
teeth
= 20 : 32 = 5 : 8 [dividing by 4 in both ratios]
Hence, the required ratio is 5 : 8. 1
8. Given, counted cycles at ground = 115
Counted scooters at ground = 75
Counted bikes at ground = 45
Total vehicles at ground = (Number of
cycles + Number of scooter + Number of bikes)
= (115 + 75 + 45 )
(a) Now, AD = 5
= 235 AB = AE – BE = 10 – 5
Ratio of number of cycles to the total number of AB = 5
Area of shaded portion I = Area of ABCD
vehicles
\ Area of ABCD = AD × AB = 5 × 5 = 25
= Number of cycles : total number of vehicles So, Area of shaded portion I = 25
Area of shaded portion II = Area of DCIJ – Area
= 115 : 235 = 23 : 47 [both ratios divided by 5]
GFHI
Hence, the required ratio is 23 : 47. 2 Now, DJ = AJ – AD = 10 – 5 = 5
9. (a) Bachhu Manjhi in 8 months earns = ` 24,000 DC = AB (as It’s a square)
DC = 5
24000
Bachhu Manjhi in 8 months earns = ` Area DCIJ = DJ × DC = 5 × 5 = 25
8 Now, AJ = EH (side of a square)
= ` 3,000 EH = 10
So, FH = EH – EF = 10 – 7
Bachhu Manjhi in 1 year earns = ` 30,000 × 12
FH = 3
= ` 36,000 and GF = BE
[1 year = 12 months] GF = 5
(b) Bachhu Manjhi in 1 month earns = ` 3,000 area GFHI = GF × FH
= 5 × 3 = 15
` 2400 \ Area o shaded portion II = 25 + 15 = 40
Months took to earn ` 42000 = = 14 months
3000 So, required ratio of shaded portion I to II is 25 : 40
\ Bachhu Manjhi in 14 months to earns = ` 42,000 =
25 = 5×5 = 5 = 5 : 8
8×5 8
3 40
10. By splitting the above figure, we get, (b) Area of shaded portion III = Area of BEFG
= BE × EF
= 5 × 7 = 35 4

qqq

WORKSHEET-122
Solutions 7. Given, length of rectangular sheet = 1.2 m = 120
cm [\ 1 m = 100 cm]
1. (b) 1
and width of rectangular sheet = 21 cm
2. (d) 1
3. (b) 1 \ Ratio of width to its length = 21 : 120 = 7 : 40
4. (c) 1 [dividing by 3 in both ratios]
5. (b) 1 Hence, the required ratio is 7 : 40. 1
6. (c) 1 8. For getting larger ratio, compare both ratios 10 : 21
and 21 : 93.

P-128 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 10 = 36 : 64 [dividing by 1,000 in both ratios]
(a) 10 : 21 = = 0.47 [by dividation] = 9 : 16 [dividing by 4 in both ratios]
21
Hence, the ratio of Rams’s earnings to their total
21 earnings is 9 : 16. 3
(b) 21 : 93 = = 0.225 [by dividation]
93 10. In order to compare the price of coffee with that of
Here, 0·476 > 0·225 tea, we must first find the cost of the same quantity
So, the value of 1 : 21 is larger than ratio of 21 : 93. of each of them. Let us find the cost or 1 kg of each
of the two items
Hence, the ratio 120 : 21 is larger. 2
We have,
9. Given, Ramesh earns per month Cost of 100 gm of coffee = ` 24
and Rama earns per month = ` 36,000  4 
⇒ cost of 1 gm of coffee = ` 
\ total earnings = (Ramesh earns per month +  100 
Rama earns per month)
 24 
= ` (28,000 + 36,000) = ` 64,000 ⇒ cost of 1000 gm of coffee = ` 
×1000
 100 
(a) Ratio of Ramesh’s earnings to their total earnings
= Ramesh’s earnings : Total earnings = ` 240
\ cost of 1 kg of coffee = ` 240 [ 1 kg = 1,000 gm]
= 28,000 : 64,000
It is given that the cost of 1 kg of tea is ` 80.
= 28 : 64 [dividing by 1,000 in both ratios] \ Ratio of the price of coffee to the price of tea
= 7 : 16 [dividing by 4 in both ratios]
= Cost of 1 kg of coffee : Cost of 1 kg of tea
Hence, the ratio of Ramesh’s earnings to total = ` 240 : ` 80
earnings is 7 : 16. = 240 : 80
(b) Rama’s earning’s to their total earnings = 3 : 1
= Rama’s earnings : Total earnings [Dividing the first and second terms by their H.C.F.
= 36,000 : 64,000 = 80] 4

qqq

WORKSHEET-123
Solutions ⇒ 4 x = 3 × 20
[by interchanging property]
1. (d) 1 ⇒ 4x = 3 × 20
2. (d) 1 3×20
⇒ x = ⇒ x = 15 2
4
3. (c) 1 
4. (b) 1 12. Given, total burfi prepared by Reshma = 18 kg
and ratio of khoya and sugar in the burfi = 7 : 2
5. (a) 1
Let the quantity of khoya and sugar in the burfi
6. (c) 1 = 7x : 2x [where, x is a multiple of quantity]
7. 9 : 4, 36 : 16 1 Then, total quantity of khoya and sugar = 7x + 2x
8. 7 : 3 1 = 9x
9. 7 : 28 1 But the total amount of burfi = 18 kg
Hence, 9x = 18 kg
10. 50 1
11. Given, ratio of number of large classrooms to small [since, both quantities are same]
classrooms = 3 : 4 and number of small rooms = 20 18
⇒
x = ⇒ x = 2
9
According to the ratio property, ratio of large
classrooms to small classrooms is equal to the Therefore, she used khoya in burfi = 7x
number of large classrooms to small classrooms. [\ x = 2, by solving]
Let the number of large rooms = x = 7 × 2 = 14 kg
Then, number of large classrooms, 3 : 4 = x : 20 Hence she used khaya in burfi is 14 kg. 3
3 x 13. Length of school ground = 150 m
⇒ = ⇒ 3 × 20 = 4x
4 20 Breadth of school ground = 90 m

S OLUT I ONS P-129

 150 14. (i) The payment for 5 days = ` 162·50
So, ratio of school ground =
90  162·50 
Then, the payment of 1 day = ` 
5  5 
= = 5 : 3
3 162·50
Thus, the payment for 28 days = ` × 28
Now, Length of mela ground = 21 m 5
Breadth of mela ground = 126 m = ` (32·50 × 28)
210 5 = ` 910·10
So, Ratio of mela ground = = =5:3
126 3 Thus, 25 × x = 35 × 35
35×35
Therefore, Ratio of school ground = Ratio of mela or x =
25
ground,
or x = 7 × 7 = 49
i.e., 5 : 3 : : 5 : 3. So, measurements are in proportion.
or x = 49 3
3
qqq

P-130 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
CHAPTER
SECTION

13
B SYMMETRY

WORKSHEET-124
Solutions
(e) (f)
1. Two set squares in the instruments box are:
(i) 30°-60°-90° set square

2
5. Keeping the dotted line as the line of symmetry and
completing the figure, we have
(ii) 45°-45°-90° set square
(a) (b)

(c) (d)

First is not symmetric but second is symmetric. 1

2. (i) Fan
(ii) Telephone
(iii) Electric bulb
(e) (f)
(iv) Spoon. 1
3. When we fold the figure along l1 and parts of the
2
figure don’t consider but when we fold the figure

along l2 the equal parts coincide to each other.
Therefore l2 is the mirror line. 1 6. The complete diagram is under :
4. Figure (a), (b), (d), (e) and (f) are symmetrical and
than line of symmetry is drawn as a dotted line.

(a) (b)
2
7. The image of the triangle is shown such that the
complete diagram becomes symmetric.

(c) (d)

2

qqq

S OLUT I ONS P-131

 WORKSHEET-125
Solutions
1.
(i) On combining two identical set-squares which
have angles of measures 30°, 60° and 90°. we get the
following shapes.

Four Four

(a) (b)
Here, rectangle has 2 lines of symmetry and kite has
1 line of symmetry which are shown by dotted lines
in above figure.
(ii) On combining two identical set-squares which
have angles of measure 45°, 45° and 90°, we get the
following shapes.

Four One

(c) (d)

Here, right angled isosceles triangle has 1 line of

symmetry, square has 4 line symmetry, which are
shown by dotted line in above figure.
(iii) On combining three identical set-squares which
have angles of measure 45°, 90° and 45° we get the
following shape.

Six Six

(e) (f)
Here, isosceles trapezium has 1 line of symmetry
which is shown by dotted line in above figure. 6
2. Each one of the given figures are symmetrical about
the dotted line (s) drawn. The number of lines of
symmetry are indicated against each figure.

P-132 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 Zero Zero
(g) (h)

Five
(i)8
qqq

WORKSHEET-126
Solutions Square

1. (a) and (b) are Isosceles triangle and (c) is Right 4

isosceles triangle. (d) is a scalene triangle. The lines
of symmetry are :

Rectangle

Isosceles triangle
(a) (b)

Rhombus

2
(c) (d) 4
2.

No. of lines
Shape Rough Figure Circle
symmetry
Equilateral
Infinite
triangle
3

4

S OLUT I ONS P-133

 3. (a) Yes, we can draw an isosceles triangle which has
exactly one line of symmetry.

4

4. Sketches of the required figures are shown as under

and dotted lines represents symmetry of lines :

(b) No
(c) Yes, we can draw an equilateral triangle which has
three lines of symmetry.

(d) Yes, we can draw on scalene triangle which has no

 4
lines of symmetry.

qqq

WORKSHEET-127
Solutions

1. The line(s) of symmetry of the given figure are

shown as under by dotted lines :

(f)

2. The English alphabets A to Z having

(a) vertical lines of symmetry (like A) are A, H, I, M, O,
T, U, V, W, X, Y.
(b) horizontal lines of symmetry (like B) are B, C, D, E,
(a) (b) (c)
H, I, K, O, X. 3
(c) no lines of symmetry (like Q) : F, G, J, L, N, P, Q, R,
S, Z.
3. The rough diagram of the complete figure that
would be seen when the design is cut off is as under :

(d) (e)

P-134 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 4. We know the distance of our image in the mirror is
equal to the distance of our in front of mirror. Thus
our image would be at 100 cm behind the mirror. If
we move towards the mirror our image is also move
towards the mirror our image is also move towards
the mirror & it comes closer.3
3

qqq

WORKSHEET-128
Solutions

1. By drawing the lines (s) of symmetry, we find that

the number of lines (s) possessed by them are :

(d) (e) (f) 3

3. Taking the mirror image of letters A and B in given
line. These will look as shown below.

(a) (b) (c)

It is clear that A after reflection looks same but B

does not looks same.
It is due to the reason that the shape is perverse but
(d) (e) (f) sense is not.
No fo line of symmetry
(a) 4 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 2 (e) 1 (f) 2 3
2.
Completing the figures using given lines of
symmetry. The completed figure are as given below :

Clearly O, M, H, T, V and X look as before after

reflection, but E or P, L, and S do not. 4
(a) (b) (c)
qqq

WORKSHEET-129
Solutions 5. (a) 1
6. (b) 1
1. (b) 1
7. Yes, in the given figure, we can draw only one line
2. (a) 1 of symmetry as shown in figure that divides the
3. (d) 1 figure into two equal parts.
4. (c) 1

S OLUT I ONS P-135

 Number of lines
Name of the tool
of symmetry
(i) Ruler 2
(ii) Divider 1
(iii) Compasses 0
(iv) Protractor 1
1
8. For solution of this equation, observation all English (v) Triangular piece with two
1
alphabets A to Z. equal sides
(vi) Triangular piece with unequal
0
(i) sides
3
10. For finding the no line of symmetry in the word
In the letters H, we can draw two lines of segment. ‘MATHEMATICS’, check all the letters one by one.
Hence, the lines of symmetry is 2. Then,

(ii) (a) = One line segment

In the letter I, we can draw two lines of segment.
Hence, the lines of symmetry is 2. (b) = One line segment

(iii)
(c) = One line segment

In the letter O, we can draw two lines of segment.
Hence, the lines of symmetry is 2.
(d) = Two line segment
(iv)
(e) = Use same fact

In the letter X, we can draw into lines of segment.
Hence, the lines of symmetry is 2. 2
(f) = One line segment
9. By observing the geometry tools, we find some
important results.
(i) In the ruler, we can draw both horizontal and
vertical lines. Hence, in the ruler, number of lines of (g) = One line segment
symmetry is 2.
(ii) In the divider, we can draw only one line of
segment for dividing. So, in the divider, number of
lines symmetry is 1. (h) = One line segment
(iii) In the compass, we can not draw any line of segment

for dividing in each part. So, in the compass, number
of lines of symmetry is 0.
(i) = Two line segment
(iv) In the protractor, we can draw only one line
of segment for dividing in each part. So, in the
protractor, number of lines of symmetry is 1.
(v) In the triangular piece with two equal sides, we (j) = One line segment
can draw only one line of segment because there
are two equal sides of triangle. Hence, the line of
symmetry is 1.
(k) = No line segment
(vi) In the triangular piece with unequal sides, we can’t
draw any line of segment because there is no equal
sides of triangular. Hence, the line of symmetry is 0. Hence, is the word ‘MATHEMATICS’, S letter has
no line of symmetry. 4

qqq

P-136 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 WORKSHEET-130
Solutions ‘SYMMETRY‘, check one by one line at segment.
(a) S → In the letter S, there is no line segment for
1. (d) 1 dividing equal parts, hence lines of symmetry is S is
2. (c) 1 zero.
(b) Y → In the letter Y, there is one line segment for
3. (b) 1
dividing equal parts, hence lines of symmetry of Y
4. (a) 1 letter is one.
5. (b) 1 (c) M → In the letter, M, there is one line segment for
dividing equal parts, hence lines of symmetry of M
6. (b) 1
letter is one.
7. In the given figure, AC and BD are bisectors of
(d) E → In the letter E, there is one line segment for
rectangle which divides the rectangle in two equal
parts. dividing equal parts, hence lines of symmetry of E
letter is one.
(e) T → In the letter T, there is one line segment for
dividing equal parts, hence lines of symmetry of T
letter is one.
(f) R → In the letter R, there is no line of segment for
dividing equal parts, hence lines of symmetry of R
letter is zero.
Hence, the line of symmetry of given rectangular [Repeating letters were used only once] 3
figure is two. 1 10. Let ABCD be an isosceles trapezium in which AB ||
8. Let ABCD be a rhombus. Now, if we fold it along DC and AD = BC.
the diagonal AC, we find that the two parts coincide Let E and F be the mid-points of AB and DC
with each other. respectively.

Hence, the rhombus ABCD is symmetrical about its

If we fold the trapezium along the line EF, we find
diagonal AC.
that the two parts of it coincide with each other.
Similarly, the rhombus ABCD is symmetrical about
Hence, the trapezium ABCD symmetrical about the
its diagonal BD. 2
line EF. 4
9. For defining the lines of symmetry in the word

qqq

WORKSHEET-131
Solutions 10. One. 1
1. (a) 1 11. Diagonal. 1
2. (b) 1 12. (a) Yes
3. (d) 1 (b) Yes
4. (a) 1
(c) Yes
5. (b) 1
6. (c) 1 (d) Yes. 2
7. 1 1 13. (a)
8. Perpendicular bisector. 1
9. Angle bisector. 1

S OLUT I ONS P-137

 14.
(b) (i) (ii)

(iii)
Yes, AB = A’B’, BC = B’C’ and CA = C’A’. 3

2

qqq

P-138 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
CHAPTER
SECTION

14
B PRACTICAL GEOMETRY

WORKSHEET-132
Solutions cm for the required radius of circle.
Step II : Mark a point with a sharp pencil for the
1. To draw a circle of radius 3.2 cm, we use the centre of the circle and name it as O.
following steps : Step III : Place the pointer of the compasses on O.
Step I : Open the compasses to take a distance of 3.2 Step IV : Turn the compasses slowly, to draw the
cm for the required radius of circle. circle of radius 4 cm.
Step V : Now, again open the compasses to take a
distance of 2.5 cm for the required radius of circle.
Step VI : Place the pointer of the compasses on O
(since, both circles have same centre).
Step VII : Turn the compasses slowly, to draw the
circle of radius 2.5 cm

Step II : Mark a point with a sharp pencil for the

centre of the circle and name it as O.

Thus, we get two circles with same centre O and

radius 4 cm and 2.5 cm, respectively. 4
3. Firstly, draw a circle with O as centre and of any
radius.
Step III : Place the pointer of the compasses on O.

Then, draw any two diameters, say AOB and COD.

Now, join DA, AC, CB, and BD. It is clear from the
Step IV : Turn the compasses slowly to draw the given figure that DACB is a square.
circle. When the diameter ABO and DOC are perpendicular
to each other. then figure obtained by joining AC,
CB, BC and DA is a square ADBC.

Then, the figure obtained is of the required circle of

radius 3.2 cm. 4
2. Here, to draw two circles of radii 4 cm and 2.5 cm
To check our answer, we can compare lengths of
with the same centre O, we use the following steps :
sides by using divider. 4
Step I : Open the compasses to take a distance of 4

S OLUT I ONS P-139

 4. On drawing, we get the following circle with as Step II : Take the distance between A and B as radius
centre and of any radius. and draw a circle with Centre A.
Step III : Now, take B as centre and draw a circle
with radius AB.

(i) Take a point A such that lies on the circle.

Thus, we get two circles which passes through the
(ii) Take a point B such that B lies in the interior of
centres of each other. Let these circles intersect each
the circle.
other at C and D. Join C and D, which intersect. AB
(iii) And take a point C such that C lies in the exterior at O. Then, we observe that, the ∠AOC and ∠COB
of the circle. 4 are equal to 90°.
5. To draw two circles such that each one of them
Hence, AB ⊥ CD .
passes through the centre of the other, we use the
following steps : So, we can say that AB and CD are at right angles.
Step I : Firstly, mark two point A and B on the paper.  4

qqq

WORKSHEET-133
Solutions

1. Step I : Mark a point A on the paper and place the

ruler, so that zero mark of the ruler is at A.
Step II : Mark with a pencil a point B against the

mark on the ruler which indicates 7.3 cm.
Step IV : AB is a line segment of required length.

 2
Step III : Join points A and B by moving the tip of

the pencil against the straight edge of the ruler. The 3. Given, AB = 7.8 cm and AC = 4.7 cm. Now, to
line segment AB, so obtained is the required line construct a line segment of length 7.8 cm, we use
segment of length 7.3 cm. 2 the following steps :
Step I : Draw a line I. Mark a point A on this line.
2. To construct a line segment of length 5.6 cm using
Step II : Place the pointer of compasses at the zero
ruler and compasses, we use the following steps :
mark of the ruler. Open it to place the pencil point
Step I : Draw a line I and mark a point A on this line.
up to the 7.8 cm mark
Step III : Without changing the opening to the
compasses. Place the pointer on A and swing an arc
Step II : Place the pointer of the compasses at a zero

to cut I at B.
mark of the ruler. Open it to place the pencil point
Step IV : AB is a line segment of length 7.8 cm.
upto the 5.6 cm mark.

Now, to cut off AC of length 4.7 cm from AB , we

use the following steps :
Step V : Now, place the pointer of compasses at
the zero mark of the ruler. Open it to the place the
pencil point upto 4.7 cm mark.
Step III : Taking caution that the opening of the

Step VI : Without changing the opening of the
compasses has not changed, place the pointer on A
compasses, place the pointer on A and swing an arc
and swing an arc to cut I at B.
to cut I at C.

P-140 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 5. Given, AB = 7.3 cm and CD = 3.4 cm
Now, to construct required line segment XY ,
we use the following steps :
Step I : Firstly, draw AB = 7.3 cm and CD = 3.4 cm

Step VII : Now, AC is a line segment of length 4.7

cm. On measuring, we get BC = 3.1 cm.
Step II : Now, place the pointer of compasses on C

3 of pencil on D. The opening of the instrument gives
4. Given AB = 3.9 cm. Now, to construct required line the length of CD i.e., 3.4 cm.
segment by using compasses, we use the following Step III : Without changing the opening of the

steps : compasses place the pointer on A and swing an arc
Step I : Firstly, draw AB = 3.9 cm
to cut AB at R.

Step II : Now, to draw an another line I, mark a

point P on it.
Step III : Place the pointer of compasses at the zero

mark of the ruler. Open it to the place f the pencil
point upto 3.9 cm mark.
Step IV : Thus, AR = 3.4 cm and RB is the
Step IV : Without changing the opening of the

difference between the length of AB and CD .
compasses, place the pointer on P and swing an arc
to cut l at X. Step V : Now, draw a line I and mark a point X on it.

Step VI : Place the pointer of compasses on R and of

pencil on B. The opening of the compasses gives the
length of RB .
Step VII : Without changing the opening of the

compasses, place the pointer on X and swing an arc
to cut I at Y.
Step V : Measure PX , we get PX = 3.9 cm = AB .

Thus, XY is a line segment whose length is equal to
Step VI : Again, without changing the opening of

the compasses, place the pointer on X and swing an the difference between the lengths of AB and CD .
arc to cut I at Q.

Verification : By actual measurement, we have XY

Step VII : Now, measure XQ , we get XQ = 3.9 cm
= 3.9 cm
= AB .
Now, AB – CD = 7.3 cm – 3.4 cm = 3.9 cm
Step VIII : PQ , PX + XQ = (3.9 + 3.9) cm = AB

+ AB = 2 AB Hence, PQ is twice that of AB . ⇒ XY = AB – CD .

Verification : On measuring the length of PQ and
i.e., length of XY = The difference of length = AB
AB we get, PQ = 7.8 cm and AB = 3.9 cm and and CD . Hence, verified. 4
PQ = 2 ( AB ) = 7.8 cm Thus, twice of AB is equal
to PQ . 3
qqq

S OLUT I ONS P-141

 WORKSHEET-134
Solutions 3. To draw a perpendicular to AB , we use the
following steps :
1. To make a copy of PQ , we use the following steps :
Step I : Firstly, draw a line segment AB and take

Step I : Firstly, draw PQ , of any length because
any point M on it.
length is not known.
Step II : With M as centre and a convenient radius,

Step II : Fix the compasses pointer on P and the
construct an arc intersecting the line AB at two
pencil end Q. The opening of the instrument now points X and Y.
gives the length of PQ .

Step III : With X and Y as centres and a radius

greater than XM construct two arcs which cut each
Step III : Draw any line I and choose a point C on it.
other at D.
Without changing the compasses setting, place the
pointer on C.

Step IV : Now, join MD. Then , MD is perpendicular

to AB and we can write it as MD ⊥ AB .

Step IV : Swing an arc that cuts I at a point, say D.

Then, CD is copy of PQ .

4. To draw a perpendicular to PQ using ruler and set-

square, we use the following steps :
Step I : Draw a line segment PQ and take a point

2 R, outside of PQ .
2. To make PQ , we use the following steps :
Step I : First of all, draw a line segment AB , whose
length is not know.
Step II : Place a set-square on PQ such that one

arm of its right angle aligns along PQ .
Step II : Fix the pointer of compasses on A and the

pencils and on B. The opening of the instrument
now gives the length of AB .
Step III : Draw any line I. Choose a point P on I,
Step III : Place a ruler along the edge opposite to

without changing the compasses setting, place the the right angle of the set-square.
pointer on I swing an are that cuts I at point R.

Step IV : Now, place the pointer on R and without

changing the compasses setting, swing another arc
that cuts I at a point Q.
Step V : Thus, PQ is the required line segment
Step IV : Hold the ruler fixed. Slide the set-square

along the ruler till the point R touches the other arm
whose length is twice that of AB hence, PQ = 2
of the set square.
AB . 2

P-142 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 Step III : With A and B as centres and radius greater

than XA . Draw two arcs, which cut each other at C.
Step IV : Join XC and product it to Y. The, XY is

perpendicular to l.
Step V : With Y as centre and a convenient radius,

Step V : Join RS along the edge through R meeting
draw an arc intersecting XY at two points E and D.
PQ as S. Step VI : With E and D as centres and a radius

greater than XD draw two arcs, which cut each
other at F.
Step VII : Join YF , then YF is perpendicular to

XY at Y. i.e., YF ^ XY and YX ^ l.

Hence, RS ⊥ PQ . 3
5. To draw XY perpendicular on l and then a
perpendicular to XY at Y, we use the following
steps :
Step I : Firstly, draw a line l and take point X on it.
Step II : With X as centre and a convenient radius,
draw an arc intersecting the line l at two points A  3
and B.

qqq

WORKSHEET-135
Solutions 2. To construct the perpendicular bisector, we use the
following steps :
1. To find out the axis of symmetry of AB of length Step I : Draw a line segment AB of length 9.5 cm.
7.3 cm, we use the following steps.
A B
Step I : Draw a line segment AB of length 7.3 cm. 9.5 cm
A B Step II : With A as centre and radius more than half

7.3 cm of AB , draw a circle.
Step II : With A as centre, using compasses, draw a
circle, whose radius is more than half the length of
AB .

Step III : With B as centre and same radius draw

another circle which intersects the first circle of C
and D, respectively.

Step III : With the same radius and with B as centre,

draw another circle using compasses. It cut the
previous circle of C and D.

Step IV : Jon CD, which intersects AB at O.

Then, CD is the required perpendicular bisector of
AB . 2
3. Firstly, we will draw the perpendicular bisector of
Step IV : Join CD It cuts AB at O.
XY , so we use the following steps :
Then, CD is the perpendicular bisector of AB . Step I : Draw a line segment of XY whose lengths
Also, it is the axis of symmetry. 2 is 10.3 cm.

S OLUT I ONS P-143

 draw another arc of a circle which intersect the
previous are at R and S.
Step II : With X as centre, using compasses, draw an Step VII : Join RS It cuts AO (or AB) at C. Therefore,

arc of a circle whose radius is more than half of XY. RS is the perpendicular bisector of AO .
(Here, we can draw a circle also but here more than
half length of given line segment is long and circle Step VIII : Now, with B as centre, using compasses,

will be very big, so we use arc in place of circle). draw an arc of a circle whose radius is more than
Step III : With the same radius and with Y as centre, half of the length of OB.
draw another arc of circle using compasses. Step IX : With the same radius and with O as centre,

It cut the previous arcs at R and S. draw another arc of a circle which intersect the
Step IV : Join RS . It cuts XY at M. previous arc at M and N.
Step X : Join MN . It cuts OB (or AB) at D.

Therefore, MN is the perpendicular bisector of OB .
Step XI : Now, the line segment is divided into 4

equal parts.

Then, RS is the perpendicular bisector of XY .

(a) Let P be any point on the bisector, then join PX and
PY.
i.e., AC = CO = OD = DB
Verification By actual measurement, we get
AC = CO = OD = DB = 3.2 cm
and AB = 4 × 3.2 cm = 12.8 cm. 3
5. To draw a circle, of diameter 6.1 cm, we use the
following steps :
Step I : Draw a line segment PQ of length 6.1 cm.
(b) If M is the mid-point of XY , then we can say that P Q
the length of XY is the twice of MX or MY (or MX or 6.1 cm
MY is half of XY) Step II : With P as centre, using compasses, draw an

1 1 arc of a circle (here, we can draw a circle also) with
i.e., MX = XY or MY = XY or XY = 2 MX or
2 2 radius more than half of the length of PQ .
XY = 2 MY 3 Step III : With the same radius and with Q as centre,

draw another circle using compasses. Let it cut the
4. To divide a line segment into four equal parts, we
previous circle at M and N.
use the following steps :
Step I : Draw a line segment AB of length 12.8 cm.

Step II : With A as centre using compasses, draw

an arc of a circle (we also draw circle here) of radius
more than half length of AB .
Step III : With the same radius and with B as

centre, draw another arc using compasses. It cut the
previous are at P and Q.
Step IV : With the same radius and with O as centre,
Step IV : Now, join MN . It cuts PQ at O.

draw another arc of a circle which intersect the

Therefore, MN is the perpendicular bisector of
previous arcs at R and S.
Step V : Now, with A as centre, using compasses
PQ and O is the mid-point of PQ . Now, with O as
draw an arc of a circle of radius more than half of centre and OP or OQ as radius, draw a circle. Thus,
the length AO. it is circle whose diameter is the line segment PQ .
Step VI : With the same radius and with O as centre,

Hence, the circle PMQN is the required circle. 4

qqq

P-144 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 WORKSHEET-136
Solutions Therefore, MN passes through the centre C of the
circle. Hence, perpendicular bisector of diameter
1. To construct the perpendicular bisector of chord passes through the centre of the circle. 4
AB . we use the following steps : 3. Here, we will use the following steps of construction :
Step I : Draw a circle with C as centre and radius 3.4
Step I : Mark a point O on the paper and draw a

cm.
circle of radius of 4 cm with O as centre.
Step II : Now, draw a chord AB of the circle (a chord
of a circle is a line segment joining any two points Step II : Draw any two chords AB and CD of this
on the circle) circle.
Step III : With A as centre, using compasses draw an Step III : Now, with A as centre, using compasses,
arc (here, we can draw circle also) with radius more draw an arc of radius more than half of the length of
than half of the length of AB . AB .
Step IV : With the same radius and with B as centre, Step IV : With the same radius and with B as centre,
draw an another arc using compasses. Let it cut the draw another arc using compasses. Let it cut the
previous arc at P and C. previous arc at P and Q.
Step V : Join PC and product upto Q. It cuts AB Step V : Join PQ . It cuts AB at M.

at O. Therefore, PC is the perpendicular bisector of
Therefore, PQ is the perpendicular bisector of AB .
AB . Step VI : Now, with C as centre and radius more
Also, the perpendicular bisector PC passes through
than half of the length of CD draw an arc.
the centre C of the circle.
Step VII : With D as centre and same radius draw
another arc which intersects previous arc at R and S.
Step VIII : Join RS. It cuts CD at N. Therefore, RS is
the perpendicular bisector of CD.

Hence, the perpendicular bisector of chord AB

passes through the centre C. 4
2. To construct the perpendicular bisector of diameter
AB happens to be a diameter. From the above figure, it is clear that these
Step I : Draw a circle with C as centre and radius perpendicular bisectors also passes through O, the
3.4 cm. centre of the circle.
Step II : Draw diameter AB of the circle (a diameter Hence, the perpendicular bisectors of these chords
is a chord passing through the centre of the circle). meet each other at centre of the circle. 4
Step III : With A as centre, using compasses, draw
4. To construct an angle of 15°, steps of construction
an arc with radius more than half of the length of
are given below :
AB . (i) Firstly, construct an angle of 60°.
Step IV : With the same radius and with B as centre,
draw another arc using compasses. Let it cuts the (ii) Bisect this angle to obtain an angle of 30°.
previous arc at M and N. (iii) Again bisect the angle of 30° to obtain an angle
Step V : Join MN. It cuts AB at C. of 15°.
Steps of construction
Step I : Draw a line l and mark a point O on it.
Step II : Place the pointer of the compasses at O and
draw an arc of convenient radius which cuts the line
at a point say A.

S OLUT I ONS P-145

 Step III : Without disturbing the radius on the
Step VI : Take B as centre and radius same as in Step

compasses draw an arc with A as centre which cuts V. Draw another arc which intersects the arc drawn
the first arc at B. in Step V at C.

Step IV : Join OB, We get ∠BOA, whose measure is

60°. Step VII : Join OC by dotted line which intersects

the arc AB at I. Then, ∠COA = 30 °.
Step VIII : Take A and I as centres and radius more

1
than AI. draw two arcs, respectively such that
2

both intersect each other at point D.
Step IX : Join OD, Thus, ∠DOA = 15°.

Step V : Now, bisect this angle. For this, take

distance more than half of length AB as radius and
A as centre draw an arc.

 4

qqq

WORKSHEET-137
Solutions 2. To construct an angle of 45°, stops of construction
are given below :
1. To construct an angle of 150°, steps of construction
are given below : Step I : Draw a ray OA and take O as centre and

Step I : Draw a line and mark point O and A on it with any convenient radius, draw an arc which
such that A is in the right of O. acuts OA at P.
Step II : With O as centre and with any convenient Step II : Without disturbing the radius on the

radius draw a semi-circle, cutting the line I at P and S. compasses, draw an arc with P as centre which cuts
Step III : Now, take P as centre and radius same as the first arc at Q.
in Step II and draw an arc which intersects the semi-
Step III : Again, draw an arc R with Q as centre and

circle at Q.
with same radius which intersects the arc drawn in
Step IV : Now, take Q as centre and (same as step II)
draw an arc which intersect the semi-circle at R. Step 1 at P.
Step V : Now, bisect this angle, for this, take distance Step IV : Take Q and R as centre and with radius

more than half of length RS. as radius and with R more than half of length RQ. draw two arcs
and S as centre draw arcs such that both intersect respectively which intersects each other at B.
each other at T.
Step V : Join OB which intersects QR is I and

Step VI : Join OT and product it upto point B.
produce upto C. Then, ∠AOC = 90°.
Step VI : Now, take P and I and centre and with

radius more than half of length PI, draw two arcs
respectively which intersect each other at D.
Step VII : Join OD.

Thus, ∠AOB = 150°. 4

P-146 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 Then, ∠AOC is he required angle of 45°. 4 Step VIII : Join AD, then is AD the required bisector
of ∠A, i.e., AD is the line of symmetry of an angle of
3. So to find the line or symmetry of angle 75°, we use
measure 75°.
the following steps :
Step I : Draw AB of any length.

Step II : Place the centre of the protractor at A and

the zero edge along AB .

4. Here, we firstly draw an angle of 147° and then

Step III : Start with zero near B, mark point C at 75°. construct its bisector.
So, we use the following steps :

Step I : Draw AB of any length place the centre of

the protractor at A and the zero edge along AB .

Step IV : Join AC. ∠BAC is the required angle of

Step II : Start with zero near B. Mark a point C at

measure 75°.
147°.

Step V : With A as centre and using compasses,

Step III : Join AC. Then, ∠BAC is an angle of measure

draw an arc that cuts both rays of ∠A at P and Q.
147°.

Step VI : With P as centre, draw (in the interior of Step IV : Now, with A as centre and using compasses,

∠A an arc whose radius is more than half of the draw an arc that cuts both rays of ∠A at P and Q.
length of PQ). Step V : With P as centre, draw (in the interior of

Step VII : With the same radius and with Q as Z. A) an arc whose radius is more than half of the
length of PQ.
centre, draw another arc in the interior of ∠A. Let
the two arcs intersect at D.

S OLUT I ONS P-147

  4
Step VI : With the same radius and with Q as

centre, draw another arc in the interior of ∠A. Let
the two arcs intersect at D. Join AD . Then AD is
the required bisector of ∠A.
qqq

WORKSHEET-138
Solutions draw another arc in the interior of ∠A. which
intersects the previous arc at D. Join AD Then, AD
1. Here, firstly draw an angle of measure 90° ad then
is the required bisector of ∠A. 
construct its bisector. For this, we use the following
steps :
Step I : Draw AB of any length. Place the centre of

the protractor at A and the zero edge along AB .

4
Step II : Start with zero near B. Mark point C at 90°.

2. Here, to divide an angle of measure 153° into four
equal parts, we use the following steps.
Step I : Draw AB of any length. Place the centre of

the protractor at A and the zero edge along AB .

Step III : Join AC. Then, ∠BAC is an angle of measure

90°.

Step II : Start with zero near B. Mark point C at

153°.

Step IV : With P as centre and using compasses,

draw an arc whose radius is more than half of the
length of PQ.

Step III : Join AC, then ∠BAC is an angle of measure

153°.

Step V : With the same radius and with Q as centre,

P-148 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 Step IV : With A as centre and using compasses,
arc respectively which cut each other at R.
draw an arc that cuts both rays of ∠A at P and Q. Step VIII : Join AR . Then, AR divides ∠BAD into

two equal parts.
Step IX : Now with Q and I as centre and with

radius more than half of length QI, draw two arcs
respectively which cut each other at M.
Step X : Join AM Then, divide ∠CAD into two
equal parts.
Step V : With P as centre, draw (in the interior

of ∠A) an arc whose radius is more than half the
length of PQ.
Step VI : With the same radius and with Q as centre,

draw another are in the interior of ∠A. Let the two
arcs intersect at D. Join AD . Let AD cut the arc PQ
at I. Then, AD divides the ∠BAC in two equal parts.
Step VII : Now, with P and I and I as centre and

Thus, AM , AD and AR divide ∠BAC into four
with radius more than half of length PI, draw two equal parts. 4

qqq

WORKSHEET-139
Solutions

1. Here we use the following steps of construction :

Step I : Draw AB of any length. Place the centre of

the protractor at A and the zero edge along AB .

Step V : With P as centre, draw (in the interior

of ∠A) an arc whose radius is more than half the
Step II : Start with zero near B, mark point C at 45°.

length of PQ.

Step III : Join AC. Then, ∠BAC is an angle of measure

45°.

Step VI : With the same radius and with Q as centre,

draw another arc in the interior of ∠A. Let the two arcs
intersect at D. Join AD . Then, AD is the required
bisector of ∠A. i.e., angle bisector of angle 45°.

Step IV : Now, with A as centre and using compasses,

draw an arc that cuts both rays of ∠A at P and Q.

S OLUT I ONS P-149

 2. (a) See ‘Angles of special measures’ in let’s Revise. (c) To draw an angle of measure 90°, we use following
steps of construction:
(b) For constructing an angle of 30°, we firstly construct
an angle of 60° and then bisect it. Here, we use the Step I : draw a line l and mark point O and A on it.

following steps of construction :
Step I : Draw a line l and mark a point O on it.

Step II : Place the pointer of the compasses at O and

draw an arc of convenient radius which cuts the line
l at a point P.
Step II : Place the pointer of the compasses at O and

draw an arc of convenient radius which cuts the line
l at a point, say A.

Step III : Without disturbing the radius on the

compasses, draw an arc with P as centre which cuts
the first arc at Q.
Step III : With the pointer at A (as centre), draw an

arc that passes through O.

Step IV : Again, without disturbing the radius on

the compasses and with Q as centre, drw an arc
which cuts the arc (drawn in Step II) at R.
Step IV : Let the two arcs intersect at B. Join OB.

Then, we get ∠BOA, whose measure is 60°.

Step V : Now, with Q as centre and with radius

more than half of length RQ draw an arc.
Step V : With A as centre, draw (in the interior of

∠AOB an arc, whose radius is more than half the
length of AB).

Step VI : Without disturbing the radius on the

compasses, draw another arc with R as centre,
which cuts the arc draw in Step V at B.

Step VI : With the same radius and with B as centre,

draw another arc in the interior of ∠O. Let the two
arcs intersect at D. Join OD. Then, is the bisector of
∠BOA.
Step VII : Join OB. Then, we get ∠BOA which is of

measure 90°.

Thus, we get BOD and AOD, which are equal in

measure.
On measuring, ∠BOD = ∠AOD = 30°. (d) See ‘Angles of special measure’ in Let’s Revise.

P-150 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 (e) To draw an angle of measure 45°, we use the

following steps of construction.
Step II : Place the pointer of the compasses at O and

Step I : First draw on angle of 90° follow steps of (c)
draw an arc of convenient radius which cuts the line
(I-VII) at A and D.

Step III : Without disturbing the radius of the

compasses, draw an arc with A as centre, which cuts
the first arc at B.

Step II : Now, with P as centre and with radius more

than half of length PI, draw an arc.
Step IV : Again, with the same radius draw an arc

with B as centre which cuts the first arc (as drawn
in Step II) at C. Join OC by dotted line. Then, we get
∠COQ = 120°.

Step III : Without disturbing the radius on the

compasses, draw another arc with I as centre which Step V : Now, with C and D as centre and radius

cuts the arc drawn in Step VIII at C.
more than half of length CD, draw arcs which cut
each other at E.

Step IV : Join OC. Then, we get ∠COA which is the

required angle of measure 45°. Join OE by dotted line, we get ∠EOQ = 150°.
Also, OE cuts the arc CD at I.
Step VI : With C and I as centre and radius more

than half of length CI, draw arcs which cut each
other at F. Join OF. Then, we get ∠FOQ = 135°

(f) To construct an angle of measure 135°, we use the

following steps of construction :
Step I : Draw any line PQ and take a point O on
12
it.

qqq

WORKSHEET-140
Solutions Step I : Draw AB of any length. Place the centre of

the protractor at A and the zero edge along AB .
1. Here, to bisect an angle of 135°, we use the following
steps of construction :

S OLUT I ONS P-151

 Step II : Start with zero near A. Mark point C at 135°

Step III : Join AC. Then, ∠BAC is an angle of measure

Step II : Start with zero near B. Mark point C at 70°.
135°. Step III : Join AC, Then, ∠BAC is an angle of measure
70°.
Now, to draw a copy of 70°, by using straight edge
and compasses, we use the following steps of
construction :
Step IV : Draw a line I and choose a point P on it.
Step V : Place the pointer at A and draw an arc to
cut the rays of ∠B at M and N.
Step IV : With A as centre and using compasses,
draw an arc that cuts both sides of A at points P and
Q.

Step VI : Use the same compasses setting to draw

an arc with P as centre, cutting I at Q.

Step V : With P as centre, draw (in the interior of A)

an arc, whose radius is more than half of length PQ.

Step VII : Set your compasses to the length of MN.

Step VI : With the same radius and with Q as

centre, draw another arc in the interior of A. Let the
two arcs intersect at D. Join AD . Then, AD is the
required bisector of i.e., BAC = 135°

Step VIII : Without disturbing the compasses. Place

the compasses pointer at Q and draw an arc at R to
cut the arc drawn in Step VI.

2. To draw an angle of measure 70°, we use the

following steps of construction.
Step IX : Join PR, then given us ∠RPQ. It has the

Step I : Draw AB of any length. Place the centre of

same measure as ∠BAC. Hence, ∠RPQ is required
the protractor at A and the zero edge along AB . copy of an angle of measure 70°.

P-152 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 Step V : Place the compasses at A and draw an arc to

cut the rays of DAC at P and Q respectively.

 4
3. To draw an angle of measure 40°, we use the
following steps :
Step I : Draw a line l and mark three D, A and B Step VI : Use the same compasses setting to draw

on it. Place the centre of the protractor at A and the an arc with P as centre, which cuts the line l at M.
zero edge along AB .
Step II : Start with zero near B, mark point C at 40º.
Step III : Join AC, Then, ∠BAC is an angle of measure

40°. Step VII : Set your compasses to the length PQ.

Then, without disturbing the setting of compasses.
Place the compasses pointer at M and draw the arc
which cuts the previous arc (drawn in Step VI at N).

We know that, the sum of two supplementary

angles is 180º and l is a straight line.
So, ∠BAC + ∠DAC = 180º i.e., ∠DAC is the Step VIII : Join MN. Then, we get ∠MPN which is

supplementary angle of ∠BAC. the copy of ∠DAC i.e., supplementary angle of 40º.
Now, to draw the supplementary of an angle 40º, we
use the following steps of construction.
Step IV : To copy ∠DAC, draw a line l and choose a
point P on it.
 4

qqq

WORKSHEET-141
Solutions Step I : first, we draw a line segment (AB) of length
10 cm
1. (b) 1
Step II : By the help of compasses and ruler bisect
2. (b) 1 the line segment and join both the points with line
3. (c) 1 segment.
4. (d) 1
5. (c) 1
6. Yes, they are equal because by the rule of reflection
of symmetry, the image of points A and B in the
line (I) is the point A’ and B’ and both are equal in
length. Lines are measured by the help of ruler.
Step III : By the help of bisector of the line segment
either side of line is also bisected by the ruler and
compasses.
Step IV : Both bisector points of either side is joined.
Step V : By the help of ruler, we measure the each
part of bisected line segment and each part is
measured of length 2.5 cm. 3
2 8. To draw a perpendicular bisector of line segment
7.
To draw a line segment, we use following steps of of length 7 cm. We use the following steps of
construction construction :

S OLUT I ONS P-153

 Step I : Firstly, draw a line segment AB of length 7
cm.
Step II : With A as centre, using compasses, draw a
circle. The radius of circle should be more than half
the length of AB .
Step III : With the same radius and with B as centre
draw another circle using compasses. Let it cut the
previous circle at C and D. Step IV : With A as centre and using compasses,
Step IV : Join CD. it cuts AB at O. draw an arc that cuts both rays of ∠A at P and Q.
Step V : With P as centre, draw (in the interior
of ∠A) an arc whose radius is more than half the
length of PQ.
Step VI : With the same radius with Q as centre,
draw another arc in the interior of ∠A. Let the two
arcs intersect at D. Let the two arcs intersect D. Join
AD , which cuts the arc PQ and I. then, AD divides
Use your divider to verify that O is the mid-point the ∠BAC in two equal parts.

of AB . Also, verify that ∠COA and ∠COB are right Step VII : Now taking P and I as centre, having
radius more than half of length I, draw two arcs
angles.
respectively, which cut each other at R.

Therefore, CD is the perpendicular bisector of AB .
3 Step VIII : Join AR , which divides ∠BAD into two
equal parts.
9. Here, to divide an angle of measure 80° into
four equal parts, we use the following steps of Step IX : Now taking Q and I as centre, having
construction radius more than half of length QI, draw two arcs
respectively, which cut each other at M.
Step I : Draw AB of any length. Place the centre of
the protractor at A and the zero edge along AB . Step X : Join. AM Then, divide ∠CAD into two
equal parts.
Step II : Start with zero near B. Mark C at 80°
Thus AM AD and AR divide ∠BAC into four
Step III : Join AC, then ∠BAC is an angle of measure
equal parts. 4
80°.

qqq

WORKSHEET-142
Solutions Step I : Firstly, we draw a line segment AB of length
6 cm.
1. (b) 1
Step II : With A and B as centre, draw arcs which
2. (a) 1 intersect at points P and Q.
3. (b) 1
Step III : Join PQ, thus PQ is perpendicular to line
4. (b) 1 segment AB.
5. (c) 1
Step IV : Measure the two parts of line segments
6. To draw a perpendicular bisector, we use following with the help of ruler, it comes out to be 3 cm each.
steps of construction.
2
7. Here, are the steps of construction.
Step I : Firstly, draw an angle of 65°, by using
protractor.
Step II : Draw a line segment AB of any length.
Step III : Place the pointer at point A and cut an arc
with reference point.

P-154 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI
 Step IV : Join the cut arc at point A. Step IV : Either side of bisected angle is also bisected
by the help of ruler and compasses.
Step V : Measure the bisected angles with the help
of protractor, each comes out to be of 15°. 4
10. Steps of construction :

Hence, the given angle is of 65°. 3

8. Here, are the steps of construction :
Step I : Firstly, draw a line segment AB of length 6.5
cm.
Step II : Place the compasses pointer at points A.
Step I : Draw a line segment of AB of any length.
and B and cut the arcs at point P and Q. Join PQ and
it is the bisector of line segment AB. Step II : Make ∠BAC = 90°
Step III : The either sides of bisector length is also Step III : Draw angle bisector of ∠BAC,
bisected by the help of ruler and compasses. i.e., ∠BAT = 45°
Step IV : Join the arc points. Step IV : Draw angle bisector of ∠BAT,
°
 1
i.e., ∠TAS = ∠BAS =  22  4
 2

11. To draw a circle, we use the following steps of
construction :
Step I : Firstly, draw a circle of radius 6 cm with the
Step V : Hence, the line segment AB is divided into help of ruler and compasses.
four equal parts by using ruler and compasses. 3 Step II : Draw a diameter of 12 cm length in circle.
9. Two draw an angle of 60°, using ruler and compasses,
Step III : Place the compasses pointer at points A
we use the following steps of construction
and B and draw an arc at A’ and B’, Join A’ B’ which
Step I : Firstly, draw a line segment AB of any intersects at P point off diameter.
length.
Step II : Place the compasses pointer at point A
and draw an angle of 60° by the help of ruler and
compasses.

Thus, A’ B’ is perpendicular at line segment AB.

Hence, the same circle is also draw by same length
Step III : Place the pointer at point A and bisect the of diameter A’ B’. 4
angle.

qqq

WORKSHEET-143
Solutions Step IV : By the help of protractor, the measure of
the angle is 90°.
1. Step I : Firstly, draw a line of any length say AB.
Step II : With P as centre, draw an arc which bisects
the line at X and Y.
Step III : With X and Y as centres, draw two arcs
which cut each other at Q. 2

S OLUT I ONS P-155

 2. In the given figure, firstly cut the arc by compasses Step II : Place the compasses pointer at B and draw
from point P and bisect as the shown in figure. a right angle (90°).
Step III : Right angle (90°) is also bisected in 45
(∠ABC) by the help of ruler and compasses.
Step IV : Place the compasses pointer at B and draw
an angle of 30° (∠DBA) between the right angle and
bisected angle.
Step V : By the help of protractor, we get ∠DBC
= 75° 4
4. Steps for Construction :
2
3. To draw an angle, we use following steps of
construction :
Step I : Draw a line segment BC of any length.

Step I : Firstly draw any angle XOY.

Step II : Take a point A on OX and a point B on OY
such that OA = OB.
Step III : Draw CD and EF, the perpendicular
bisector of OA and OB respectively. Let they meet
at P. PA = PB. 4

qqq

P-156 M A T H E M A T I C S - VI